Note: Descriptions are shown in the official language in which they were submitted.
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
ANTI-WALL TEICHOIC ANTIBODIES AND CONJUGATES
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit of priority of U.S. Application Serial No.
14/284,609, filed on May 22, 2014, which is non-provisional application filed
under 37 CFR
1.53(b), claims the benefit under 35 USC 119(e) of U.S. Provisional
Application Serial No.
61/829,461 filed on 31 May 2013, which are incorporated by reference in
entirety.
SUBMISSION OF SEQUENCE LISTING ON ASCII TEXT FILE
The content of the following submission on ASCII text file is incorporated
herein by
reference in its entirety: a computer readable form (CRF) of the Sequence
Listing (file name:
P4960R2W0 PCTSequenceListing.txt, date recorded: May 30, 2014, size: 195,240
bytes).
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The invention relates to anti-wall teichoic acid ("anti-WTA") antibodies
conjugated to
rifamycin-type antibiotics and to use of the resultant antibody-antibiotic
conjugates in the
treatment of infectious diseases.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Pathogenic bacteria are a substantial cause of sickness and death in both
humans and
animals. Prominent among these is Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus; SA) which
is the
leading cause of bacterial infections in humans worldwide. S. aureus can cause
a range of
illnesses, from minor skin infections to life-threatening diseases such as
pneumonia,
meningitis, osteomyelitis, endocarditis, toxic shock syndrome (TSS),
bacteremia, and sepsis.
Its incidence ranges from skin, soft tissue, respiratory, bone, joint,
endovascular to wound
infections. It is still one of the five most common causes of nosocomial
infections and is
often the cause of postsurgical wound infections. Each year, some 500,000
patients in
American hospitals contract a staphylococcal infection.
Over the last several decades infection with S. aureus is becoming
increasingly
difficult to treat largely due to the emergence of methicillin-resistant S.
aureus (MRSA) that
is resistant to all known beta-lactam antibiotics (Boucher, H.W. et al. Bad
bugs, no drugs: no
ESKAPE! An update from the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Clinical
infectious
diseases : an official publication of the Infectious Diseases Society of
America 48, 1-12
1
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
(2009)). The circumstances are so acute, that by 2005, infection with MRSA was
reported to
be the leading cause of death due to a single infectious agent - responsible
for over 15,000
deaths in the United States (DeLeo, F.R. & Chambers, H.F. Reemergence of
antibiotic-
resistant Staphylococcus aureus in the genomics era. The Journal of Clinical
Investigation
119:2464-2474 (2009)). Vancomycin, linezolid and daptomycin have become the
antibiotics
of choice for treating invasive MRSA infections (Boucher, H., Miller, L.G. &
Razonable,
R.R. Serious infections caused by methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus.
Clinical
infectious diseases : an official publication of the Infectious Diseases
Society of America 51
Suppl 2, S183-197 (2010)). However, reduced susceptibility to vancomycin and
cross-
resistance to linezolid and daptomycin have also been reported in MRSA
clinical strains
(Nannini, E., Murray, B.E. & Arias, C.A. Resistance or decreased
susceptibility to
glycopeptides, daptomycin, and linezolid in methicillin-resistant
Staphylococcus aureus.
Current opinion in pharmacology 10, 516-521(2010)). Over time, the vancomycin
dose
necessary to overcome resistance has crept upward to levels where
nephrotoxicity occurs.
Thus, mortality and morbidity from invasive MRSA infections remains high
despite these
antibiotics.
Although SA is generally thought to be an extracellular pathogen,
investigations
going back at least 50 years have revealed its ability to infect and survive
in various types of
host cells, both professional phagocytes and non-phagocytic cells (Gresham,
H.D. et al.
Survival of Staphylococcus aureus inside neutrophils contributes to infection.
J Immunol 164,
3713-3722 (2000); Anwar, S., Prince, L.R., Foster, S.J., Whyte, M.K. & Sabroe,
I. The rise
and rise of Staphylococcus aureus: laughing in the face of granulocytes.
Clinical and
Experimental Immunology 157, 216-224 (2009); Fraunholz, M. & Sinha, B.
Intracellular
staphylococcus aureus: Live-in and let die. Frontiers in cellular and
infection microbiology 2,
43 (2012); Garzoni, C. & Kelley, W.L. Return of the Trojan horse:
intracellular phenotype
switching and immune evasion by Staphylococcus aureus. EMBO molecular medicine
3:115-
117 (2011)). This facultative intracellular persistence enables host immune
evasion, long-
term colonization of the host, maintenance of a chronically infected state,
and is likely a
cause for clinical failures of, and relapses after, conventional antibiotic
therapy. Furthermore,
exposure of intracellular bacteria to suboptimal antibiotic concentrations may
encourage the
emergence of antibiotic resistant strains, thus making this clinical problem
more acute.
Consistent with these observations, treatment of patients with invasive MRSA
infections such
as bacteremia or endocarditis with vancomycin or daptomycin was associated
with failure
rates greater than 50% (Kullar, R., Davis, S.L., Levine, D.P. & Rybak, M.J.
Impact of
2
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
vancomycin exposure on outcomes in patients with methicillin-resistant
Staphylococcus
aureus bacteremia: support for consensus guidelines suggested targets.
Clinical infectious
diseases : an official publication of the Infectious Diseases Society of
America 52, 975-981
(2011); Fowler, V.G., Jr. et al. Daptomycin versus standard therapy for
bacteremia and
endocarditis caused by Staphylococcus aureus. The New England journal of
medicine 355,
653-665 (2006); Yoon, Y.K., Kim, J.Y., Park, D.W., Sohn, J.W. & Kim, M.J.
Predictors of
persistent methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus bacteraemia in patients
treated with
vancomycin. The Journal of antimicrobial chemotherapy 65:1015-1018 (2010)).
Therefore,
a more successful anti-staphylococcal therapy should include the elimination
of intracellular
bacteria.
Most of today's antibacterials chemically are semisynthetic modifications of
various
natural compounds. These include, for example, the beta-lactam antibacterials,
which
include the penicillins (produced by fungi in the genus Penicillium), the
cephalosporins, and
the carbapenems. Antimicrobial compounds that are still isolated from living
organisms
include the aminoglycosides, whereas other antibacterials - for example, the
sulfonamides,
the quinolones, and the oxazolidinones, are produced solely by chemical
synthesis. In
accordance with this, many antibacterial compounds are classified on the basis
of
chemical/biosynthetic origin into natural, semisynthetic, and synthetic.
Another classification
system is based on biological activity; in this classification, antibacterials
are divided into two
broad groups according to their biological effect on microorganisms:
bactericidal agents kill
bacteria, and bacteriostatic agents slow down or stall bacterial growth.
Ansamycins are a class of antibiotics, including rifamycin, rifampin,
rifampicin,
rifabutin, rifapentine, rifalazil, ABI-1657, and analogs thereof, that inhibit
bacterial RNA
polymerase and have exceptional potency against gram-positive and selective
gram-negative
bacteria (Rothstein, D.M., et al (2003) Expert Opin. Invest. Drugs 12(2):255-
271; US
7342011; US 7271165).
Immunotherapies have been reported for preventing and treating S. aureus
(including
MRSA) infections. U52011/0262477 concerns uses of bacterial adhesion proteins
Eap, Emp
and AdsA as vaccines to stimulate immune response against MRSA. W02000071585
describes isolated monoclonal antibodies reactive to specific S. aureus strain
isolates.
U520110059085A1 suggests an Ab-based strategy utilizing IgM Abs specific for
one or more
SA capsular antigens, although no actual antibodies were described.
Teichoic acids (TA) are bacterial polysaccharides found within the cell wall
of Gram-
positive bacteria including SA. Wall teichoic acids (WTA) are those covalently
linked to the
3
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
peptidoglycan (PDG) layer of the cell wall; whereas lipoteichoic acids (LTA)
are those
covalently linked to the lipids of the cytoplasmic membrane. Xia et al. (2010)
Intl. J. Med.
Microbiol. 300:148-54. These glycopolymers play crucial roles in bacterial
survival under
disadvantageous conditions and in other basic cellular processes. The known
WTA
structures vary widely between bacterial species. S aureus TAs are composed of
repetitive
polyol phosphate subunits such as ribitol phosphate or glycerol phosphate.
Given their
structural diversity and variability, WTAs are considered attractive targets
for antibodies and
as vaccines, ibid.
Antibody-drug conjugates (ADC), also known as immunoconjugates, are targeted
chemotherapeutic molecules which combine ideal properties of both antibodies
and cytotoxic
drugs by targeting potent cytotoxic drugs to antigen-expressing tumor cells
(Teicher, B.A.
(2009) Curr. Cancer Drug Targets 9:982-1004), thereby enhancing the
therapeutic index by
maximizing efficacy and minimizing off-target toxicity (Carter, P.J. and
Senter P.D. (2008)
The Cancer J.. 14(3):154-169; Chari, R.V. (2008) Acc. Chem. Res. 41:98-107.
ADC
comprise a targeting antibody covalently attached through a linker unit to a
cytotoxic drug
moiety. Immunoconjugates allow for the targeted delivery of a drug moiety to a
tumor, and
intracellular accumulation therein, where systemic administration of
unconjugated drugs may
result in unacceptable levels of toxicity to normal cells as well as the tumor
cells sought to be
eliminated (Polakis P. (2005) Curr. Opin. Pharmacol. 5:382-387). Effective ADC
development for a given target antigen depends on optimization of parameters
such as target
antigen expression levels, tumor accessibility (Kovtun, Y.V. and Goldmacher
V.S. (2007)
Cancer Lett. 255:232-240), antibody selection (US 7964566), linker stability
(Erickson et al
(2006) Cancer Res. 66(8):4426-4433; Doronina et al (2006) Bioconjugate Chem.
17:114-124;
Alley et al (2008) Bioconjugate Chem. 19:759-765), cytotoxic drug mechanism of
action and
potency, drug loading (Hamblett et al (2004) Clin. Cancer Res. 10:7063-7070)
and mode of
linker-drug conjugation to the antibody (Lyon, R. et al (2012) Methods in
Enzym. 502:123-
138; Xie et al (2006) Expert. Opin. Biol. Ther. 6(3):281-291; Kovtun et al
(2006) Cancer Res.
66(6):3214-3121; Law et al (2006) Cancer Res. 66(4):2328-2337; Wu et al (2005)
Nature
Biotech. 23(9):1137-1145; Lambert J. (2005) Current Opin. in Pharmacol. 5:543-
549;
Hamann P. (2005) Expert Opin. Ther. Patents 15(9):1087-1103; Payne, G. (2003)
Cancer
Cell 3:207-212; Trail et al (2003) Cancer Immunol. Immunother. 52:328-337;
Syrigos and
Epenetos (1999) Anticancer Res. 19:605-614).
The concept of ADC in cancer therapy has also been expanded into antibacterial
therapy, in this case the drug portion is an antibiotic, resulting in antibody-
antibiotic
4
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
conjugate (AAC). US 5545721 and US 6660267 describe synthesis of a non-
specific
immunoglobulin-antibiotic conjugate that binds to the surface of target
bacteria via the
antibiotic, and uses thereof for treating sepsis. US 7569677 and related
patents suggest
prophetically antibiotic-conjugated antibodies that have an antigen-binding
portion specific
for a bacterial antigen (such as SA capsular polysaccharide), but lack a
constant region that
reacts with a bacterial Fc-binding protein (e.g., staphylococcal protein A).
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The invention provides compositions referred to as "antibody-antibiotic
conjugates,"
or "AAC") comprising an antibody conjugated by a covalent attachment to one or
more
rifamycin-type antibiotic moieties.
One aspect of the invention is an isolated anti-WTA monoclonal antibody,
comprising
a light chain and a H chain, the L chain comprising CDR Li, CDR L2, and CDR L3
and the
H chain comprising CDR H1, CDR H2 and CDR H3, wherein the CDR Li, CDR L2, and
CDR L3 and CDR H1, CDR H2 and CDR H3 comprise the amino acid sequences of the
CDRs of each of Abs 4461 (SEQ ID NO. 1-6), 4624 (SEQ ID NO. 7-12), 4399 (SEQ
ID NO.
13-18), and 6267 (SEQ ID NO. 19-24) respectively, as shown in Tables 6A and
6B.
In one embodiment, the isolated anti-WTA monoclonal antibody comprises a heavy
chain variable region comprising a heavy chain variable region (VH), wherein
the VH
comprises at least 95% sequence identity over the length of the VH region
selected from the
VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.26, SEQ ID NO.28, SEQ ID NO.30, SEQ ID NO.32 of
antibodies 4461, 4624, 4399, and 6267, respectively. In one embodiment this
antibody
further comprises a L chain variable region (VL) wherein the VL comprises at
least 95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL region selected from the VL
sequence of SEQ ID
NO.25, SEQ ID NO.27, SEQ ID NO.29, SEQ ID NO.31 of antibodies 4461, 4624,
4399,
and 6267, respectively. In another embodiment, the isolated anti-WTA
monoclonal antibody
comprises a L chain variable region (VL) wherein the VL comprises at least 95%
sequence
identity over the length of the VL region selected from the VL sequence of SEQ
ID NO.25,
SEQ ID NO.27, SEQ ID NO.29, SEQ ID NO.31 of antibodies 4461, 4624, 4399, and
6267,
respectively. In any of the preceding embodiments, the sequence identity may
be 96%, 97%,
98%, 99% or 100%.
In more specific embodiments, the antibody comprises:
(i) VL of SEQ ID NO.25 and VH of SEQ ID NO. 26;
(ii) VL of SEQ ID NO. 27 and VH of SEQ ID NO. 28;
5
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
(iii) VL of SEQ ID NO. 29 and VH of SEQ ID NO. 30; or
(iv) VL of SEQ ID NO. 31 and VH of SEQ ID NO. 32.
In some embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA (wall teichoic acid) monoclonal
antibody comprising a light (L) chain and a heavy (H) chain, wherein:
(a) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of
KSSQSVLSRANNNYYVA (SEQ ID NO:1), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of
WASTREF (SEQ ID NO :2), and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of QQYYTSRRT
(SEQ ID NO:3); and the H chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of
DYYMH (SEQ ID NO:4), CDR H2 comprising the sequence of
WINPKSGGTNYAQRFQG (SEQ ID NO:5), and CDR H3 comprising the sequence of
DCGSGGLRDF (SEQ ID NO:6);
(b) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of
RSNQNLLSSSNNNYLA (SEQ ID NO:7), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of
WASTRES (SEQ ID NO:8), and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of QQYYANPRT
(SEQ ID NO:9); and the H chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of
DYYIH (SEQ ID NO:10), CDR H2 comprising the sequence of
WINPNTGGTYYAQKFRD (SEQ ID NO: ii), and CDR H3 comprising the sequence of
DCGRGGLRDI (SEQ ID NO:12);
(c) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of
KSNQNVLASSNDKNYLA (SEQ ID NO:13), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of
WASIRES (SEQ ID NO:14), and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of QQYYTNPRT
(SEQ ID NO:15); and the H chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of
DYYIH (SEQ ID NO:16), CDR H2 comprising the sequence of
WINPNTGGTNYAQKFQG (SEQ ID NO:17), and CDR H3 comprising the sequence of
DCGNAGLRDI (SEQ ID NO:18); or
(d) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of
KSSQNVLYSSNNKNYLA (SEQ ID NO:19), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of
WASTRES (SEQ ID NO :20), and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of QQYYTSPPYT
(SEQ ID NO:21); and the H chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of
SYWIG (SEQ ID NO:22), CDR H2 comprising the sequence of
IIHPGDSKTRYSPSFQG (SEQ ID NO:23), and CDR H3 comprising the sequence of
LYCSGGSCYSDRAFSSLGAGGYYYYGMGV (SEQ ID NO:24).
6
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
In any one of the preceding embodiments, the antibody may be an antigen-
binding
fragment lacking a Fc region. In some embodiments, the antibody is a F(ab) or
F(ab')2. In
some embodiments, the antibody further comprises a heavy chain constant region
and/or a
light chain constant region, wherein the heavy chain constant region and/or
the light chain
constant region comprise one or more amino acids that are substituted with
cysteine residues.
In some embodiments, the heavy chain constant region comprises amino acid
substitution
Al 18C and/or S400C, and/or the light chain constant region comprises amino
acid
substitution V205C, wherein the numbering is according to the EU numbering. In
some
embodiments, the heavy chain constant region comprises the amino acid sequence
of SEQ ID
NO:149 and/or the light chain constant region comprises the amino acid
sequence of SEQ ID
NO:151. In some embodiments, the heavy chain constant region comprises the
amino acid
sequence of SEQ ID NO:149 and the light chain constant region comprises the
amino acid
sequence of SEQ ID NO:150. In some embodiments, the heavy chain constant
region
comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:148 and the light chain
constant region
comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:151.
In one aspect, the Ab of any one of the preceding embodiments binds WTA alpha.
In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated anti-WTA monoclonal
antibody
comprising a light chain and a H chain, the L chain comprising CDR Ll, CDR L2,
and CDR
L3 and/or the H chain comprising CDR H1, CDR H2 and CDR H3, wherein the CDR
Ll,
CDR L2, and CDR L3 and CDR H1, CDR H2 and CDR H3 comprise the amino acid
sequences of the corresponding CDRs of each of Abs shown in Figure 14 (SEQ ID
NO. 33-
110). In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated anti-WTA
monoclonal antibody
comprising a light chain and a H chain, the L chain comprising CDR Ll, CDR L2,
and CDR
L3 and/or the H chain comprising CDR H1, CDR H2 and CDR H3, wherein the CDR
Ll,
CDR L2, and CDR L3 and CDR H1, CDR H2 and CDR H3 comprise the amino acid
sequences of the corresponding CDRs of each of Abs shown in Figure 15A, 15B,
16A and
16B (antibodies 6078, 6078.v2HC-Cys, 6078.v2LC-Cys, 6078.v3HC-Cys, 6078.v3LC-
Cys,
6078.v4HC-Cys, 6078.v4LC-Cys, 6078.v4HCLC-Cys, 4497, 4497.v8HC-Cys, 4497.v8LC-
Cys, and 4497.v8HCLC-Cys). In a specific embodiment these Abs bind WTA beta.
In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated anti-WTA monoclonal
antibody,
specifically anti-WTA beta monoclonal antibody which comprises a L chain
variable region
(VL) wherein the VL comprises at least 95% sequence identity over the length
of the VL
region selected from the VL sequence corresponding to each of the antibodies
6078, 6263,
7
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
4450, 6297, 6239, 6232, 6259, 6292, 4462, 6265, 6253, 4497, and 4487
respectively, as
shown in Figures 17A-1 tol7A-2 at Kabat positions 1-107. In further
embodiments, the
antibody further comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising a heavy
chain variable
region (VH), wherein the VH comprises at least 95% sequence identity over the
length of the
VH region selected from the VH sequences corresponding to each of the
antibodies 6078,
6263, 4450, 6297, 6239, 6232, 6259, 6292, 4462, 6265, 6253, 4497, and 4487
respectively, as
shown in Figures 17B-1 to 17B-2 at Kabat positions 1-113. In any of the
preceding
embodiments, the sequence identity may be 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100%. In a
more
specific embodiment of the antibody, the VH comprises the sequence of SEQ ID
NO. 112
and the VL comprises the SEQ ID NO. 111.
In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated anti-WTA monoclonal
antibody,
specifically anti-WTA beta monoclonal antibody which comprises a L chain
variable region
(VL) wherein the VL comprises at least 95% sequence identity over the length
of the VL
region selected from the VL sequence corresponding to each of the antibodies
as shown in
Figures 15A or 16A (antibodies 6078, 6078.v2HC-Cys, 6078.v2LC-Cys, 6078.v3HC-
Cys,
6078.v3LC-Cys, 6078.v4HC-Cys, 6078.v4LC-Cys, 6078.v4HCLC-Cys, 4497, 4497.v8HC-
Cys, 4497.v8LC-Cys, and 4497.v8HCLC-Cys) at Kabat positions 1-107. In further
embodiments, the antibody further comprises a heavy chain variable region
comprising a
heavy chain variable region (VH), wherein the VH comprises at least 95%
sequence identity
over the length of the VH region selected from the VH sequences corresponding
to each of
the antibodies as shown in Figures 15B and 16B (antibodies 6078, 6078.v2HC-
Cys,
6078.v2LC-Cys, 6078.v3HC-Cys, 6078.v3LC-Cys, 6078.v4HC-Cys, 6078.v4LC-Cys,
6078.v4HCLC-Cys, 4497, 4497.v8HC-Cys, 4497.v8LC-Cys, and 4497.v8HCLC-Cys) at
Kabat positions 1-113. In any of the preceding embodiments, the sequence
identity may be
96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100%.
In a certain embodiment, the isolated anti-WTA beta antibody is one wherein
the light
chain comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO. 115 and the H chain having an
engineered
cysteine comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO. 116. In another embodiment, the
antibody
is one wherein the light chain comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO. 115 and
the H chain
having an engineered cysteine comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO. 117,
wherein X is M, I
or V. In a different embodiment the L chain comprising the sequence of SEQ ID
NO.113) is
paired with a Cys-engineered H chain variant of SEQ ID NO. 117; the variant is
one wherein
X is M, I or V.
8
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Another isolated anti-WTA beta antibody provided by the invention comprises a
heavy chain and a light, wherein the heavy chain comprises a VH having at
least 95%
sequence identity to SEQ ID NO. 120. In an additional embodiment, this
antibody further
comprises a VL having at least 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO. 119. In a
specific
embodiment, the anti-WTA beta antibody comprises a light chain and a heavy
chain, wherein
the L chain comprises a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO. 119 and the H chain
comprises a VH
sequence of SEQ ID NO. 120. In a yet more specific embodiment, the isolated
antibody that
binds WTA beta comprises a L chain of SEQ ID NO. 121 and a H chain of SEQ ID
NO. 122.
The anti-WTA beta Cys-engineered H and L chain variants can be paired in any
of the
following combinations to form full Abs for conjugating to linker-Abx
intermediates to
generate anti-WTA AACs of the invention. In one embodiment, the L chain
comprises the
sequence of SEQ ID NO.121 and the H chain comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO.
124. In
another embodiment, the isolated antibody comprises a L chain of SEQ ID NO.
123 and a H
chain comprising a sequence of SEQ ID NO.124 or SEQ ID NO.157. In a particular
embodiment, the anti- WTA beta antibody as well as the anti-WTA beta AAC of
the
invention comprises a L chain of SEQ ID NO. 123.
Yet another embodiment is an antibody that binds to the same epitope as each
of the
anti-WTA alpha Abs of Figure 13A and Figure 13B. Also provided is an antibody
that binds
to the same epitope as each of the anti-WTA beta Abs of Figure 14, Figures 15A
and 15B,
Figures 16A and 16B, and Figures 17A and 17B.
In a further embodiment, the anti-WTA beta and anti-WTA alpha antibodies of
the
present invention are antigen-binding fragments lacking the Fc region,
preferably F(ab')2 or
F(ab). Thus, the present invention provides antibody-antibiotic conjugates
wherein the WTA
antibody is a F(ab')2 or F(ab).
In another aspect, the invention provides an anti-WTA monoclonal antibody that
binds to WTA beta.
In some embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA (wall teichoic acid) monoclonal
antibody comprising a light (L) chain and a heavy (H) chain, wherein:
(a) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of RASQTISGWLA
(SEQ ID NO:33), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of KASTLES (SEQ ID NO:34),
and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of QQYKSYSFN (SEQ ID NO:35); and the H
chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of SYDIN (SEQ ID NO:36),
CDR H2 comprising the sequence of WMNANSGNTGYAQKFQG (SEQ ID
9
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
NO:37), and CDR H3 comprising the sequence of SSILVRGALGRYFDL (SEQ ID
NO:38);
(b) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of RASQTISGWLA
(SEQ ID NO:39), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of KASTLES (SEQ ID NO:40),
and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of QQYKSYSFN (SEQ ID NO:41); and the H
chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of SYDIN (SEQ ID NO:42),
CDR H2 comprising the sequence of WMNANSGNTGYAQKFQG (SEQ ID
NO:43), and CDR H3 comprising the sequence of SSILVRGALGRYFDL (SEQ ID
NO :44);
(c) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of RASQFVSRTSLA
(SEQ ID NO:45), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of ETSSRAT (SEQ ID NO:46),
and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of HKYGSGPRT (SEQ ID NO:47); and the H
chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of NYDFI (SEQ ID NO:48),
CDR H2 comprising the sequence of WMNPNSYNTGYGQKFQG (SEQ ID NO:49),
and CDR H3 comprising the sequence of AVRGQLLSEY (SEQ ID NO:50);
(d) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of _RASQSVSSSYLA
(SEQ ID NO:51), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of DASSRAT (SEQ ID NO:52),
and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of QKYGSTPRP (SEQ ID NO:53); and the H
chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of SYDIN (SEQ ID NO:54),
CDR H2 comprising the sequence of WMNPNSGNTNYAQRFQG (SEQ ID NO:55),
and CDR H3 comprising the sequence of ERWSKDTGHYYYYGMDV (SEQ ID
NO:56);
(e) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of RASLDITNHLA
(SEQ ID NO:57), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of EASILQS (SEQ ID NO:58),
and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of EKCNSTPRT (SEQ ID NO:59); and the H
chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of NYDIN (SEQ ID NO:60),
CDR H2 comprising the sequence of WMNPSSGRTGYAPKFRG (SEQ ID NO:61),
and CDR H3 comprising the sequence of GGGYYDSSGNYHISGLDV (SEQ ID
NO:62);
(f) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of RASQSVGAIYLA
(SEQ ID NO:63), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of GVSNRAT (SEQ ID NO:64),
and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of QLYTSSRALT (SEQ ID NO:65); and the H
chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of AYAMN (SEQ ID NO:66),
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
CDR H2 comprising the sequence of SITKNSDSLYYADSVKG (SEQ ID NO:67),
and CDR H3 comprising the sequence of LAARIMATDY (SEQ ID NO:68);
(g) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of RASQGIRNGLG
(SEQ ID NO:69), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of PASTLES (SEQ ID NO:70),
and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of LQDHNYPPT (SEQ ID NO:71); and the H
chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of YYSMI (SEQ ID NO:72),
CDR H2 comprising the sequence of SIDSSSRYLYYADSVKG (SEQ ID NO:73),
and CDR H3 comprising the sequence of DGDDILSVYRGSGRPFDY (SEQ ID
NO:74);
(h) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of _RASQGIRNGLG
(SEQ ID NO:75), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of PASTLES (SEQ ID NO:76),
and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of LQDHNYPPS (SEQ ID NO:77); and the H
chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of YYSMI (SEQ ID NO:78),
CDR H2 comprising the sequence of SIDSSSRYRYYTDSVKG (SEQ ID NO:79),
and CDR H3 comprising the sequence of DGDDILSVYQGSGRPFDY (SEQ ID
NO:80);
(i) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of _RASQSVRTNVA
(SEQ ID NO:81), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of GASTRAS (SEQ ID NO:82),
and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of LQYNTWPRT (SEQ ID NO:83); and the H
chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of TNDMS (SEQ ID NO:84),
CDR H2 comprising the sequence of TIIGIDDTTHYADSVRG (SEQ ID NO:85), and
CDR H3 comprising the sequence of NSGIYSF (SEQ ID NO:86);
(j) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of RASQDIGSSLA
(SEQ ID NO:87), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of ATSTLQS (SEQ ID NO:88),
and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of QQLNNYVHS (SEQ ID NO:89); and the H
chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of DYAMG (SEQ ID NO:90),
CDR H2 comprising the sequence of VVTGHSYRTHYADSVKG (SEQ ID NO:91),
and CDR H3 comprising the sequence of RIWSYGDDSFDV (SEQ ID NO:92);
(k) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of RASQSIGDRLA
(SEQ ID NO:93), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of WASNLEG (SEQ ID NO:94),
and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of QQYKSQWS (SEQ ID NO:95); and the H
chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of SYAMN (SEQ ID NO:96),
CDR H2 comprising the sequence of YISSIETIYYADSVKG (SEQ ID NO:97), and
CDR H3 comprising the sequence of DRLVDVPLSSPNS (SEQ ID NO:98);
11
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
(1) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of
KSSQSIFRTSRNKNLLN (SEQ ID NO:99), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of
WASTRKS (SEQ ID NO: 100), and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of
QQYFSPPYT (SEQ ID NO: 101); and the H chain comprising CDR H1 comprising
the sequence of SFWMH (SEQ ID NO:102), CDR H2 comprising the sequence of
FTNNEGTTTAYADSVRG (SEQ ID NO:103), and CDR H3 comprising the
sequence of GDGGLDD (SEQ ID NO:104);
(m) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of _RASQFTNHYLN
(SEQ ID NO:105), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of VASNLQS (SEQ ID
NO:106), and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of QQSYRTPYT (SEQ ID NO:107);
and the H chain comprising CDR H1 comprising the sequence of SGYYN (SEQ ID
NO: i08), CDR H2 comprising the sequence of YILSGAHTDIKASLGS (SEQ ID
NO: i09), and CDR H3 comprising the sequence of SGVYSKYSLDV (SEQ ID
NO:110); or
(n) the L chain comprising CDR Li comprising the sequence of
KSSQSIFRTSRNKNLLN (SEQ ID NO:99), CDR L2 comprising the sequence of
WASTRKS (SEQ ID NO: 100), and CDR L3 comprising the sequence of
QQYFSPPYT (SEQ ID NO: 101); and the H chain comprising CDR H1 comprising
the sequence of SFWMH (SEQ ID NO:102), CDR H2 comprising the sequence of
FTNNEGTTTAYADSVRG (SEQ ID NO:103), and CDR H3 comprising the
sequence of GEGGLDD (SEQ ID NO:118).
In some embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA monoclonal antibody comprises a
heavy chain variable region (VH), wherein the VH comprises an amino acid
sequence having
at least 95% sequence identity over the length of the VH sequence of SEQ ID
NO.112,
wherein amino acid Xaa at position 1 of SEQ ID NO.112 is Q or E, and amino
acid Xaa at
position 2 of SEQ ID NO.112 is M, I or V. In some embodiments, the antibody
further
comprises a light chain variable region (VL), wherein the VL comprises an
amino acid
sequence having at least 95% sequence identity over the length of the VL
sequence of SEQ
ID NO. iii. In some embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA monoclonal antibody
comprises a
light chain variable region (VL), wherein the VL comprises an amino acid
sequence having at
least 95% sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence of SEQ ID
NO.111. In any of
the preceding embodiments, the sequence identity may be 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or
100%.
In some embodiments, the VH of the antibody comprises the sequence of SEQ ID
NO. 112
and the VL of the antibody comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO.111.
12
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
In some embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA monoclonal antibody comprises a
heavy chain variable region (VH), wherein the VH comprises an amino acid
sequence having
at least 95% sequence identity over the length of the VH sequence SEQ ID
NO.120 or SEQ
ID NO.156. In some embodiments, the antibody further comprises a light chain
variable
region (VL), wherein the VL comprises an amino acid sequence having at least
95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence SEQ ID NO.119. In some
embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA monoclonal antibody comprising a light
chain variable
region (VL), wherein the VL comprises an amino acid sequence having at least
95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence SEQ ID NO.119. In any of
the
preceding embodiments, the sequence identity may be 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or
100%. In
some embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA monoclonal antibody comprising a light
chain
variable region (VL) and a heavy chain variable region (VH), wherein the VL
comprises the
sequence of SEQ ID NO.119 and the VH comprises the sequence SEQ ID NO.120 or
SEQ ID
NO.156.
In some embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA monoclonal antibody comprising a
light
chain variable region (VL), wherein the VL comprises a sequence having at
least 95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence selected from the VL
sequence of SEQ
ID NO.158, SEQ ID NO.159, SEQ ID NO.160, SEQ ID NO.161, SEQ ID NO.162, SEQ ID
NO.163, SEQ ID NO.164, SEQ ID NO.165, SEQ ID NO.166, SEQ ID NO.167, and SEQ ID
NO.168. In some embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA monoclonal antibody
comprising a
heavy chain variable region (VH) comprising an amino acid sequence having at
least 95%
sequence identity over the length of the VH sequence elected from the VH
sequence of SEQ
ID NO.127, SEQ ID NO.133, SEQ ID NO.134, SEQ ID NO.169, SEQ ID NO.170, SEQ ID
NO.171, SEQ ID NO.172, SEQ ID NO.173, SEQ ID NO.174, SEQ ID NO.175, and SEQ ID
NO.176. In any of the preceding embodiments, the sequence identity may be 96%,
97%,
98%, 99%, or 100%. In some embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA monoclonal
antibody
comprising a light chain variable region (VL) and a heavy chain variable
region (VH),
wherein:
(a) the VL of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least
95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.158, and the
VH
of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 95% sequence
identity over the length of the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.169;
13
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
(b) the VL of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least
95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.159, and the
VH
of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 95% sequence
identity over the length of the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.170;
(c) the VL of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least
95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.160, and the
VH
of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 95% sequence
identity over the length of the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.171;
(d) the VL of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least
95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.161, and the
VH
of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 95% sequence
identity over the length of the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.172;
(e) the VL of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least
95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.162, and the
VH
of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 95% sequence
identity over the length of the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.173;
(f) the VL of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least
95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.163, and the
VH
of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 95% sequence
identity over the length of the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.174;
(g) the VL of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least
95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.164, and the
VH
of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 95% sequence
identity over the length of the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.175;
(h) the VL of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least
95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.165, and the
VH
of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 95% sequence
identity over the length of the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.176;
(i) the VL of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least
95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.166, and the
VH
of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 95% sequence
identity over the length of the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.133;
(j) the VL of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least
95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.167, and the
VH
14
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 95% sequence
identity over the length of the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.134; or
(k) the VL of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least
95%
sequence identity over the length of the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.168, and the
VH
of the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 95% sequence
identity over the length of the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.127.
In some embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA monoclonal antibody comprising a
light
chain variable region (VL) and a heavy chain variable region (VH), wherein:
(a) the VL of the antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.158, and the
VH of the antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.169;
(b) the VL of the antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.159, and the
VH of the antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.170;
(c) the VL of the antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.160, and the
VH of the antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.171;
(d) the VL of the antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.161, and the
VH of the antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.172;
(e) the VL of the antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.162, and the
VH of the antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.173;
(f) the VL of the antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.163, and the
VH of the antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.174;
(g) the VL of the antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.164, and the
VH of the antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.175;
(h) the VL of the antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.165, and the
VH of the antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.176;
(i) the VL of the antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.166, and the
VH of the antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.133;
(j) the VL of the antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.167, and the
VH comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.134;
(k) the VL of the antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.168, and the
VH comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.127;
(1) the VL of the antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.113, and the
VH comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.114; or
(m) the VL of the antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO.121, and the
VH comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO.138.
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
In some embodiments of the antibodies described above, the antibody is an
antigen-
binding fragment lacking a Fc region. In some embodiments, the antibody is a
F(ab) or
F(ab')2. In some embodiments, the antibody further comprises a heavy chain
constant region
and/or a light chain constant region, wherein the heavy chain constant region
and/or the light
chain constant region comprise one or more amino acids that are substituted
with cysteine
residues. In some embodiments, the heavy chain constant region comprises amino
acid
substitution Al 18C or S400C, and/or the light chain constant region comprises
amino acid
substitution V205C, wherein the numbering is according to the EU numbering. In
some
embodiments, the heavy chain constant region comprises the amino acid sequence
of SEQ ID
NO:149 and/or the light chain constant region comprises the amino acid
sequence of SEQ ID
NO:151. In some embodiments, the heavy chain constant region comprises the
amino acid
sequence of SEQ ID NO:149 and the light chain constant region comprises the
amino acid
sequence of SEQ ID NO:150. In some embodiments, the heavy chain constant
region
comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:148 and the light chain
constant region
comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:151.
In some embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA monoclonal antibody comprising a
light
chain and a heavy chain, wherein the heavy chain of the antibody comprises the
sequence of
SEQ ID NO.114, SEQ ID NO.116, or SEQ ID NO.117, and the light chain of the
antibody
comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO.113; wherein amino acid Xaa at position 2
of SEQ ID
NO.116 or SEQ ID NO.117 is M, I or V. In some embodiments, isolated anti-WTA
monoclonal antibody comprising a light chain and a heavy chain, wherein the
heavy chain of
the antibody comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO.114, SEQ ID NO.116, or SEQ ID
NO.117, and the light chain of the antibody comprises the sequence of SEQ ID
NO.115;
wherein amino acid Xaa at position 2 of SEQ ID NO.116 or SEQ ID NO.117 is M, I
or V. In
some embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA monoclonal antibody comprising a light
chain and
a heavy chain, wherein the heavy chain of the antibody comprises the sequence
selected from
the group consisting of SEQ ID NO.139, SEQ ID NO.140, SEQ ID NO.141, SEQ ID
NO.142, SEQ ID NO.143, and SEQ ID NO.144; and the light chain of the antibody
comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO.113. In some embodiments, the isolated
anti-WTA
monoclonal antibody comprising a light chain and a heavy chain, wherein the
heavy chain of
the antibody comprises the sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ
ID NO.139,
SEQ ID NO.140, SEQ ID NO.141, SEQ ID NO.142, SEQ ID NO.143, and SEQ ID NO.144;
and the light chain of the antibody comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO.115.
16
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
In some embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA monoclonal antibody comprising a
heavy chain and a light chain, wherein the heavy chain comprises the sequence
of SEQ ID
NO:146, SEQ ID NO.147, SEQ ID NO.157 or SEQ ID NO.124, and the light chain
comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO.121. In some embodiments, the isolated
anti-WTA
monoclonal antibody comprising a heavy chain and a light chain, wherein the
heavy chain
comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO:146, SEQ ID NO.147, SEQ ID NO.157 or SEQ
ID
NO.124, and the light chain comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO.123. In some
embodiments, the isolated anti-WTA monoclonal antibody comprising a heavy
chain and a
light chain, wherein the heavy chain comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO:146,
SEQ ID
NO.147, SEQ ID NO.157 or SEQ ID NO.124, and the light chain comprises the
sequence of
SEQ ID NO.145.
In some embodiments of any of the antibodies described above, the antibody is
not an
IgM isotype. In some embodiments of any of the antibodies described above, the
antibody is
an IgG (e.g., IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4), IgE, IgD, or IgA (e.g., IgAl or IgA2)
isotype. In
some embodiments of any of the antibodies described above, the antibody is
produced by a
host cell in cell culture. In some embodiments, the host cell is a non-human
cell. In some
embodiments, the host cell is prokaryotic or eukaryotic. In some embodiments,
the host cell
is a mammalian cell (e.g., a human or non-human mammalian cell). In some
embodiments,
the host cell is a CHO cell.
Another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising
any
of the antibodies disclosed herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In yet another aspect, the invention also provides an isolated nucleic acid
encoding
any of the antibodies disclosed herein. In still another aspect, the invention
provides a vector
comprising a nucleic acid encoding any of the antibodies disclosed herein. In
a further
embodiment, the vector is an expression vector.
The invention also provides a host cell comprising a nucleic acid encoding any
of the
antibodies disclosed herein. In a further embodiment, the host cell is
prokaryotic or
eukaryotic. In some embodiments, the host cell is a mammalian cell (e.g., a
human or non-
human mammalian cell). In some embodiments, the host cell is a CHO cell.
The invention further provides a method of producing an antibody comprising
culturing a host cell comprising a nucleic acid encoding any of the antibodies
disclosed
herein under conditions suitable for expression of the nucleic acid; and
recovering the
antibody produced by the cell. In some embodiments, the method further
comprises
purifying the antibody.
17
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Another aspect of the invention is an antibody-antibiotic conjugate (AAC)
compound
comprising an anti-wall teichoic acid (WTA) antibody of the invention,
covalently attached
by a peptide linker to a rifamycin-type antibiotic. In some embodiments of the
antibody ¨
antibiotic conjugates disclosed herein, the anti-wall teichoic acid (WTA)
antibody binds to
Staphylococcus aureus. In some embodiments, the anti-wall teichoic acid
antibody binds to
methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA).
In some embodiments of the antibody-antibiotic conjugates disclosed herein,
the
antibody comprises: i) L chain and H chain CDRs of SEQ ID NOs 99-104 or the L
chain and
H chain CDRs of SEQ ID NOs. 33-38; or ii) the VL of SEQ ID NO.119 or SEQ ID
NO. 123
paired with the VH of SEQ ID NO.120 or SEQ ID NO. 156; or iii) the VL of SEQ
ID
NO.111 paired with the VH of SEQ ID NO.112.
In some embodiments, the rifamycin-type antibiotic is a rifalazil-type
antibiotic. In
some embodiments, the rifamycin-type antibiotic comprises a quaternary amine
attached to
the peptide linker. In some embodiments, the antibiotic is attached to the
antibody via a
peptide linker which is attached to an engineered cysteine of the anti-WTA
antibody. The
engineered cysteine may be in the L or H chain of the modified antibody. In
some
embodiments, the cysteine residue is in the L chain. In some embodiments, the
cysteine
residue is in the H chain.
The antibody-antibiotic conjugate compounds of the invention can comprise a
peptide
linker which is a S. aureus cysteine protease cleavable linker; such linkers
include a
staphopain B or a staphopain A cleavable linker. In one embodiment, the S.
aureus protease
is an endopeptidase. In another embodiment the linker is a host protease
cleavable linker
preferably a human protease cathepsin B cleavable linker (e.g., a val-cit
dipeptide linker).
An exemplary embodiment of an antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound has the
formula:
Ab-(L-abx)P
wherein:
Ab is the anti-wall teichoic acid antibody;
L is the peptide linker having the formula:
-Str-Pep-Y-
where Str is a stretcher unit; Pep is a peptide of two to twelve amino acid
residues,
and Y is a spacer unit;
18
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
abx is the rifamycin-type antibiotic; and
p is an integer from 1 to 8.
In one embodiment, the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compounds of any of the
preceding comprise a antibiotic antibody ratio (AAR) of 2 or 4.
In some embodiments, the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound is of the
formula
I:
0
/4õ -----L \O ---.
0 ...
0 . vIOR
R1
OH \OH
1
l.,.. d... .
Ab¨L¨R2 s' -0 HO,,,,...,,,,
HN 0
I
I
wherein:
the dashed lines indicate an optional bond;
R is H, C1¨C12 alkyl, or C(0)CH3;
R1 is OH;
R2 is CH=N¨(heterocyclyl), wherein the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted
with
one or more groups independently selected from C(0)CH3, Ci¨C12 alkyl, Ci¨C12
heteroaryl, C2¨C20 heterocyclyl, C6¨C20 aryl, and C3¨C12 carbocyclyl;
or R1 and R2 form a five- or six-membered fused heteroaryl or heterocyclyl,
and
optionally forming a spiro or fused six-membered heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,
aryl, or
carbocyclyl ring, wherein the spiro or fused six-membered heteroaryl,
heterocyclyl, aryl, or carbocyclyl ring is optionally substituted H, F, Cl,
Br, I, Ci¨
C12 alkyl, or OH;
L is the peptide linker attached to R2 or the fused heteroaryl or heterocyclyl
formed by
R1 and R2; and
Ab is the anti-wall teichoic acid (WTA) antibody.
In some of these embodiments, the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound of
formula I is of the formula:
19
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
0
I/4, 0 A......,,s0--...
R4 0 I 0 v ==;...OR
0 N 0 OH .,\OH
Ab¨L¨(R3)nN Z 0 H04, ,,,,,
HN
........0
1
wherein
R3 is independently selected from H and C1¨C12 alkyl;
n is 1 or 2;
R4 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, Ci¨C12 alkyl, and OH; and
Z is selected from NH, N(Ci¨C12 alkyl), 0 and S.
In some of these embodiments, the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound of
formula I is of the formula:
0
0 ----L 0---_.
0
R1 OH µµµOH
OH 1-10b, ',/,/
I
(R5)n (1\r _N HN -........0
N I
Ab¨/
wherein R5 is selected from H and C1¨C12 alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
In some of these embodiments, the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound of
formula I is of the formula:
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
0
iiiõ
0 i&
(R5)n/--)< N OH sAOH
N
N ----
Ab ¨Li \ N W
H .../ = i, '',//
HN 0
1
wherein R5 is selected from H and C1¨C12 alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
In some of these embodiments, the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound of
formula I is of the formula:
0
//õ,
0 s%
OH 0 \µµXR
I
0 Na-' OH/ : /-,i_i
\\,../..
0 0
(R5)n ON
N HN 0
wherein R5 is independently selected from H and C1¨C12 alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
In some of these embodiments, the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound of
formula I is of the formula:
0
/41,
0 ,=
OH 0 \µµ,XR
I
N X OH
N : W HN 0 H0b,
=,,
0
ii
Ab ¨L ¨(R3)nN C
1
wherein R3 is independently selected from H and Ci¨C12 alkyl; and n is 1 or 2.
In some particular embodiments, the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound of
formula I is of the formula:
21
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
0
/4õ 0 .....-L 00-.....
sX)Ac
OH 0
40 \µ'
N
0 0 OH .,\OH
0\1 0 0 H0b, =,/,
9 HN 0 /
Ab¨L¨(CH3)2N 1
1
In some embodiments, provided is an antibody-antibiotic conjugate (AAC)
compound
comprising an anti-wall teichoic acid (WTA) antibody of the invention,
covalently attached
by a peptide linker to a rifamycin-type antibiotic, where the peptide linker
has the formula:
-Str-Pe p-Y-
where Str is a stretcher unit covalently attached to the anti-wall teichoic
acid (WTA)
antibody; Pep is a peptide of two to twelve amino acid residues, and Y is a
spacer unit
covalently attached to the rifamycin-type antibiotic. In some of these
embodiments, Str has
the formula:
0
'----1(
N¨R6¨C(0)-
0
wherein R6 is selected from the group consisting of Ci-Cio alkylene-, -C3-C8
carbocyclo, -0-
(C1-C8 alkyl)-, -arylene-, -C1-C10 alkylene-arylene-, -arylene-Ci-C10 alkylene-
, -C1-C10
alkylene-(C3-C8 carbocyclo)-, -(C3-C8 carbocyclo)-Ci-Cio alkylene-, -C3-C8
heterocyclo-, -
C1-C10 alkylene-(C3-C8 heterocyclo)-, -(C3-C8 heterocyclo)-Ci-Cio alkylene-, -
(CH2CH20)r,
and -(CH2CH20),-CH2-; and r is an integer ranging from 1 to 10. In one
variation, R6 is -
(CH2)5- . In some of these embodiments, Pep comprises two to twelve amino acid
residues
independently selected from glycine, alanine, phenylalanine, lysine, arginine,
valine, and
citrulline. In one variation, Pep is selected from valine-citrulline (val-cit,
vc); phenylalanine-
lysine (fk); GGAFAGGG (SEQ ID NO: 126); tpm-cit; GPImeLFF (SEQ ID NO: 129);
valine-citrulline-phenylalanine (val-cit-phe); GGAFA (SEQ ID NO: 131); and
LAFG (SEQ
22
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
ID NO: 128). In some of these embodiments, Y comprises para-aminobenzyl or
para-
aminobenzyloxycarbonyl.
In some embodiments, the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound is of the
formula:
AA1
H 0
jyabxAb¨Str¨Nri
I
H 0 AA2
where Ab, Str, Y and abx are as defined herein, and AM and AA2 are
independently
selected from an amino acid side chain. In some of these embodiments, the
amino acid side
chain is independently selected from H, ¨CH3, ¨CH2(C6H5), ¨CH2CH2CH2CH2NH2,
¨CH2CH2CH2NHC(NH)NH2, ¨CHCH(CH3)CH3, and ¨CH2CH2CH2NHC(0)NH2. In some
of these embodiments, the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound is of the
formula:
Ab¨Str¨N
)C I 0
HN abx
Y
I
H 0
HN/
0 NH2
5
0
0 AA1 H 0
AbLN Y a bx
---
I
0 H 0 AA2 5
0
0 )C H 0
I
Ab4N =)LN N abx
Y
I
0 H 0
HN /
0 N H 2
5
23
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
0
0 AA1 H 0 I. abx
Ab4N --)(Nr11))(N
0 Fli 0 AA2 H 5
0
0 cr1-1 0 I. abx
Ab4NLN ri )LN
0 ILI 0 H
HN )
ONH2
0
0
......4N,,,)(0N jõAA1 FII)I I. 0Aabx
Ab N
0 1!I 0 A2H
, Or
0
0
H 0 I. 0Aabx
1:=)( 1
Ab4NXr\k:)N
0 1!I 0 H
HN)
ONH2
5
5 In some of these embodiments, the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound
is of the formula:
0 R7 R7
0 A I
N 4 AA1
abx
0 0 0 N
I II 1,..).L1,1
N R7 R 7 o
Ab N
I I
0 H 0 H
AA2
5
where R7 is independently selected from H and C1¨C12 alkyl. In some of these
embodiments,
the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound is of the formula:
24
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
0
44õ 0 -LO,
OH 0 0 v. OAc
0 Nlei OH
. ni-4
\\._..
0 N 0 0 HO,,,
=õ,//
0
A ,\) HN 0
O AA11.4 0 0 0 N
H
Ab,,c-INLN-1(1\j,?LN
H
0 AA2H
0 5
0
0 --1,..,.Ø--
OH 0
i& Nlei OH õOH
0 N 0 0
HO,,, =õ,//
0
A HN \C)
0 )crEl 0 0 0 ril
1
A b N N
N
_
H = H
0
0
NH
0 NH2
0
/4õ. 0 I (:)....
OH 0 OAc
N
0 0 OH . \\OH
N 0 0
HO,,).,,,,
0 CI HN
/ \ 0
O AA1 0 0 N
1
Ab-=-=--cfNLN-rEr\l,?LN
H H
0 AA2
0
,or
0....1
I,,,,,
OH 0 i
m
0 OH
õOH
N 0 0 HO,,,
.,,,,,
0 CI HN 0
/ \
Or 0 0 N 1
H I
Ab4NNV)LN N )L, N
H H
0
0
NH
0 NH2 .
5
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Another aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising an
antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound of the invention.
Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating a bacterial infection
by
administering to a patient a therapeutically-effective amount of an antibody-
antibiotic
conjugate compound of any of the above embodiments. In one embodiment, the
patient is a
human. In one embodiment the bacterial infection is a Staphylococcus aureus
infection. In
some embodiments, the patient has been diagnosed with a Staph aureus
infection. In some
embodiments, treating the bacterial infection comprises reducing bacterial
load.
The invention further provides a method of killing intracellular Staph aureus
in the
host cells of a staph aureus infected patient without killing the host cells
by administering an
anti-WTA-antibiotic conjugate compound of any of the above embodiments.
Another
method is provided for killing persister bacterial cells (e.g, staph A) in
vivo by contacting the
persister bacteria with an AAC of any of the preceding embodiments.
In another embodiment, the method of treatment further comprises administering
a
second therapeutic agent. In a further embodiment, the second therapeutic
agent is an
antibiotic including an antibiotic against Staph aureus in general or MRSA in
particular.
In one embodiment, the second antibiotic administered in combination with the
antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound of the invention is selected from the
structural
classes: (i) aminoglycosides; (ii) beta-lactams; (iii) macrolides/cyclic
peptides; (iv)
tetracyclines; (v) fluoroquinolines/fluoroquinolones; (vi) and oxazolidinones.
In one embodiment, the second antibiotic administered in combination with the
antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound of the invention is selected from
clindamycin,
novobiocin, retapamulin, daptomycin, GSK-2140944, CG-400549, sitafloxacin,
teicoplanin,
triclosan, napthyridone, radezolid, doxorubicin, ampicillin, vancomycin,
imipenem,
doripenem, gemcitabine, dalbavancin, and azithromycin.
In some embodiments herein, the bacterial load in the subject has been reduced
to an
undetectable level after the treatment. In one embodiment, the patient's blood
culture is
negative after treatment as compared to a positive blood culture before
treatment. In some
embodiments herein, the bacterial resistance in the subject is undetectable or
low. In some
embodiments herein, the subject is not responsive to treatment with
methicillin or
vancomycin.
Another aspect of the invention is a process for making an antibody or an
antibody-
antibiotic conjugate compound of the invention comprising conjugating a
rifamycin-type
antibiotic to an anti-wall teichoic acid (WTA) antibody.
26
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Another aspect of the invention is a kit for treating a bacterial infection
comprising a
pharmaceutical composition of the invention and instructions for use.
Another aspect of the invention is a linker-antibiotic intermediate having
Formula II:
0
II,,, I 0-.....
0
0OR
R
(00 õ,..1
, OH .,\OH
. ,
1
.
x - L - R2 H Oh =,,
= ii
HN 0
II
wherein:
the dashed lines indicate an optional bond;
R is H, C1-C12 alkyl, or C(0)CH3;
R1 is OH;
R2 is CH=N-(heterocyclyl), wherein the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted
with
one or more groups independently selected from C(0)CH3, Ci-C12 alkyl, Ci-C12
heteroaryl,
C2-C20 heterocyclyl, C6-C20 aryl, and C3-C12 carbocyclyl;
or R1 and R2 form a five- or six-membered fused heteroaryl or heterocyclyl,
and
optionally forming a spiro or fused six-membered heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,
aryl, or
carbocyclyl ring, wherein the spiro or fused six-membered heteroaryl,
heterocyclyl, aryl, or
carbocyclyl ring is optionally substituted H, F, Cl, Br, I, Ci-C12 alkyl, or
OH;
L is a peptide linker attached to R2 or the fused heteroaryl or heterocyclyl
formed by
R1 and R2; and having the formula:
-Str- P ep -Y-
where Str is a stretcher unit; Pep is a peptide of two to twelve amino acid
residues,
and Y is a spacer unit; and
X is a reactive functional group selected from maleimide, thiol, amino,
bromide,
bromoacetamido, iodoacetamido, p-toluenesulfonate, iodide, hydroxyl, carboxyl,
pyridyl
disulfide, and N-hydroxysuccinimide.
In some embodiments of the linker-antibiotic intermediate of Formula II, X is
27
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
0 H
I
Nor
B r ...s.s3-
0 SCS Or 0 .
In some embodiments, the linker-antibiotic intermediate of Formula II has the
formula:
/4,, 0
R4 0 I 0 OR
N 01 OH . niA
\\......
X ¨L ¨(R3),-,N Z 0 HO/,, =,,,/
HN 0
I
wherein
R3 is independently selected from H and Ci¨C 12 alkyl;
n is 1 or 2;
R4 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, Ci¨C12 alkyl, and OH; and
Z is selected from NH, N(C1¨C12 alkyl), 0 and S.
In some of these embodiments, the linker-antibiotic intermediate of Formula II
has the
formula:
0
//,,,
OH 0 \µ,. OAc
I
0 N OH \\OH
:W 0
o HN 0
X¨L¨(CH3)2N
Or
28
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
1:)
II,,,. 0 I (21-
....
OH
0 v= OAc
1
µ
0 NI 0H OH
N 0 0 H04,
.,õ//
0 a
. HN 0
c
0 0 N
/ \ I fl\INV)LN(FNL). N
H E H
0
0
NH
0NH2
.
Also provided is a method of killing intracellular Staph aureus in the host
cells of a
Staph aureus infected patient without killing the host cells comprising
administering an anti-
WTA-antibiotic conjugate detailed herein.
It is to be understood that one, some, or all of the properties of the various
embodiments described herein may be combined to form other embodiments of the
present
invention. These and other aspects of the invention will become apparent to
one of skill in the
art.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 shows that exposure to vancomycin or rifampicin kills MRSA gradually.
Vancomycin was tested at 2 iug/mL (open square) and 20 iug/mL (closed square).
Rifampicin
was tested at 0.02 iug/mL (open triangle) and 0.2 iug/mL (closed triangle).
Figure 2 shows infected peritoneal cells were able to transfer infection to
osteoblasts
in the presence of vancomycin.
Figure 3 shows the cell wall of Gram-positive bacteria, such as S. aureus with
a
cartoon representation of wall teichoic acids (WTA), Lipo teichoic acid (LTA)
and the
Peptidoglycan (PGN) sheaths that stabilize the cell membrane and provide
attachment sites.
Figure 4 shows the chemical structure and glycosyl modifications of Wall
Teichoic
Acid (WTA), described in detail under Definitions.
Figure 5 shows a possible mechanism of drug activation for antibody-antibiotic
conjugates (AAC). Active antibiotic (Abx) is released after internalization of
the AAC inside
mammalian cells.
29
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Figures 6A and 6B summarize the characteristics of the Abs from the primary
screening of a library of mAbs showing positive ELISA binding to cell wall
preparations
from USA300 or Wood46 strain S. aureus strains, as described in Example 21. Of
the Abs
that bind to WTA, 4 are specific to WTA alpha and 13 bind specifically to WTA
beta.
Figure 7A shows an in vitro macrophage assay demonstrating that AAC kill
intracellular MRSA.
Figure 7B shows intracellular killing of MRSA (USA300 strain) with 50 iug/mL
of the
thio-S4497-HC-A118C-pipBOR 102 in macrophages, osteoblasts (MG63), Airway
epithelial
cells (A549), and human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVEC) compared to
naked,
unconjugated anti-WTA antibody S4497. The dashed line indicates the limit of
detection for
the assay.
Figure 7C shows comparison of AAC made with linker-antibiotic intermediates LA-
51 and LA-54 (Table 2). MRSA was opsonized with S4497 antibody alone or with
AAC:
AAC-102 or AAC-105 (Table 3) at various concentrations ranging from 10 iug/mL
to .003
1.1g/mL.
Figure 7D shows AAC kills intracellular bacteria without harming the
macrophages.
Figure 7E shows recovery of live USA300 from inside macrophages from the
macrophage cell lysis above. Few (10,000 fold fewer) live S. aureus were
recovered from
macrophages infected with S-4497-AAC opsonized bacteria compared to naked
antibody
treated controls.
Figure 8A shows in vivo efficacy of thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-pipBOR
102 AAC in an intraperitoneal infection model in A/J mice. Mice were infected
with MRSA
by intraperitoneal injection and treated with 50 mg/Kg of S4497 antibody alone
or with 50
mg/Kg of 102 AAC (HC-A114C Kabat = HC-A118C EU) by intraperitoneal injection.
Mice
were sacrificed 2 days post infection and the total bacterial load was
assessed in the
peritoneal supernatant (Extracellular bacteria), peritoneal cells
(Intracellular bacteria) or in
the kidney.
Figure 8B shows intravenous, in vivo, infection model in A/J mice. Mice were
infected with MRSA by intravenous injection and treated with 50 mg/Kg of S4497
antibody,
50 mg/Kg of thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-pipBOR 102 AAC or a simple mixture
of
50 mg/Kg of S4497 antibody + .5 mg/Kg of free rifamycin. The grey dashed line
indicates
the limit of detection for each organ.
Figure 9A shows efficacy of thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-pipBOR 102 AAC
in an intravenous infection model by titration of the S4497-pipBOR AAC.
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Figure 9B shows thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-dimethylpipBOR 105 AAC is
more efficacious than thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-pipBOR 102 AAC in an
intravenous infection model by titration. Treatments with S4497 Antibody, 102
AAC or thio-
S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-dimethyl-pipBOR 112 AAC were administered at the
indicated doses 30 minutes after infection. Mice were sacrificed 4 days after
infection and the
total number of surviving bacteria per mouse (2 kidneys pooled) was determined
by plating.
Figure 9C shows that thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-dimethylpipBOR 105
AAC is more efficacious than S4497 Antibody or dimethylpipBOR 7 antibiotic
alone in an
intravenous infection model. CB17.SCID mice infected with 2x107 CFU of MRSA by
intravenous injection. One day after infection, the mice were treated with 50
mg/Kg of S4497
antibody, 50 mg/Kg of AAC 105 or with 0.5 mg/Kg of dimethyl-pipBOR 7, the
equivalent
dose of antibiotic that is contained in 50 mg/Kg of AAC). Mice were sacrificed
4 days after
infection and the total number of surviving bacteria per mouse (2 kidneys
pooled) was
determined by plating.
Figure 10A shows the prevalence of anti-S. aureus antibodies in human serum.
S.
aureus infected patients or normal controls contain high amounts of WTA
specific serum
antibody with same specificity as anti-WTA S4497. Binding of various wild-type
(WT)
serum samples to MRSA that expressed the S4497 antigen was examined versus
binding to a
MRSA strain TarM/TarS DKO (double knockout) mutant which lacks the sugar
modifications that are recognized by the S4497 antibody.
Figure 10B shows an AAC is efficacious in the presence of physiological levels
of
human IgG (10 mg/mL) in an in vitro macrophage assay with the USA300 strain of
MRSA.
The thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-dimethylpipBOR 105 is efficacious in the
presence
of 10 mg/mL of human IgG. The USA300 strain of MRSA was opsonized with AAC
alone,
or with AAC diluted in 10 mg/mL of human IgG. The total number of surviving
intracellular
bacteria was assessed 2 days post infection.
Figure 10C shows an in vivo infection model demonstrating that AAC is
efficacious
in the presence of physiological levels of human IgG. The combined data are
from 3
independent experiments using two separate preparations of thio-54497-HC-A118C-
MC-vc-
PAB-dimethylpipBOR 105 or 112 AAC. Mice treated with the AAC had a greater
than 4-log
reduction in bacterial loads (Students t-test p=.0005).
Figure 11A shows in vivo infection model demonstrating that AAC are more
efficacious than the current standard of care (SOC) antibiotic vancomycin in
mice that are
reconstituted with normal levels of human IgG. Mice were treated with S4497
antibody (50
31
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
mg/Kg), vancomycin (100 mg/Kg), thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-dimethylpipBOR
105 AAC (50 mg/Kg), or an AAC made with an isotype control antibody that does
not
recognize MRSA, thio-hu-anti gD 5B5-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-dimethylpipBOR 110 AAC
(50 mg/Kg).
Figure 11B shows the relative binding of anti-Staph. aureus antibodies to
USA300
strain isolated from kidneys in an in vivo infection model, as determined by
FACS. The
S4497 antibody recognizes an N-acetylglucosamine modification that is linked
to wall
teichoic acid (WTA) via a beta-anomeric bond on the cell wall of S. aureus.
The S7578
antibody binds to a similar N-acetylglucosamine modification that is joined to
WTA via an
alpha-anomeric bond. The rF1 antibody is a positive control anti-MRSA antibody
that
recognizes sugar modifications found on a family of SDR-repeat containing cell
wall
anchored proteins. The gD antibody is a negative control human IgGi that does
not recognize
S. aureus.
Figure 11C shows in vivo infection model demonstrating that AAC, thio-S6078-HC
Al 14C-LCWT-MC-vc-PAB-dimethylpipBOR 129 is more efficacious than naked anti-
WTA
antibody S4497, according to the same regimen as Figure 11A, in mice that are
reconstituted
with normal levels of human IgG. Mice were treated with S4497 antibody (50
mg/Kg), or
thio-S6078-HC Al 14C-LCWT-MC-vc-PAB-dimethylpipBOR 129 AAC (50 mg/Kg).
Figure 12 shows a growth inhibition assay demonstrating that AAC are not toxic
to S.
aureus unless the linker is cleaved by cathepsin B. A schematic cathepsin
release assay
(Example 20) is shown on the left. AAC is treated with cathepsin B to release
free antibiotic.
The total amount of antibiotic activity in the intact vs. the cathepsin B
treated AAC is
determined by preparing serial dilutions of the resulting reaction and
determining the
minimum dose of AAC that is able to inhibit the growth of S. aureus. The upper
right plot
shows the cathepsin release assay for thio-S4497-HC-Al18C-MC-vc-PAB-pipBOR 102
and
the lower right plot shows the cathepsin release assay for thio-S4497-HC-A118C-
MC-vc-
PAB-dimethylpipBOR 105.
Figure 13A shows an amino acid sequence alignment of the light chain variable
regions (VL) of four human anti-WTA alpha antibodies (SEQ ID NOS 25, 27, 29
and 31,
respectively, in order of appearance). The CDR sequences CDRL1, L2 and L3
according to
Kabat numbering are underlined.
Figure 13B shows an amino acid sequence alignment of the heavy chain variable
regions (VH) of the four human anti-WTA alpha antibodies of Figure 13A. The
CDR
32
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
sequences CDR H1, H2 and H3 according to Kabat numbering are underlined (SEQ
ID NOS
26, 28, 30 and 32, respectively, in order of appearance).
Figure 14 shows the CDR sequences of the L and H chains of 13 human anti-WTA
beta antibodies (SEQ ID NOS 33-110).
Figures 15A-1 and 15A-2 show an alignment of the full length L chain (light
chain) of
anti-WTA beta Ab 6078 (unmodified) and its variants, v2, v3, v4 (SEQ ID NOS
113, 113,
115, 113, 115, 113, 115 and 115, respectively, in order of appearance). The
CDR sequences
CDRL1, L2 and L3 according to Kabat numbering are underlined. Boxes show the
contact
residues and CDR residues according to Kabat and Chothia. L chain variants
that contain an
engineered Cys are indicated by the C in the black box the end of the constant
region (at EU
residue no. 205 in this case). The variant designation, e.g., v2LC-Cys means
variant 2
containing a Cys engineered into the L chain. HCLC-Cys means each of the H and
L chains
contain an engineered Cys. Variants 2, 3 and 4 have changes in the beginning
of the H chain
as shown in Figures 15B.
Figures 15B-1, 15B-2, 15B-3, 15B-4 show an alignment of the full length H
chain
(heavy chain) of anti-WTA beta Ab 6078 (unmodified) and its variants, v2, v3,
v4 (SEQ ID
NOS 114, 139-144 and 143, respectively, in order of appearance) which have
changes in the
beginning of the H chain. H chain variants that contain an engineered Cys are
indicated by
the C in the black box the end of the constant region (at EU residue no. 118
in this case).
Figures 16A-1 and 16A-2 show an alignment of the full length L chain of anti-
WTA
beta Ab 4497 (unmodified) and Cys engineered L chains (SEQ ID NOS 121, 123,
145 and
145, respectively, in order of appearance). The CDR sequences CDRL1, L2 and L3
according to Kabat numbering are underlined. Boxes show the contact residues
and CDR
residues according to Kabat and Chothia. L chain variants that contain an
engineered Cys are
indicated by the C in the dotted box near the end of the constant region (at
EU residue no.
205 in this case).
Figures 16B-1, 16B-2, 16B-3 show an alignment of the full length H chain of
anti-
WTA beta Ab 4497 (unmodified) and its v8 variant with D altered to E in CDR H3
position
96, with or without the engineered Cys (SEQ ID NOS 146-147, 157 and 147,
respectively, in
order of appearance). H chain variants that contain an engineered Cys are
indicated by the C
in the black box the end of the constant region (at EU residue no. 118 in this
case).
Figures 17A-1, 17A-2, 17A-3 show an amino acid sequence alignment of the full
length light chain of the thirteen human anti-WTA beta antibodies (SEQ ID NOS
113, 158-
167, 121 and 168, respectively, in order of appearance). The variable region
(VL) spans
33
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Kabat amino acid positions 1 to 107. The CDR sequences CDRL1, L2 and L3
according to
Kabat numbering are underlined.
Figures 17B-1 to 17B-6 show an amino acid sequence alignment of the full
length
heavy chain of the thirteen human anti-WTA beta antibodies of Figures 17A-1,
17A-2, 17A-3
(SEQ ID NOS 114, 169-176, 133-134, 138 and 127, respectively, in order of
appearance).
The variable region (VH) spans Kabat amino acid positions 1-113. The CDR
sequences
CDR H1, H2 and H3 according to Kabat numbering are underlined. H chain Eu
position 118
marked by an asterisk can be changed to Cys for drug conjugation. Residues
highlighted in
black can be replaced with other residues that do not affect antigen binding
to avoid
deamidation, aspartic acid isomerization, oxidation or N-linked glycosylation.
Figure 18A shows binding of Ab 4497 mutants to S. aureus cell wall as analyzed
by
ELISA.
Figure 18B shows a comparison of Ab 4497 and its mutants (SEQ ID NOS 177, 177,
177-178, 178-179, 179-180, 180 and 180, respectively, in order of appearance)
in the
highlighted amino acid positions and their relative antigen binding strength
as tested by
ELISA.
Figure 19 shows the results of FACS analysis of Ab 6078 WT and mutants binding
to
protein A deficient strain of USA300 (USA300-SPA), as described in Example 23.
The
mutants showed unimpaired binding to S. aureus.
Figure 20 shows that pre-treatment with 50 mg/kg of free antibodies is not
efficacious
in an intravenous infection model. Balb/c mice were given a single dose of
vehicle control
(PBS) or 50 mg/Kg of antibodies by intravenous injection 30 minutes prior to
infection with
2x107 CFU of USA300. Treatment groups included an isotype control antibody
that does not
bind to S. aureus (gD), an antibody directed against the beta modification of
wall teichoic
acid (4497) or an antibody directed against the alpha modification of wall
teichoic acid
(7578). Control mice were given twice daily treatments with 110 mg/Kg of
vancomycin by
intraperitoneal injection (Vanco).
Figure 21 and Figure 22 show that AACs directed against either the beta
modification
of wall teichoic acid or the alpha modification of wall teichoic acid are
efficacious in an
intravenous infection model using mice that are reconstituted with normal
levels of human
IgG. CB17.SCID mice were reconstituted with human IgG using a dosing regimen
optimized
to yield constant levels of at least 10 mg/mL of human IgG in serum and
infected with 2x107
CFU of USA300 by intravenous injection. Treatment was initiated 1 day after
infection with
34
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
buffer only control (PBS), 60 mg/Kg of beta-WTA AAC (136 AAC) or 60 mg/Kg of
alpha-
WTA AAC (155 AAC).
Figure 23A and Figure 23B show the synthesis of linker-antibiotic intermediate
51
from 2-nitrobenzene-1,3-diol 1.
Figure 24 shows the synthesis of linker-antibiotic intermediate, MC-vc-PAB-
dimethylpipBOR 54 from TBS-protected benzoxazino rifamycin 4.
Figure 25A and Figure 25B show the synthesis of dimethyl pipBOR 7 from (5-
fluoro-
2-nitro-1,3-phenylene)bis(oxy)bis(methylene)dibenzene 9.
Figure 26 shows the structure of a FRET peptide substrate for cleavage
validation,
mal-K(TAMRA)GGAFAGGGK(fluorescein) (SEQ ID NO: 125) containing the most
abundant residues in Pl, P2, and P3 from the REPLi protease activity screen.
Flanking Gly
residues from the REPLi FRET peptide structure were conserved. A thiol-
reactive maleimide
group on the N-terminus allowed for conjugation to antibodies with reactive
cysteines. Upon
cleavage of the FRET peptide, the quenching effect is lost and an increase in
fluorescence is
observed.
Figure 27 shows the structure of thioFAB 54497-MC-GGAFAGGG-(pipBOR) ("core
peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 126), a tool compound used for identifying
active
fractions containing the protease of interest. Mal-GGAFAGGG-DNA31 ("core
peptide"
disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 126) was conjugated to THIOFAB 4497. THIOFABs contain
one
reactive cysteine. The S. aureus protease cleaved the linker C-terminal to
Ala, releasing Gly-
Gly-Gly-(pipBOR).
Figure 28 and Figure 29 show Mal-K(tamra)GGAFAGGGK(fluorescein) (SEQ ID
NO: 125) AAC are cleaved in both Wood46 (Figure 28) and USA300 (Figure 29)
when
conjugated to an antibody that binds S. aureus (thio-54497) and not when
conjugated to an
antibody that does not bind to S. aureus (thio-trastuzumab). Fluorescence
intensity measured
over time of thioMAB 4497 mal-K(tamra)GGAFAGGGK(fluorescein) (SEQ ID NO: 125)
incubated with log phase cultures of Wood46 and USA300 MRSA. The thioMAB 4497
FRET peptide conjugates made from mal-K(TAMRA)GGAFAGGGK(fluorescein) (SEQ ID
NO: 125) of Figure 26 show an increase in fluorescence in both strains,
indicating that the
experimental linker is cleaved by a S. aureus protease and that the protease
is present in the
clinically relevant strain of MRSA, USA300 (Figure 29). Cell density affects
the rate of
cleavage, with cleavage occurring earlier in cultures of the higher cell
density (108 cells/ml).
The isotope control conjugate (thio-trastuzumab) did not show an increase in
fluorescence in
any condition.
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Figure 30 show two optimized linkers for staphopain B cleavage in AAC. Linkers
optimized for cleavage by staphopain B, including residue preferences for P4
and P1'.
Linkers were designed using data from the REPLi screen. QSY7 was added to the
C-terminus
of each linker to act as an antibiotic surrogate.
Figure 31 shows results from the Macrophage Assay, demonstrating that
staphopain
cleavable AAC is able to kill intracellular bacteria. The USA300 strain of S.
aureus was
incubated with various doses (100 ug/mL, 10 ug/mL, 1 ug/mL or 0.1 ug/mL) of
S4497
antibody alone, thio-S4497 HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB-(dimethylpipBOR) AAC-
192 or thio-S4497 HC vl-MP-LAFG-PABC-(piperazinoBOR) ("core peptide" disclosed
as
SEQ ID NO: 128) AAC-193 to permit binding of the AACs to the bacteria (Figure
31). After
1 hour incubation, the opsonized bacteria were fed to murine macrophages and
incubated at
37 C for 2 hours to permit phagocytosis. After phagocytosis was complete, the
infection mix
was replaced with normal growth media supplemented with 50 ug/mL of gentamycin
to kill
any remaining extracellular bacteria and the total number of surviving
intracellular bacteria
was determined 2 days later by plating serial dilutions of the macrophage
lysates on Tryptic
Soy Agar plates. The staphopain cleavable AAC was able to kill intracellular
USA300 with
similar potency compared to the cathepsin B cleavable AAC. Gray dashed line
indicates the
limit of detection for the assay (10 CFU/well).
Figure 32 shows results from the Macrophage Assay, demonstrating that
staphopain
cleavable AAC is able to kill intracellular bacteria. AACs target antibiotic
killing to S.
aureus via antigen specific binding of the antibody. The Wood46 strain of S.
aureus was
chosen for this experiment because it does not express protein A, a molecule
that binds to the
Fc region of IgG antibodies. The Wood46 strain of S. aureus was incubated with
10 [tg/mL
or 0.5 ug/mL of S4497 antibody, Isotype control-AAC containing a cathepsin B
cleavable
linker thio-trastuzumab HC Al 1 8C-MC-vc-PAB-(dimethyl-pipBOR) AAC-101, thio-
54497
HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB-(dimethylpipBOR) AAC-192, Isotype control-AAC
containing a staphopain cleavable linker thio-trastuzumab HC Al 18C-MP-LAFG-
PABC-
(piperazinoBOR) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128), or thio-54497 HC
vl-MP-
LAFG-PABC-(piperazinoBOR) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128) AAC-193
for
1 hour to permit binding of the AACs to bacteria. To limit non-specific
binding of the AACs,
the opsonized bacteria were centrifuged, washed once and resuspended in buffer
before being
fed to murine macrophages. After phagocytosis was complete, the infection mix
was
replaced with normal growth media supplemented with 50 [tg/mL of gentamycin to
kill any
remaining extracellular bacteria and the total number of surviving
intracellular bacteria was
36
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
determined 2 days later by plating serial dilutions of the macrophage lystes
on Tryptic Soy
Agar plates. The 4497-AAC containing a staphopain cleavable linker was able to
kill all
detectable intracellular bacteria, whereas the isotype control AAC showed no
activity.
Figures 33 and 34 show Staphopain AAC is active in vivo in a murine
intravenous
infection model. CB17.SCID mice were reconstituted with human IgG using a
dosing
regimen optimized to yield constant levels of at least 10 mg/mL of human IgG
in serum.
Mice were treated with 4497 antibody (50 mg/kg), AAC-215 with staphopain
cleavable
linker (50 mg/kg,) or an isotype control, anti-gD AAC containing staphopain
cleavable linker
(50 mg/kg). Mice were given a single dose of AAC-215 on day 1 post infection
by
intravenous injection. Total number of surviving bacteria in 2 kidneys (Figure
33) or in heart
(Figure 34) was determined by plating.
Figures 35 and 36 show results from the in vitro Macrophage Assay for thio-
56078
AAC. In Figure 35, thio-56078.v4.HC-WT, LC-Cys-MC-vc-PAB-(dimethylpipBOR) AAC
was effective at killing intracellular bacteria at doses at or above 0.5
[tg/mL with an antibiotic
loading of 2.0 (AAC-173) or 3.9 (AAC-171) dimethylpipBOR antibiotics (LA-54)
per thio-
S6078 antibody. In Figure 36, thio-56078.v4.HC-WT, LC-Cys-MC-vc-PAB-
(piperazBOR)
was effective at killing intracellular bacteria at doses at or above 0.5
[tg/mL with an antibiotic
loading of 1.8 (AAC-174) or 3.9 (AAC-172) piperazBOR antibiotics (LA-65) per
thio-56078
antibody.
Figures 37 and 38 show results from in vivo efficacy of thio-56078 AAC in a
murine
intravenous infection model. CB17.SCID mice were reconstituted with human IgG
using a
dosing regimen optimized to yield constant levels of at least 10 mg/mL of
human IgG in
serum. Mice were infected with USA300 and treated with vehicle control (PBS),
thio-
56078.v4.HC-WT, LC-Cys-MC-vc-PAB-(dimethylpipBOR) AAC with an antibiotic
loading
of 2.0 (AAC-173) or 3.9 (AAC-171) dimethylpipBOR antibiotics (LA-54) per thio-
56078
antibody (Figure 37) and thio-56078.v4.HC-WT, LC-Cys-MC-vc-PAB-(piperazBOR)
with
an antibiotic loading of 1.8 (AAC-174) or 3.9 (AAC-172) piperazBOR antibiotics
(LA-65)
per thio-56078 antibody (Figure 38). Mice were given a single dose of AAC on
day 1 post
infection by intravenous injection and sacrificed on day 4 post infection. The
total number of
surviving bacteria in 2 kidneys was determined by plating. Treatment with AAC
containing
lower antibiotic loading reduced bacterial burdens by approximately 1,000-fold
and treatment
with the AAC containing higher antibiotic loading reduced bacterial burdens by
more than
10,000-fold.
37
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION
Reference will now be made in detail to certain embodiments of the invention,
examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying structures and formulas.
While the
invention will be described in conjunction with the enumerated embodiments,
including
methods, materials and examples, such description is non-limiting and the
invention is
intended to cover all alternatives, modifications, and equivalents, whether
they are generally
known, or incorporated herein. In the event that one or more of the
incorporated literature,
patents, and similar materials differs from or contradicts this application,
including but not
limited to defined terms, term usage, described techniques, or the like, this
application
controls. Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used
herein have the
same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to
which this
invention belongs. One skilled in the art will recognize many methods and
materials similar
or equivalent to those described herein, which could be used in the practice
of the present
invention. The present invention is in no way limited to the methods and
materials described.
All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned
herein
are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
I. GENERAL TECHNIQUES
The techniques and procedures described or referenced herein are generally
well
understood and commonly employed using conventional methodology by those
skilled in the
art, such as, for example, the widely utilized methodologies described in
Sambrook et al.,
Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual 3d edition (2001) Cold Spring Harbor
Laboratory
Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.; Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (F.M.
Ausubel, et
al. eds., (2003)); the series Methods in Enzymology (Academic Press, Inc.):
PCR 2: A
Practical Approach (M.J. MacPherson, B.D. Hames and G.R. Taylor eds. (1995)),
Harlow
and Lane, eds. (1988) Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, and Animal Cell Culture
(R.I.
Freshney, ed. (1987)); Oligonucleotide Synthesis (M.J. Gait, ed., 1984);
Methods in
Molecular Biology, Humana Press; Cell Biology: A Laboratory Notebook (J.E.
Cellis, ed.,
1998) Academic Press; Animal Cell Culture (R.I. Freshney), ed., 1987);
Introduction to Cell
and Tissue Culture (J.P. Mather and P.E. Roberts, 1998) Plenum Press; Cell and
Tissue
Culture: Laboratory Procedures (A. Doyle, J.B. Griffiths, and D.G. Newell,
eds., 1993-8) J.
Wiley and Sons; Handbook of Experimental Immunology (D.M. Weir and C.C.
Blackwell,
eds.); Gene Transfer Vectors for Mammalian Cells (J.M. Miller and M.P. Cabs,
eds., 1987);
PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction, (Mullis et al., eds., 1994); Current
Protocols in
38
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Immunology (J.E. Coligan et al., eds., 1991); Short Protocols in Molecular
Biology (Wiley
and Sons, 1999); Immunobiology (C.A. Janeway and P. Travers, 1997); Antibodies
(P. Finch,
1997); Antibodies: A Practical Approach (D. Catty., ed., IRL Press, 1988-
1989); Monoclonal
Antibodies: A Practical Approach (P. Shepherd and C. Dean, eds., Oxford
University Press,
2000); Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual (E. Harlow and D. Lane (Cold
Spring Harbor
Laboratory Press, 1999); The Antibodies (M. Zanetti and J. D. Capra, eds.,
Harwood
Academic Publishers, 1995); and Cancer: Principles and Practice of Oncology
(V.T. DeVita
et al., eds., J.B. Lippincott Company, 1993).
The nomenclature used in this Application is based on IUPAC systematic
nomenclature, unless indicated otherwise. Unless defined otherwise, technical
and scientific
terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of
ordinary skill
in the art to which this invention belongs, and are consistent with: Singleton
et al (1994)
Dictionary of Microbiology and Molecular Biology, 2nd Ed., J. Wiley & Sons,
New York,
NY; and Janeway, C., Travers, P., Walport, M., Shlomchik (2001) Immunobiology,
5th Ed.,
Garland Publishing, New York.
II. DEFINITIONS
When indicating the number of substituents, the term "one or more" refers to
the
range from one substituent to the highest possible number of substitution,
i.e. replacement of
one hydrogen up to replacement of all hydrogens by substituents. The term
"substituent"
denotes an atom or a group of atoms replacing a hydrogen atom on the parent
molecule. The
term "substituted" denotes that a specified group bears one or more
substituents. Where any
group may carry multiple substituents and a variety of possible substituents
is provided, the
substituents are independently selected and need not to be the same. The term
"unsubstituted'
means that the specified group bears no substituents. The term "optionally
substituted" means
that the specified group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more
substituents,
independently chosen from the group of possible substituents. When indicating
the number
of substituents, the term "one or more" means from one substituent to the
highest possible
number of substitution, i.e. replacement of one hydrogen up to replacement of
all hydrogens
by substituents.
The term "wall teichoic acid" (WTA) means anionic glycopolymers that are
covalently attached to peptidoglycan via phosphodiester linkage to the C6
hydroxyl of the N-
acetyl muramic acid sugars. While the precise chemical structure can vary
among organisms,
in one embodiment, WTA is a ribitol teichoic acid with repeating units of 1,5-
phosphodiester
39
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
linkages of D-ribitol and D-alanyl ester on position 2 and glycosyl
substituents on position 4.
The glycosyl groups may be N-acetylglucosaminyl a (alpha) or 0 (beta) as
present in S.
Aureus. The hydroxyls on the alditol/sugar alcohol phosphate repeats are
substituted with
cationic D-alanine esters and monosaccharides, such as N-acetylglucosamine. In
one aspect,
the hydroxyl substituents include D-alanyl and alpha (a) or beta (0) GlcNHAc.
In one
specific aspect, WTA comprises a compound of the formula:
- _
0 0 I
where the wavy lines indicate repeating linkage units or the attachment sites
of Polyalditol-P
or the peptidoglycan, where X is D-alanyl or ¨H; and Y is a (alpha)-GleNHAc or
0 (beta)-
GlcNHAc.
OH
ck
0 0
HO
NHAcc,
GlcNHAc
In S. aureus, WTA is covalently linked to the 6-0H of N-acetyl muramic acid
(MurNAc) via a disaccharide composed of N-acetylglucosamine (G1cNAc)-1-P and N-
acetylmannoseamine (ManNAc), which is followed by two or three units of
glycerol-
phosphates. The actual WTA polymer is then composed of 11-40 ribitol-phosphate
(Rbo-P)
repeating units. The step-wise synthesis of WTA is first initiated by the
enzyme called Tag ,
and S. aureus strains lacking the Tag gene (by artificial deletion of the
gene) do not make
any WTA. The repeating units can be further tailored with D-alanine (D-Ala) at
C2-OH
and/or with N-acetylglucosamine (G1cNAc) at the C4-OH position via a- (alpha)
or 13-(beta)
glycosidic linkages. Depending of the S. aureus strain, or the growth phase of
the bacteria
the glycosidic linkages could be a -, 13 -, or a mixture of the two anomers.
The term "antibiotic" (abx or Abx) includes any molecule that specifically
inhibits the
growth of or kill micro-organisms, such as bacteria, but is non-lethal to the
host at the
concentration and dosing interval administered. In a specific aspect, an
antibiotic is non-
toxic to the host at the administered concentration and dosing intervals.
Antibiotics effective
against bacteria can be broadly classified as either bactericidal (i.e.,
directly kills) or
bacteriostatic (i.e., prevents division). Anti-bactericidal antibiotics can be
further
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
subclassified as narrow-spectrum or broad-spectrum. A broad-spectrum
antibiotic is one
effective against a broad range of bacteria including both Gram-positive and
Gram-negative
bacteria, in contrast to a narrow-spectrum antibiotic, which is effective
against a smaller
range or specific families of bacteria. Examples of antibiotics include: (i)
aminoglycosides,
e.g., amikacin, gentamicin, kanamycin, neomycin, netilmicin, streptomycin,
tobramycin,
paromycin, (ii) ansamycins, e.g., geldanamycin, herbimycin, (iii)
carbacephems, e.g.,
loracarbef, (iv), carbapenems, e.g., ertapenum, doripenem,
imipenem/cilastatin, meropenem,
(v) cephalosporins (first generation), e.g., cefadroxil, cefazolin, cefalotin,
cefalexin, (vi)
cephalosporins (second generation), e.g., ceflaclor, cefamandole, cefoxitin,
cefprozil,
cefuroxime, (vi) cephalosporins (third generation), e.g., cefixime, cefdinir,
cefditoren,
cefoperazone, cefotaxime, cefpodoxime, ceftazidime, ceftibuten, ceftizoxime,
ceftriaxone,
(vii) cephalosporins (fourth generation), e.g., cefepime, (viii),
cephalosporins (fifth
generation), e.g., ceftobiprole, (ix) glycopeptides, e.g., teicoplanin,
vancomycin, (x)
macrolides, e.g., axithromycin, clarithromycin, dirithromycine, erythromycin,
roxithromycin,
troleandomycin, telithromycin, spectinomycin, (xi) monobactams, e.g.,
axtreonam, (xii)
penicilins, e.g., amoxicillin, ampicillin, axlocillin, carbenicillin,
cloxacillin, dicloxacillin,
flucloxacillin, mezlocillin, meticillin, nafcilin, oxacillin, penicillin,
peperacillin, ticarcillin,
(xiii) antibiotic polypeptides, e.g., bacitracin, colistin, polymyxin B, (xiv)
quinolones, e.g.,
ciprofloxacin, enoxacin, gatifloxacin, levofloxacin, lemefloxacin,
moxifloxacin, norfloxacin,
orfloxacin, trovafloxacin, (xv) sulfonamides, e.g., mafenide, prontosil,
sulfacetamide,
sulfamethizole, sulfanilamide, sulfasalazine, sulfisoxazole, trimethoprim,
trimethoprim-
sulfamethoxazole (TMP-SMX), (xvi) tetracyclines, e.g., demeclocycline,
doxycycline,
minocycline, oxytetracycline, tetracycline and (xvii) others such as
arspenamine,
chloramphenicol, clindamycin, lincomycin, ethambutol, fosfomycin, fusidic
acid,
furazolidone, isoniazid, linezolid, metronidazole, mupirocin, nitrofurantoin,
platensimycin,
pyrazinamide, quinupristin/dalfopristin, rifampin/rifampicin or tinidazole.
As used herein, the term "WTA antibody" refers to any antibody that binds WTA
whether WTA alpha or WTA beta. The terms "anti-wall teichoic acid alpha
antibody" or
"anti-WTA alpha antibody" or "anti-aWTA" or "anti-aGlcNac WTA antibody" are
used
interchangeably to refer to an antibody that specifically binds wall teichoic
acid (WTA)
alpha. Similarly, the terms "anti-wall teichoic acid beta antibody" or "anti-
WTA beta
antibody" or "anti-I3WTA" or "anti-I3G1cNac WTA antibody" are used
interchangeably to
refer to an antibody that specifically binds wall teichoic acid (WTA) beta.
The terms "anti-
Staph antibody" and "an antibody that binds to Staph" refer to an antibody
that is capable of
41
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
binding an antigen on Staphylococcus aureus ("Staph" or "S. aureus") with
sufficient affinity
such that the antibody is useful as a diagnostic and/or therapeutic agent in
targeting Staph. In
one embodiment, the extent of binding of an anti-Staph antibody to an
unrelated, non-Staph
protein is less than about 10% of the binding of the antibody to MRSA as
measured, e.g., by a
radioimmunoassay (RIA). In certain embodiments, an antibody that binds to
Staph has a
dissociation constant (Kd) of < liAM, < 100 nM, < 10 nMõ < 5 Nmõ < 4 nMõ < 3
nMõ < 2
nM, < 1 nM, < 0.1 nM, < 0.01 nM, or < 0.001 nM (e.g., 10-8M or less, e.g. from
10-8M to 10-
13 M, e.g., from 10-9 M to 10-13 M). In certain embodiments, an anti-Staph
antibody binds to
an epitope of Staph that is conserved among Staph from different species.
The term "methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus" (MRSA), alternatively
known
as multidrug resistant Staphylococcus aureus or oxacillin-resistant
Staphylococcus aureus
(ORSA), refers to any strain of Staphylococcus aureus that is resistant to
beta-lactam
antibiotics, which in include the penicillins (e.g., methicillin,
dicloxacillin, nafcillin,
oxacillin, etc.) and the cephalosporins. "Methicillin-sensitive Staphylococcus
aureus"(MSSA) refers to any strain of Staphylococcus aureus that is sensitive
to beta-lactam
antibiotics.
The term "minimum inhibitory concentration" ("MIC") refers to the lowest
concentration of an antimicrobial that will inhibit the visible growth of a
microorganism after
overnight incubation. Assay for determining MIC are known. One method is as
described in
Example 18 below.
The term "antibody" herein is used in the broadest sense and specifically
covers
monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, dimers, multimers, multispecific
antibodies
(e.g., bispecific antibodies), and antigen binding antibody fragments thereof,
(Miller et al
(2003) J. of Immunology 170:4854-4861). Antibodies may be murine, human,
humanized,
chimeric, or derived from other species. An antibody is a protein generated by
the immune
system that is capable of recognizing and binding to a specific antigen
(Janeway, C., Travers,
P., Walport, M., Shlomchik (2001) Immuno Biology, 5th Ed., Garland Publishing,
New
York). A target antigen generally has numerous binding sites, also called
epitopes,
recognized by CDRs on multiple antibodies. Each antibody that specifically
binds to a
different epitope has a different structure. Thus, one antigen may be
recognized and bound
by more than one corresponding antibody. An antibody includes a full-length
immunoglobulin molecule or an immunologically active portion of a full-length
immunoglobulin molecule, i.e., a molecule that contains an antigen binding
site that
immunospecifically binds an antigen of a target of interest or part thereof,
such targets
42
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
including but not limited to, cancer cell or cells that produce autoimmune
antibodies
associated with an autoimmune disease, an infected cell or a microorganism
such as a
bacterium. The immunoglobulin (Ig) disclosed herein can be of any isotype
except IgM (e.g.,
IgG, IgE, IgD, and IgA) and subclass (e.g., IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgAl and
IgA2. The
immunoglobulins can be derived from any species. In one aspect, the Ig is of
human, murine,
or rabbit origin. In a specific embodiment, the Ig is of human origin.
The "class" of an antibody refers to the type of constant domain or constant
region
possessed by its heavy chain. There are five major classes of antibodies: IgA,
IgD, IgE, IgG,
and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses
(isotypes), e.g., IgGi,
IgG2, IgG3, Igat, IgAi, and IgA2. The heavy chain constant domains that
correspond to the
different classes of immunoglobulins are called a, 6, 8, y, and it,
respectively.
"Native antibodies" refer to naturally occurring immunoglobulin molecules with
varying structures. For example, native IgG antibodies are heterotetrameric
glycoproteins of
about 150,000 daltons, composed of two identical light chains and two
identical heavy chains
that are disulfide-bonded. From N- to C-terminus, each heavy chain has a
variable region
(VH), also called a variable heavy domain or a heavy chain variable domain,
followed by
three constant domains (CH1, CH2, and CH3). Similarly, from N- to C-terminus,
each light
chain has a variable region (VL), also called a variable light domain or a
light chain variable
domain, followed by a constant light (CL) domain. The light chain of an
antibody may be
assigned to one of two types, called kappa (x) and lambda (X), based on the
amino acid
sequence of its constant domain.
The terms "full length antibody," "intact antibody," and "whole antibody" are
used
herein interchangeably to refer to an antibody having a structure
substantially similar to a
native antibody structure or having heavy chains that contain an Fc region as
defined herein.
An "antigen-binding fragment" of an antibody refers to a molecule other than
an intact
antibody that comprises a portion of an intact antibody that binds the antigen
to which the
intact antibody binds. Examples of antibody fragments include but are not
limited to Fv, Fab,
Fab', Fab'-SH, F(ab')2; diabodies; linear antibodies; single-chain antibody
molecules (e.g.
scFv); and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
The term "monoclonal antibody" as used herein refers to an antibody obtained
from a
population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual
antibodies
comprising the population are identical and/or bind the same epitope, except
for possible
variant antibodies, e.g., containing naturally occurring mutations or arising
during production
43
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
of a monoclonal antibody preparation (e.g., natural variation in
glycosylation), such variants
generally being present in minor amounts. One such possible variant for IgG1
antibodies is
the cleavage of the C-terminal lysine (K) of the heavy chain constant region.
In contrast to
polyclonal antibody preparations, which typically include different antibodies
directed
against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody of a
monoclonal
antibody preparation is directed against a single determinant on an antigen.
Thus, the
modifier "monoclonal" indicates the character of the antibody as being
obtained from a
substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed
as requiring
production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the
monoclonal
antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by
a variety of
techniques, including but not limited to the hybridoma method, recombinant DNA
methods,
phage-display methods, and methods utilizing transgenic animals containing all
or part of the
human immunoglobulin loci, such methods and other exemplary methods for making
monoclonal antibodies being described herein. In addition to their
specificity, the monoclonal
antibodies are advantageous in that they may be synthesized uncontaminated by
other
antibodies.
The term "chimeric antibody" refers to an antibody in which a portion of the
heavy
and/or light chain is derived from a particular source or species, while the
remainder of the
heavy and/or light chain is derived from a different source or species.
A "human antibody" is one which possesses an amino acid sequence which
corresponds to that of an antibody produced by a human or a human cell or
derived from a
non-human source that utilizes human antibody repertoires or other human
antibody-
encoding sequences. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes
a humanized
antibody comprising non-human antigen-binding residues.
A "humanized antibody" refers to a chimeric antibody comprising amino acid
residues from non-human HVRs and amino acid residues from human FRs. In
certain
embodiments, a humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least
one, and
typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the HVRs
(e.g., CDRs)
correspond to those of a non-human antibody, and all or substantially all of
the FRs
correspond to those of a human antibody. A humanized antibody optionally may
comprise at
least a portion of an antibody constant region derived from a human antibody.
A "humanized
form" of an antibody, e.g., a non-human antibody, refers to an antibody that
has undergone
humanization.
44
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
The term "variable region" or "variable domain" refers to the domain of an
antibody
heavy or light chain that is involved in binding the antibody to antigen. The
variable domains
of the heavy chain and light chain (VH and VL, respectively) of a native
antibody generally
have similar structures, with each domain comprising four conserved framework
regions
(FRs) and three hypervariable regions (HVRs). (See, e.g., Kindt et al. Kuby
Immunology, 6th
ed., W.H. Freeman and Co., page 91 (2007).) A single VH or VL domain may be
sufficient
to confer antigen-binding specificity. Furthermore, antibodies that bind a
particular antigen
may be isolated using a VH or VL domain from an antibody that binds the
antigen to screen a
library of complementary VL or VH domains, respectively. See, e.g., Portolano
et al., J.
Immunol. 150:880-887 (1993); Clarkson et al., Nature 352:624-628 (1991).
The term "hypervariable region," "HVR," or "HV," when used herein refers to
the
regions of an antibody variable domain which are hypervariable in sequence
("complementarity determining regions" or "CDRs") and/or form structurally
defined loops
and/or contain the antigen-contacting residues ("antigen contacts").
Generally, antibodies
comprise six HVRs; three in the VH (H1, H2, H3), and three in the VL (L1, L2,
L3). In
native antibodies, H3 and L3 display the most diversity of the six HVRs, and
H3 in particular
is believed to play a unique role in conferring fine specificity to
antibodies. See, e.g., Xu et
al., Immunity 13:37-45 (2000); Johnson and Wu, in Methods in Molecular Biology
248:1-25
(Lo, ed., Human Press, Totowa, NJ, 2003). Indeed, naturally occurring camelid
antibodies
consisting of a heavy chain only are functional and stable in the absence of
light chain
(Hamers-Casterman et al., (1993) Nature 363:446-448; Sheriff et al., (1996)
Nature Struct.
Biol. 3:733-736).
A number of HVR delineations are in use and are encompassed herein. The Kabat
Complementarity Determining Regions (CDRs) are based on sequence variability
and are the
most commonly used (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological
Interest, 5th Ed.
Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD. (1991)).
Chothia refers
instead to the location of the structural loops (Chothia and Lesk, (1987) J.
Mol. Biol.
196:901-917). For antigen contacts, refer to MacCallum et al. J. Mol. Biol.
262: 732-745
(1996). The AbM HVRs represent a compromise between the Kabat HVRs and Chothia
structural loops, and are used by Oxford Molecular's AbM antibody modeling
software. The
"contact" HVRs are based on an analysis of the available complex crystal
structures. The
residues from each of these HVRs are noted below.
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Loop Kabat AbM Chothia Contact
Li L24-L34 L24-L34 L26-L32 L30-L36
L2 L50-L56 L50-L56 L50-L52 L46-L55
L3 L89-L97 L89-L97 L91-L96 L89-L96
H1 H31-H35B H26-H35B H26-H32 H30-H35B
(Kabat numbering)
H1 H31-H35 H26-H35 H26-H32
H30-H35 (Chothia numbering)
H2 H50-H65 H50-H58 H53-H55 H47-H58
H3 H95-H102 H95-H102 H96-H101 H93-H101
HVRs may comprise "extended HVRs" as follows: 24-36 or 24-34 (L1), 46-56 or 50-
56 (L2) and 89-97 or 89-96 (L3) in the VL and 26-35 (H1), 50-65 or 49-65 (H2)
and 93-102,
94-102, or 95-102 (H3) in the VH. Unless otherwise indicated, HVR residues,
CDR residues
and other residues in the variable domain (e.g., FR residues) are numbered
herein according
to Kabat et al., supra.
The expression "variable-domain residue-numbering as in Kabat" or "amino-acid-
position numbering as in Kabat," and variations thereof, refers to the
numbering system used
for heavy-chain variable domains or light-chain variable domains of the
compilation of
antibodies in Kabat et al., supra. Using this numbering system, the actual
linear amino acid
sequence may contain fewer or additional amino acids corresponding to a
shortening of, or
insertion into, a FR or HVR of the variable domain. For example, a heavy-chain
variable
domain may include a single amino acid insert (residue 52a according to Kabat)
after residue
52 of H2 and inserted residues (e.g. residues 82a, 82b, and 82c, etc.
according to Kabat) after
heavy-chain FR residue 82. The Kabat numbering of residues may be determined
for a given
antibody by alignment at regions of homology of the sequence of the antibody
with a
"standard" Kabat numbered sequence.
"Framework" or "FR" refers to variable domain residues other than
hypervariable
region (HVR) residues. The FR of a variable domain generally consists of four
FR domains:
FR1, FR2, FR3, and FR4. Accordingly, the HVR and FR sequences generally appear
in the
following sequence in VH (or VL): FR1-H1(L1)-FR2-H2(L2)-FR3-H3(L3)-FR4.
An "acceptor human framework" for the purposes herein is a framework
comprising
the amino acid sequence of a light chain variable domain (VL) framework or a
heavy chain
variable domain (VH) framework derived from a human immunoglobulin framework
or a
human consensus framework, as defined below. An acceptor human framework
"derived
from" a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework may
comprise
46
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
the same amino acid sequence thereof, or it may contain amino acid sequence
changes. In
some embodiments, the number of amino acid changes are 10 or less, 9 or less,
8 or less, 7 or
less, 6 or less, 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less. In some
embodiments, the VL
acceptor human framework is identical in sequence to the VL human
immunoglobulin
framework sequence or human consensus framework sequence.
A "human consensus framework" is a framework which represents the most
commonly occurring amino acid residues in a selection of human immunoglobulin
VL or VH
framework sequences. Generally, the selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH
sequences is from a subgroup of variable domain sequences. Generally, the
subgroup of
sequences is a subgroup as in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of
Immunological Interest,
Fifth Edition, NIH Publication 91-3242, Bethesda MD (1991), vols. 1-3. In one
embodiment,
for the VL, the subgroup is subgroup kappa I as in Kabat et al., supra. In one
embodiment,
for the VH, the subgroup is subgroup III as in Kabat et al., supra.
"Affinity" refers to the strength of the sum total of noncovalent interactions
between
a single binding site of a molecule (e.g., an antibody) and its binding
partner (e.g., an
antigen). Unless indicated otherwise, as used herein, "binding affinity"
refers to intrinsic
binding affinity which reflects a 1:1 interaction between members of a binding
pair (e.g.,
antibody and antigen). The affinity of a molecule X for its partner Y can
generally be
represented by the dissociation constant (Kd). Affinity can be measured by
common methods
known in the art, including those described herein.
An "affinity matured" antibody refers to an antibody with one or more
alterations in
one or more hypervariable regions (HVRs), compared to a parent antibody which
does not
possess such alterations, such alterations resulting in an improvement in the
affinity of the
antibody for antigen.
The term "epitope" refers to the particular site on an antigen molecule to
which an
antibody binds.
An "antibody that binds to the same epitope" as a reference antibody refers to
an
antibody that blocks binding of the reference antibody to its antigen in a
competition assay by
50% or more, and conversely, the reference antibody blocks binding of the
antibody to its
antigen in a competition assay by 50% or more. An exemplary competition assay
is provided
herein.
A "naked antibody" refers to an antibody that is not conjugated to a
heterologous
moiety (e.g., a cytotoxic moiety) or radiolabel. The naked antibody may be
present in a
pharmaceutical formulation.
47
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
"Effector functions" refer to those biological activities attributable to the
Fc region of
an antibody, which vary with the antibody isotype. Examples of antibody
effector functions
include: Clq binding and complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC); Fc receptor
binding;
antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; down
regulation of
cell surface receptors (e.g. B cell receptor); and B cell activation.
"Antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity" or ADCC refers to a form of
cytotoxicity in which secreted Ig bound onto Fc receptors (FcRs) present on
certain cytotoxic
cells (e.g., natural killer (NK) cells, neutrophils and macrophages) enable
these cytotoxic
effector cells to bind specifically to an antigen-bearing target cell and
subsequently kill the
target cell with cytotoxins. The antibodies "arm" the cytotoxic cells and are
required for
killing of the target cell by this mechanism. The primary cells for mediating
ADCC, NK
cells, express Fcy(gamma)RIII only, whereas monocytes express Fcy(gamma)RI,
Fcy(gamma)RII and Fcy(gamma)RIII. Fc expression on hematopoietic cells is
summarized in
Table 3 on page 464 of Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 9: 457-92
(1991). To
assess ADCC activity of a molecule of interest, an in vitro ADCC assay, such
as that
described in US 5,500,362 or US 5,821,337 may be performed. Useful effector
cells for such
assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and natural killer
(NK) cells.
Alternatively, or additionally, ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may
be assessed in
vivo, e.g., in an animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al., PNAS
USA 95:652-656
(1998).
"Phagocytosis" refers to a process by which a pathogen is engulfed or
internalized by
a host cell (e.g., macrophage or neutrophil). Phagocytes mediate phagocytosis
by three
pathways: (i) direct cell surface receptors (for example, lectins, integrins
and scavenger
receptors) (ii) complement enhanced - using complement receptors (including
CRI, receptor
for C3b, CR3 and CR4) to bind and ingest complement opsonized pathogens, and
(iii)
antibody enhanced - using Fc Receptors (including FcygammaRI, FcygammaRIIA and
FcygammaRIIIA) to bind antibody opsonized particles which then become
internalized and
fuse with lysosomes to become phagolysosomes. In the present invention, it is
believed that
pathway (iii) plays a significant role in the delivery of the anti-MRSA AAC
therapeutics to
infected leukocytes, e.g., neutrophils and macrophages (Phagocytosis of
Microbes:
complexity in Action by D. Underhill and A Ozinsky. (2002) Annual Review of
Immunology, Vol 20:825).
"Complement dependent cytotoxicity" or "CDC" refers to the lysis of a target
cell in
the presence of complement. Activation of the classical complement pathway is
initiated by
48
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
the binding of the first component of the complement system (Cl q) to
antibodies (of the
appropriate subclass) which are bound to their cognate antigen. To assess
complement
activation, a CDC assay, e.g., as described in Gazzano-Santoro et al., J.
Immunol. Methods
202: 163 (1996), may be performed.
The term "Fc region" herein is used to define a C-terminal region of an
immunoglobulin heavy chain. The term includes native-sequence Fc regions and
variant Fc
regions. Although the boundaries of the Fc region of an immunoglobulin heavy
chain might
vary, the human IgG heavy-chain Fc region is usually defined to stretch from
an amino acid
residue at position Cys226, or from Pro230, to the carboxyl-terminus thereof.
The C-terminal
lysine (residue 447 according to the EU numbering system - also called the EU
index, as
described in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,
5th Ed. Public
Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD, 1991) of the Fc
region may be
removed, for example, during production or purification of the antibody, or by
recombinantly
engineering the nucleic acid encoding a heavy chain of the antibody.
Accordingly, a
composition of intact antibodies may comprise antibody populations with all
K447 residues
removed, antibody populations with no K447 residues removed, and antibody
populations
having a mixture of antibodies with and without the K447 residue. The term "Fc
receptor" or
"FcR" also includes the neonatal receptor, FcRn, which is responsible for the
transfer of
maternal IgGs to the fetus. Guyer et al., J. Immunol. 117: 587 (1976) and Kim
et al., J.
Immunol. 24: 249 (1994). Methods of measuring binding to FcRn are known (see,
e.g.,
Ghetie and Ward, Immunol. Today 18: (12): 592-8 (1997); Ghetie et al., Nature
Biotechnology 15 (7): 637-40 (1997); Hinton et al., J. Biol. Chem. 279(8):
6213-6 (2004);
WO 2004/92219 (Hinton et al.). Binding to FcRn in vivo and serum half-life of
human FcRn
high-affinity binding polypeptides can be assayed, e.g., in transgenic mice or
transfected
human cell lines expressing human FcRn, or in primates to which the
polypeptides having a
variant Fc region are administered. WO 2004/42072 (Presta) describes antibody
variants
which improved or diminished binding to FcRs. See also, e.g., Shields et al.,
J. Biol. Chem.
9(2): 6591-6604 (2001).
The carbohydrate attached to the Fc region may be altered. Native antibodies
produced by mammalian cells typically comprise a branched, biantennary
oligosaccharide
that is generally attached by an N-linkage to Asn297 of the CH2 domain of the
Fc region.
See, e.g., Wright et al. (1997) TIBTECH 15:26-32. The oligosaccharide may
include various
carbohydrates, e.g., mannose, N-acetyl glucosamine (GIcNAc), galactose, and
sialic acid, as
well as a fucose attached to a GIcNAc in the "stem" of the biantennary
oligosaccharide
49
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
structure. In some embodiments, modifications of the oligosaccharide in an IgG
may be
made in order to create IgGs with certain additionally improved properties.
For example,
antibody modifications are provided having a carbohydrate structure that lacks
fucose
attached (directly or indirectly) to an Fc region. Such modifications may have
improved
ADCC function. See, e.g. US 2003/0157108 (Presta, L.); US 2004/0093621 (Kyowa
Hakko
Kogyo Co., Ltd). Examples of publications related to "defucosylated" or
"fucose-deficient"
antibody modifications include: US 2003/0157108; WO 2000/61739; WO 2001/29246;
US
2003/0115614; US 2002/0164328; US 2004/0093621; US 2004/0132140; US
2004/0110704;
US 2004/0110282; US 2004/0109865; WO 2003/085119; WO 2003/084570; WO
2005/035586; WO 2005/035778; W02005/053742; W02002/031140; Okazaki et al., J.
Mol.
Biol. 336: 1239-1249 (2004); Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614
(2004).
Examples of cell lines capable of producing defucosylated antibodies include
Lee 13 CHO
cells deficient in protein fucosylation (Ripka et al. Arch. Biochem. Biophys.
249:533-545
(1986); US Pat. Appl. Pub. No. 2003/0157108 Al, Presta, L; and WO 2004/056312
Al,
Adams et al., especially at Example 11), and knockout cell lines, such as
alpha- 1,6-
fucosyltransferase gene, FUT8, knockout CHO cells (see, e.g., Yamane-Ohnuki et
al.,
Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614 (2004); Kanda, Y. et al, Biotechnol. Bioeng.,
94(4):680-688 (2006);
and W02003/085107).
An "isolated antibody" is one which has been separated from a component of its
natural environment. In some embodiments, an antibody is purified to greater
than 95% or
99% purity as determined by, for example, electrophoretic (e.g., SDS-PAGE,
isoelectric
focusing (IEF), capillary electrophoresis) or chromatographic (e.g., ion
exchange or reverse
phase HPLC). For review of methods for assessment of antibody purity, see,
e.g., Flatman et
al., J. Chromatogr. B 848:79-87 (2007).
An "isolated nucleic acid" refers to a nucleic acid molecule that has been
separated
from a component of its natural environment. An isolated nucleic acid includes
a nucleic
acid molecule contained in cells that ordinarily contain the nucleic acid
molecule, but the
nucleic acid molecule is present extrachromosomally or at a chromosomal
location that is
different from its natural chromosomal location.
"Isolated nucleic acid encoding an anti-WTA beta antibody" refers to one or
more
nucleic acid molecules encoding antibody heavy and light chains, including
such nucleic acid
molecule(s) in a single vector or separate vectors, and such nucleic acid
molecule(s) present
at one or more locations in a host cell.
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
As use herein, the term "specifically binds to" or is "specific for" refers to
measurable
and reproducible interactions such as binding between a target and an
antibody, which is
determinative of the presence of the target in the presence of a heterogeneous
population of
molecules including biological molecules. For example, an antibody that
specifically binds
to a target (which can be an epitope) is an antibody that binds this target
with greater affinity,
avidity, more readily, and/or with greater duration than it binds to other
targets. In one
embodiment, the extent of binding of an antibody to a target unrelated to WTA-
b eta is less
than about 10% of the binding of the antibody to the target as measured, e.g.,
by a
radioimmunoassay (RIA). In certain embodiments, an antibody that specifically
binds to
WTA beta has a dissociation constant (Kd) of < liAM, < 100 nM, < 10 nM, < 1
nM, or < 0.1
nM. In certain embodiments, an antibody specifically binds to an epitope on
that is
conserved from different species. In another embodiment, specific binding can
include, but
does not require exclusive binding.
"Binding affinity" generally refers to the strength of the sum total of non-
covalent
interactions between a single binding site of a molecule (e.g., an antibody)
and its binding
partner (e.g., an antigen). Unless indicated otherwise, as used herein,
"binding affinity"
refers to intrinsic binding affinity that reflects a 1:1 interaction between
members of a binding
pair (e.g., antibody and antigen). The affinity of a molecule X for its
partner Y can generally
be represented by the dissociation constant (Kd). Affinity can be measured by
common
methods known in the art, including those described herein. Low-affinity
antibodies
generally bind antigen slowly and tend to dissociate readily, whereas high-
affinity antibodies
generally bind antigen faster and tend to remain bound longer. A variety of
methods of
measuring binding affinity are known in the art, any of which can be used for
purposes of the
present invention. Specific illustrative and exemplary embodiments for
measuring binding
affinity are described in the following.
In one embodiment, the "Kd" or "Kd value" according to this invention is
measured
by a radiolabeled antigen-binding assay (RIA) performed with the Fab version
of an antibody
of interest and its antigen as described by the following assay. Solution-
binding affinity of
Fabs for antigen is measured by equilibrating Fab with a minimal concentration
of (1251)-
labeled antigen in the presence of a titration series of unlabeled antigen,
then capturing bound
antigen with an anti-Fab antibody-coated plate (see, e.g., Chen et al., (1999)
J. Mol. Biol.
293:865-881). To establish conditions for the assay, microtiter plates (DYNEX
Technologies, Inc.) are coated overnight with 5 jig/ml of a capturing anti-Fab
antibody
(Cappel Labs) in 50 mM sodium carbonate (pH 9.6), and subsequently blocked
with 2%
51
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
(w/v) bovine serum albumin in PBS for two to five hours at room temperature
(approximately
23 C). In a non-adsorbent plate (Nunc #269620), 100 pM or 26 pM
[125I]-antigen are mixed
with serial dilutions of a Fab of interest (e.g., consistent with assessment
of the anti-VEGF
antibody, Fab-12, in Presta et al., Cancer Res. 57:4593-4599 (1997)). The Fab
of interest is
then incubated overnight; however, the incubation may continue for a longer
period (e.g.,
about 65 hours) to ensure that equilibrium is reached. Thereafter, the
mixtures are transferred
to the capture plate for incubation at room temperature (e.g., for one hour).
The solution is
then removed and the plate washed eight times with 0.1% TWEEN-20 TM surfactant
in PBS.
When the plates have dried, 150 pl/well of scintillant (MICROSCINT-20Tm;
Packard) is
added, and the plates are counted on a TOPCOUNTTm gamma counter (Packard) for
ten
minutes. Concentrations of each Fab that give less than or equal to 20% of
maximal binding
are chosen for use in competitive binding assays.
According to another embodiment, the Kd is measured by using surface-plasmon
resonance assays using a BIACORE8-2000 or a BIACORE8-3000 instrument (BIAcore,
Inc.,
Piscataway, NJ) at 25 C with immobilized antigen CM5 chips at ¨10 response
units (RU).
Briefly, carboxymethylated dextran biosensor chips (CMS, BIAcore Inc.) are
activated with
N-ethyl-N'- (3-dimethylaminopropy1)-carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) and N-
hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) according to the supplier's instructions. Antigen is
diluted with
10 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.8, to 5 [tg/ml (-0.2 [tM) before injection at a
flow rate of 5
pi/minute to achieve approximately 10 response units (RU) of coupled protein.
Following
the injection of antigen, 1 M ethanolamine is injected to block unreacted
groups. For kinetics
measurements, two-fold serial dilutions of Fab (0.78 nM to 500 nM) are
injected in PBS with
0.05% TWEEN 20TM surfactant (PBST) at 25 C at a flow rate of approximately 25
pl/min.
Association rates (1(00 and dissociation rates (koff) are calculated using a
simple one-to-one
Langmuir binding model (BIAcore Evaluation Software version 3.2) by
simultaneously
fitting the association and dissociation sensorgrams. The equilibrium
dissociation constant
(Kd) is calculated as the ratio koff/kon. See, e.g., Chen et al., J. Mol.
Biol. 293:865-881
(1999). If the on-rate exceeds 106 M-1 s-1 by the surface-plasmon resonance
assay above,
then the on-rate can be determined by using a fluorescent quenching technique
that measures
the increase or decrease in fluorescence-emission intensity (excitation = 295
nm; emission =
340 nm, 16 nm band-pass) at 25 C of a 20 nM anti-antigen antibody (Fab form)
in PBS, pH
7.2, in the presence of increasing concentrations of antigen as measured in a
spectrometer,
such as a stop-flow-equipped spectrophotometer (Aviv Instruments) or a 8000-
series SLM-
AMINCOTm spectrophotometer (ThermoSpectronic) with a stirred cuvette.
52
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
An "on-rate," "rate of association," "association rate," or "1(011" according
to this
invention can also be determined as described above using a BIACORE -2000 or a
BIACORE -3000 system (BIAcore, Inc., Piscataway, NJ).
The terms "host cell," "host cell line," and "host cell culture" are used
interchangeably and refer to cells into which exogenous nucleic acid has been
introduced,
including the progeny of such cells. Host cells include "transformants" and
"transformed
cells," which include the primary transformed cell and progeny derived
therefrom without
regard to the number of passages. Progeny may not be completely identical in
nucleic acid
content to a parent cell, but may contain mutations. Mutant progeny that have
the same
function or biological activity as screened or selected for in the originally
transformed cell are
included herein.
The term "vector," as used herein, refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable
of
propagating another nucleic acid to which it is linked. The term includes the
vector as a self-
replicating nucleic acid structure as well as the vector incorporated into the
genome of a host
cell into which it has been introduced. Certain vectors are capable of
directing the expression
of nucleic acids to which they are operatively linked. Such vectors are
referred to herein as
"expression vectors".
"Percent (%) amino acid sequence identity" with respect to a reference
polypeptide
sequence is defined as the percentage of amino acid residues in a candidate
sequence that are
identical with the amino acid residues in the reference polypeptide sequence,
after aligning
the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum
percent sequence
identity, and not considering any conservative substitutions as part of the
sequence identity.
Alignment for purposes of determining percent amino acid sequence identity can
be achieved
in various ways that are within the skill in the art, for instance, using
publicly available
computer software such as BLAST, BLAST-2, ALIGN or Megalign (DNASTAR)
software.
Those skilled in the art can determine appropriate parameters for aligning
sequences,
including any algorithms needed to achieve maximal alignment over the full
length of the
sequences being compared. For purposes herein, however, % amino acid sequence
identity
values are generated using the sequence comparison computer program ALIGN-2.
The
ALIGN-2 sequence comparison computer program was authored by Genentech, Inc.,
and the
source code has been filed with user documentation in the U.S. Copyright
Office,
Washington D.C., 20559, where it is registered under U.S. Copyright
Registration No.
TXU510087. The ALIGN-2 program is publicly available from Genentech, Inc.,
South San
Francisco, California, or may be compiled from the source code. The ALIGN-2
program
53
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
should be compiled for use on a UNIX operating system, including digital UNIX
V4.0D. All
sequence comparison parameters are set by the ALIGN-2 program and do not vary.
In situations where ALIGN-2 is employed for amino acid sequence comparisons,
the
% amino acid sequence identity of a given amino acid sequence A to, with, or
against a given
amino acid sequence B (which can alternatively be phrased as a given amino
acid sequence A
that has or comprises a certain % amino acid sequence identity to, with, or
against a given
amino acid sequence B) is calculated as follows: 100 times the fraction X/Y,
where X is the
number of amino acid residues scored as identical matches by the sequence
alignment
program ALIGN-2 in that program's alignment of A and B, and where Y is the
total number
of amino acid residues in B. It will be appreciated that where the length of
amino acid
sequence A is not equal to the length of amino acid sequence B, the % amino
acid sequence
identity of A to B will not equal the % amino acid sequence identity of B to
A. Unless
specifically stated otherwise, all % amino acid sequence identity values used
herein are
obtained as described.
The term "rifamycin-type antibiotic" means the class or group of antibiotics
having
the structure of, or similar structure to, rifamycin.
The term "rifalazil-type antibiotic" means the class or group of antibiotics
having the
structure of, or similar structure to, rifalazil.
When indicating the number of substituents, the term "one or more" refers to
the
range from one substituent to the highest possible number of substitution,
i.e. replacement of
one hydrogen up to replacement of all hydrogens by substituents. The term
"substituent"
denotes an atom or a group of atoms replacing a hydrogen atom on the parent
molecule. The
term "substituted" denotes that a specified group bears one or more
substituents. Where any
group may carry multiple substituents and a variety of possible substituents
is provided, the
substituents are independently selected and need not to be the same. The term
"unsubstituted"
means that the specified group bears no substituents. The term "optionally
substituted" means
that the specified group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more
substituents,
independently chosen from the group of possible substituents. When indicating
the number of
substituents, the term "one or more" means from one substituent to the highest
possible
number of substitution, i.e. replacement of one hydrogen up to replacement of
all hydrogens
by substituents.
The term "alkyl" as used herein refers to a saturated linear or branched-chain
monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to twelve carbon atoms (C1¨C12), wherein
the alkyl
54
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more
substituents described
below. In another embodiment, an alkyl radical is one to eight carbon atoms
(C1-C8), or one
to six carbon atoms (C1-C6). Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not
limited to,
methyl (Me, -CH3), ethyl (Et, -CH2CH3), 1-propyl (n-Pr, n-propyl, -CH2CH2CH3),
2-propyl
(i-Pr, i-propyl, -CH(CH3)2), 1-butyl (n-Bu, n-butyl, -CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-methyl-
1-propyl (i-
Bu, i-butyl, -CH2CH(CH3)2), 2-butyl (s-Bu, s-butyl, -CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 2-methyl-
2-propyl
(t-Bu, t-butyl, -C(CH3)3), 1-pentyl (n-pentyl, -CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-pentyl (-
CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH3), 3-pentyl (-CH(CH2CH3)2), 2-methyl-2-butyl (-C(CH3)2CH2CH3),
3-
methyl-2-butyl (-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)2), 3-methyl-l-butyl (-CH2CH2CH(CH3)2), 2-
methyl-1-
butyl (-CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 1-hexyl (-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-hexyl (-
CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2CH3), 3-hexyl (-CH(CH2CH3)(CH2CH2CH3)), 2-methyl-2-pentyl (-
C(CH3)2CH2CH2CH3), 3-methy1-2-pentyl (-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 4-methyl-2-
pentyl (-
CH(CH3)CH2CH(CH3)2), 3-methy1-3-pentyl (-C(CH3)(CH2CH3)2), 2-methyl-3-pentyl (-
CH(CH2CH3)CH(CH3)2), 2,3-dimethy1-2-butyl (-C(CH3)2CH(CH3)2), 3,3-dimethy1-2-
butyl (-
CH(CH3)C(CH3)3, 1-heptyl, 1-octyl, and the like.
The term "alkylene" as used herein refers to a saturated linear or branched-
chain
divalent hydrocarbon radical of one to twelve carbon atoms (C1-C12), wherein
the alkylene
radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more
substituents described
below. In another embodiment, an alkylene radical is one to eight carbon atoms
(Ci-C8), or
one to six carbon atoms (Ci-C6). Examples of alkylene groups include, but are
not limited
to, methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), propylene (-CH2CH2CH2-), and the
like.
The term "alkenyl" refers to linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon
radical
of two to eight carbon atoms (C2-C8) with at least one site of unsaturation,
i.e., a carbon-
carbon, sp2 double bond, wherein the alkenyl radical may be optionally
substituted
independently with one or more substituents described herein, and includes
radicals having
"cis" and "trans" orientations, or alternatively, "E" and "Z" orientations.
Examples include,
but are not limited to, ethylenyl or vinyl (-CH=CH2), allyl (-CH2CH=CH2), and
the like.
The term "alkenylene" refers to linear or branched-chain divalent hydrocarbon
radical
of two to eight carbon atoms (C2-C8) with at least one site of unsaturation,
i.e., a carbon-
carbon, sp2 double bond, wherein the alkenylene radical may be optionally
substituted
independently with one or more substituents described herein, and includes
radicals having
"cis" and "trans" orientations, or alternatively, "E" and "Z" orientations.
Examples include,
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
but are not limited to, ethylenylene or vinylene (¨CH=CH¨), allyl
(¨CH2CH=CH¨), and the
like.
The term "alkynyl" refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon
radical of
two to eight carbon atoms (C2¨C8) with at least one site of unsaturation,
i.e., a carbon-carbon,
sp triple bond, wherein the alkynyl radical may be optionally substituted
independently with
one or more substituents described herein. Examples include, but are not
limited to, ethynyl
(-CCH), propynyl (propargyl, -CH2CCH), and the like.
The term "alkynylene" refers to a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon
radical of
two to eight carbon atoms (C2¨C8) with at least one site of unsaturation,
i.e., a carbon-carbon,
sp triple bond, wherein the alkynylene radical may be optionally substituted
independently
with one or more substituents described herein. Examples include, but are not
limited to,
ethynylene (-CC-), propynylene (propargylene, -CH2CC-), and the like.
The terms "carbocycle", "carbocyclyl", "carbocyclic ring" and "cycloalkyl"
refer to a
monovalent non-aromatic, saturated or partially unsaturated ring having 3 to
12 carbon atoms
(C3¨C12) as a monocyclic ring or 7 to 12 carbon atoms as a bicyclic ring.
Bicyclic
carbocycles having 7 to 12 atoms can be arranged, for example, as a bicyclo
[4,5], [5,5], [5,6]
or [6,6] system, and bicyclic carbocycles having 9 or 10 ring atoms can be
arranged as a
bicyclo [5,6] or [6,6] system, or as bridged systems such as
bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane,
bicyclo[2.2.2]octane and bicyclo[3.2.2]nonane. Spiro moieties are also
included within the
scope of this definition. Examples of monocyclic carbocycles include, but are
not limited to,
cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, 1-cyclopent-1-enyl, 1-cyclopent-2-enyl,
1-cyclopent-3-
enyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohex-1-enyl, 1-cyclohex-2-enyl, 1-cyclohex-3-enyl,
cyclohexadienyl,
cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl, cyclododecyl,
and the like.
Carbocyclyl groups are optionally substituted independently with one or more
substituents
described herein.
"Aryl" means a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon radical of 6-20 carbon atoms
(C6¨
C20) derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of
a parent
aromatic ring system. Some aryl groups are represented in the exemplary
structures as "Ar".
Aryl includes bicyclic radicals comprising an aromatic ring fused to a
saturated, partially
unsaturated ring, or aromatic carbocyclic ring. Typical aryl groups include,
but are not
limited to, radicals derived from benzene (phenyl), substituted benzenes,
naphthalene,
anthracene, biphenyl, indenyl, indanyl, 1,2-dihydronaphthalene, 1,2,3,4-
tetrahydronaphthyl,
56
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
and the like. Aryl groups are optionally substituted independently with one or
more
substituents described herein.
"Arylene" means a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon radical of 6-20 carbon atoms
(C6¨
C20) derived by the removal of two hydrogen atom from a two carbon atoms of a
parent
aromatic ring system. Some arylene groups are represented in the exemplary
structures as
"Ar". Arylene includes bicyclic radicals comprising an aromatic ring fused to
a saturated,
partially unsaturated ring, or aromatic carbocyclic ring. Typical arylene
groups include, but
are not limited to, radicals derived from benzene (phenylene), substituted
benzenes,
naphthalene, anthracene, biphenylene, indenylene, indanylene, 1,2-
dihydronaphthalene,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, and the like. Arylene groups are optionally
substituted with one
or more substituents described herein.
The terms "heterocycle," "heterocycly1" and "heterocyclic ring" are used
interchangeably herein and refer to a saturated or a partially unsaturated
(i.e., having one or
more double and/or triple bonds within the ring) carbocyclic radical of 3 to
about 20 ring
atoms in which at least one ring atom is a heteroatom selected from nitrogen,
oxygen,
phosphorus and sulfur, the remaining ring atoms being C, where one or more
ring atoms is
optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described
below. A
heterocycle may be a monocycle having 3 to 7 ring members (2 to 6 carbon atoms
and 1 to 4
heteroatoms selected from N, 0, P, and S) or a bicycle having 7 to 10 ring
members (4 to 9
carbon atoms and 1 to 6 heteroatoms selected from N, 0, P, and S), for
example: a bicyclo
[4,5], [5,5], [5,6], or [6,6] system. Heterocycles are described in Paquette,
Leo A.;
"Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry" (W.A. Benjamin, New York, 1968),
particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; "The Chemistry of Heterocyclic
Compounds, A
series of Monographs" (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1950 to present), in
particular
Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28; and J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1960) 82:5566.
"Heterocycly1" also
includes radicals where heterocycle radicals are fused with a saturated,
partially unsaturated
ring, or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. Examples of heterocyclic
rings include,
but are not limited to, morpholin-4-yl, piperidin-l-yl, piperazinyl, piperazin-
4-y1-2-one,
piperazin-4-y1-3-one, pyrrolidin-l-yl, thiomorpholin-4-yl, S-
dioxothiomorpholin-4-yl,
azocan-l-yl, azetidin-l-yl, octahydropyrido[1,2-a]pyrazin-2-yl, [1,4]diazepan-
1-yl,
pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl,
tetrahydropyranyl,
dihydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, pip eridino, morpholino,
thiomorpholino, thioxanyl,
pip erazinyl, homopiperazinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl,
homopiperidinyl, oxepanyl,
57
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
thiepanyl, oxazepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl,
indolinyl, 2H-
pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, pyrazolinyl, dithianyl,
dithiolanyl,
dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydrofuranyl, pyrazolidinylimidazolinyl,
imidazolidinyl, 3-
azabicyco[3.1.0]hexanyl, 3-azabicyclo[4.1.0]heptanyl,
azabicyclo[2.2.2]hexanyl, 3H-indoly1
quinolizinyl and N-pyridyl ureas. Spiro moieties are also included within the
scope of this
definition. Examples of a heterocyclic group wherein 2 ring atoms are
substituted with oxo
(=0) moieties are pyrimidinonyl and 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl. The heterocycle
groups
herein are optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents
described
herein.
The term "heteroaryl" refers to a monovalent aromatic radical of 5-, 6-, or 7-
membered rings, and includes fused ring systems (at least one of which is
aromatic) of 5-20
atoms, containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from
nitrogen, oxygen,
and sulfur. Examples of heteroaryl groups are pyridinyl (including, for
example, 2-
hydroxypyridinyl), imidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, pyrimidinyl (including, for
example, 4-
hydroxypyrimidinyl), pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl,
thienyl, isoxazolyl,
thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl,
isoquinolinyl,
tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, cinnolinyl,
indazolyl,
indolizinyl, phthalazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, isoindolyl, pteridinyl,
purinyl, oxadiazolyl,
triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, furazanyl, benzofurazanyl,
benzothiophenyl,
benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, and
furopyridinyl.
Heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted independently with one or more
substituents
described herein.
The heterocycle or heteroaryl groups may be carbon (carbon-linked), or
nitrogen
(nitrogen-linked) bonded where such is possible. By way of example and not
limitation,
carbon bonded heterocycles or heteroaryls are bonded at position 2, 3, 4, 5,
or 6 of a pyridine,
position 3, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyridazine, position 2, 4, 5, or 6 of a
pyrimidine, position 2, 3, 5, or
6 of a pyrazine, position 2, 3, 4, or 5 of a furan, tetrahydrofuran,
thiofuran, thiophene, pyrrole
or tetrahydropyrrole, position 2, 4, or 5 of an oxazole, imidazole or
thiazole, position 3, 4, or
5 of an isoxazole, pyrazole, or isothiazole, position 2 or 3 of an aziridine,
position 2, 3, or 4
of an azetidine, position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of a quinoline or position 1,
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of
an isoquinoline.
By way of example and not limitation, nitrogen bonded heterocycles or
heteroaryls
are bonded at position 1 of an aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, 2-
pyrroline, 3-
pyrroline, imidazole, imidazolidine, 2-imidazoline, 3-imidazoline, pyrazole,
pyrazoline, 2-
58
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
pyrazoline, 3-pyrazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indole, indoline, 1H-
indazole, position 2 of a
isoindole, or isoindoline, position 4 of a morpholine, and position 9 of a
carbazole, or 13-
carboline.
A "metabolite" is a product produced through metabolism in the body of a
specified
compound or salt thereof Metabolites of a compound may be identified using
routine
techniques known in the art and their activities determined using tests such
as those described
herein. Such products may result for example from the oxidation, reduction,
hydrolysis,
amidation, deamidation, esterification, deesterification, enzymatic cleavage,
and the like, of
the administered compound. Accordingly, the invention includes metabolites of
compounds
of the invention, including compounds produced by a process comprising
contacting a
Formula I compound of this invention with a mammal for a period of time
sufficient to yield
a metabolic product thereof.
The term "pharmaceutical formulation" refers to a preparation which is in such
form
as to permit the biological activity of an active ingredient contained therein
to be effective,
and which contains no additional components which are unacceptably toxic to a
subject to
which the formulation would be administered.
A "sterile" formulation is aseptic or free from all living microorganisms and
their
spores.
A "stable" formulation is one in which the protein therein essentially retains
its
physical and chemical stability and integrity upon storage. Various analytical
techniques for
measuring protein stability are available in the art and are reviewed in
Peptide and Protein
Drug Delivery, 247-301, Vincent Lee Ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, New
York, Pubs.
(1991) and Jones, A. Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 10: 29-90 (1993). Stability can
be measured
at a selected temperature for a selected time period. For rapid screening, the
formulation may
be kept at 40 C for 2 weeks to 1 month, at which time stability is measured.
Where the
formulation is to be stored at 2-8 C, generally the formulation should be
stable at 30 C or
40 C for at least 1 month and/or stable at 2-8 C for at least 2 years. Where
the formulation
is to be stored at 30 C, generally the formulation should be stable for at
least 2 years at 30 C
and/or stable at 40 C for at least 6 months. For example, the extent of
aggregation during
storage can be used as an indicator of protein stability. Thus, a "stable"
formulation may be
one wherein less than about 10% and preferably less than about 5% of the
protein are present
as an aggregate in the formulation. In other embodiments, any increase in
aggregate
formation during storage of the formulation can be determined.
59
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
An "isotonic" formulation is one which has essentially the same osmotic
pressure as
human blood. Isotonic formulations will generally have an osmotic pressure
from about 250
to 350 mOsm. The term "hypotonic" describes a formulation with an osmotic
pressure below
that of human blood. Correspondingly, the term "hypertonic" is used to
describe a
formulation with an osmotic pressure above that of human blood. Isotonicity
can be
measured using a vapor pressure or ice-freezing type osmometer, for example.
The
formulations of the present invention are hypertonic as a result of the
addition of salt and/or
buffer.
"Carriers" as used herein include pharmaceutically acceptable carriers,
excipients, or
stabilizers that are nontoxic to the cell or mammal being exposed thereto at
the dosages and
concentrations employed. Often the physiologically acceptable carrier is an
aqueous pH
buffered solution. Examples of physiologically acceptable carriers include
buffers such as
phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic
acid; low
molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptide; proteins, such as
serum albumin,
gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as
polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino
acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine or lysine;
monosaccharides,
disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or
dextrins; chelating
agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol; salt-forming
counterions
such as sodium; and/or nonionic surfactants such as TWEEN , polyethylene
glycol (PEG),
and PLURONICSTM.
A "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" refers to an ingredient in a
pharmaceutical
formulation, other than an active ingredient, which is nontoxic to a subject.
A
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes, but is not limited to, a buffer,
excipient,
stabilizer, or preservative. A "pharmaceutically acceptable acid" includes
inorganic and
organic acids which are nontoxic at the concentration and manner in which they
are
formulated. For example, suitable inorganic acids include hydrochloric,
perchloric,
hydrobromic, hydroiodic, nitric, sulfuric, sulfonic, sulfinic, sulfanilic,
phosphoric, carbonic,
etc. Suitable organic acids include straight and branched-chain alkyl,
aromatic, cyclic,
cycloaliphatic, arylaliphatic, heterocyclic, saturated, unsaturated, mono, di-
and tri-
carboxylic, including for example, formic, acetic, 2-hydroxyacetic,
trifluoroacetic,
phenylacetic, trimethylacetic, t-butyl acetic, anthranilic, propanoic, 2-
hydroxypropanoic, 2-
oxopropanoic, propandioic, cyclopentanepropionic, cyclopentane propionic, 3-
phenylpropionic, butanoic, butandioic, benzoic, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic, 2-
acetoxy-
benzoic, ascorbic, cinnamic, lauryl sulfuric, stearic, muconic, mandelic,
succinic, embonic,
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
fumaric, malic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, malonic, lactic, citric, tartaric,
glycolic, glyconic,
gluconic, pyruvic, glyoxalic, oxalic, mesylic, succinic, salicylic, phthalic,
palmoic, palmeic,
thiocyanic, methanesulphonic, ethanesulphonic, 1,2-ethanedisulfonic, 2-
hydroxyethanesulfonic, benzenesulphonic, 4-chorobenzenesulfonic, napthalene-2-
sulphonic,
p-toluenesulphonic, camphorsulphonic, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-1-
carboxylic,
glucoheptonic, 4,4'-methylenebis-3-(hydroxy-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid),
hydroxynapthoic.
"Pharmaceutically-acceptable bases" include inorganic and organic bases which
are
non-toxic at the concentration and manner in which they are formulated. For
example,
suitable bases include those formed from inorganic base forming metals such as
lithium,
sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, ammonium, iron, zinc, copper,
manganese,
aluminum, N-methylglucamine, morpholine, piperidine and organic nontoxic bases
including,
primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines, cyclic amines and
basic ion
exchange resins, [e.g., N(R')4 (where R' is independently H or Ci_4 alkyl,
e.g., ammonium,
Tris)], for example, isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine,
triethylamine,
tripropylamine, ethanolamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, trimethamine,
dicyclohexylamine,
lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline,
betaine,
ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, purines,
piperazine,
piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and the like. Particularly
preferred organic
non-toxic bases are isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethamine,
dicyclohexylamine, choline, and caffeine.
Additional pharmaceutically acceptable acids and bases useable with the
present
invention include those which are derived from the amino acids, for example,
histidine,
glycine, phenylalanine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, lysine and asparagine.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable" buffers and salts include those derived from
both acid
and base addition salts of the above indicated acids and bases. Specific
buffers and/ or salts
include histidine, succinate and acetate.
A "pharmaceutically acceptable sugar" is a molecule which, when combined with
a
protein of interest, significantly prevents or reduces chemical and/or
physical instability of
the protein upon storage. When the formulation is intended to be lyophilized
and then
reconstituted, "pharmaceutically acceptable sugars" may also be known as a
"lyoprotectant".
Exemplary sugars and their corresponding sugar alcohols include: an amino acid
such as
monosodium glutamate or histidine; a methylamine such as betaine; a lyotropic
salt such as
magnesium sulfate; a polyol such as trihydric or higher molecular weight sugar
alcohols, e.g.
glycerin, dextran, erythritol, glycerol, arabitol, xylitol, sorbitol, and
mannitol; propylene
61
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
glycol; polyethylene glycol; PLURONICS ; and combinations thereof. Additional
exemplary lyoprotectants include glycerin and gelatin, and the sugars
mellibiose, melezitose,
raffinose, mannotriose and stachyose. Examples of reducing sugars include
glucose, maltose,
lactose, maltulose, iso-maltulose and lactulose. Examples of non-reducing
sugars include
non-reducing glycosides of polyhydroxy compounds selected from sugar alcohols
and other
straight chain polyalcohols. Preferred sugar alcohols are monoglycosides,
especially those
compounds obtained by reduction of disaccharides such as lactose, maltose,
lactulose and
maltulose. The glycosidic side group can be either glucosidic or galactosidic.
Additional
examples of sugar alcohols are glucitol, maltitol, lactitol and iso-maltulose.
The preferred
pharmaceutically-acceptable sugars are the non-reducing sugars trehalose or
sucrose.
Pharmaceutically acceptable sugars are added to the formulation in a
"protecting amount"
(e.g. pre-lyophilization) which means that the protein essentially retains its
physical and
chemical stability and integrity during storage (e.g., after reconstitution
and storage).
The "diluent" of interest herein is one which is pharmaceutically acceptable
(safe and
non-toxic for administration to a human) and is useful for the preparation of
a liquid
formulation, such as a formulation reconstituted after lyophilization.
Exemplary diluents
include sterile water, bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), a pH
buffered solution (e.g.
phosphate-buffered saline), sterile saline solution, Ringer's solution or
dextrose solution. In
an alternative embodiment, diluents can include aqueous solutions of salts
and/or buffers.
A "preservative" is a compound which can be added to the formulations herein
to
reduce bacterial activity. The addition of a preservative may, for example,
facilitate the
production of a multi-use (multiple-dose) formulation. Examples of potential
preservatives
include octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride, hexamethonium chloride,
benzalkonium chloride (a mixture of alkylbenzyldimethylammonium chlorides in
which the
alkyl groups are long-chain compounds), and benzethonium chloride. Other types
of
preservatives include aromatic alcohols such as phenol, butyl and benzyl
alcohol, alkyl
parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben, catechol, resorcinol, cyclohexanol,
3-pentanol,
and m-cresol. The most preferred preservative herein is benzyl alcohol.
An "individual" or "subject" or "patient" is a mammal. Mammals include, but
are
not limited to, domesticated animals (e.g., cows, sheep, cats, dogs, and
horses), primates
(e.g., humans and non-human primates such as monkeys), rabbits, and rodents
(e.g., mice and
rats). In certain embodiments, the individual or subject is a human.
As used herein, "treatment" (and grammatical variations thereof such as
"treat" or
"treating") refers to clinical intervention designed to alter the natural
course of the individual,
62
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
tissue or cell being treated during the course of clinical pathology.
Desirable effects of
treatment include, but are not limited to, decreasing the rate of disease
progression,
ameliorating or palliating the disease state, and remission or improved
prognosis, all
measurable by one of skill in the art such as a physician. In one embodiment,
treatment can
mean alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of any direct or indirect
pathological
consequences of the disease, decreasing the rate of infectious disease
progression,
amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission or improved
prognosis. In some
embodiments, antibodies of the invention are used to delay development of a
disease or to
slow the progression of an infectious disease.
As used herein, "in conjunction with" refers to administration of one
treatment
modality in addition to another treatment modality. As such, "in conjunction
with" refers to
administration of one treatment modality before, during or after
administration of the other
treatment modality to the individual.
The term "phagosome" refers to an internalized membrane-enclosed endocytic
vessel
of a phagocytic cell. It can be initiated by direct-, antibody- or complement-
enhanced
phagocytosis. The term "phagolysosome" refers to an internalized cellular
vessel that has
fused with one or more lyzosomes.
Bacteria are traditionally divided into two main groups, Gram-positive (Gm+)
and
Gram-negative (Gm-), based upon their Gram-stain retention. Gram-positive
bacteria are
bounded by a single unit lipid membrane, and they generally contain a thick
layer (20-80 nm)
of peptidoglycan responsible for retaining the Gram-stain. Gram-positive
bacteria are those
that are stained dark blue or violet by Gram staining. In contrast, Gram-
negative bacteria
cannot retain the crystal violet stain, instead taking up the counterstain
(safranin or fuchsine)
and appearing red or pink. Gram-positive cell walls typically lack the outer
membrane found
in Gram-negative bacteria.
The term "bacteremia" refers to the presence of bacteria in the bloodstream
which is
most commonly detected through a blood culture. Bacteria can enter the
bloodstream as a
severe complication of infections (like pneumonia or meningitis), during
surgery (especially
when involving mucous membranes such as the gastrointestinal tract), or due to
catheters and
other foreign bodies entering the arteries or veins. Bacteremia can have
several consequences.
The immune response to the bacteria can cause sepsis and septic shock, which
has a relatively
high mortality rate. Bacteria can also use the blood to spread to other parts
of the body,
causing infections away from the original site of infection. Examples include
endocarditis or
osteomyelitis.
63
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
A "therapeutically effective amount" is the minimum concentration required to
effect
a measurable improvement of a particular disorder. A therapeutically effective
amount
herein may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and
weight of the
patient, and the ability of the antibody to elicit a desired response in the
individual. A
therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental
effects of the
antibody are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects. In one
embodiment, a
therapeutically effective amount is an amount effective to reduce bacteremia
in an in vivo
infection. In one aspect, a "therapeutically effective amount" is at least the
amount effective
to reduce the bacterial load or colony forming units (CFU) isolated from a
patient sample
such as blood by at least one log relative to prior to drug administration. In
a more specific
aspect, the reduction is at least 2 logs. In another aspect, the reduction is
3, 4, 5 logs. In yet
another aspect, the reduction is to below detectable levels. In another
embodiment, a
therapeutically effective amount is the amount of an AAC in one or more doses
given over
the course of the treatment period, that achieves a negative blood culture
(i.e., does not grow
out the bacteria that is the target of the AAC) as compared to the positive
blood culture
before or at the start of treatment of the infected patient.
A "prophylactically effective amount" refers to an amount effective, at the
dosages
and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired prophylactic result.
Typically but
not necessarily, since a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to, at
the earlier stage of
disease, or even prior to exposure to conditions where the risk of infection
is elevated, the
prophylactically effective amount can be less than the therapeutically
effective amount. In
one embodiment, a prophylactically effective amount is at least an amount
effective to
reduce, prevent the occurrence of or spread of infection from one cell to
another.
"Chronic" administration refers to administration of the medicament(s) in a
continuous as opposed to acute mode, so as to maintain the initial therapeutic
effect (activity)
for an extended period of time. "Intermittent" administration is treatment
that is not
consecutively done without interruption, but rather is cyclic in nature.
The term "package insert" is used to refer to instructions customarily
included in
commercial packages of therapeutic products, that contain information about
the indications,
usage, dosage, administration, combination therapy, contraindications and/or
warnings
concerning the use of such therapeutic products.
The term "chiral" refers to molecules which have the property of non-
superimposability of the mirror image partner, while the term "achiral" refers
to molecules
which are superimposable on their mirror image partner.
64
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
The term "stereoisomers" refers to compounds which have identical chemical
constitution, but differ with regard to the arrangement of the atoms or groups
in space.
"Diastereomer" refers to a stereoisomer with two or more centers of chirality
and
whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have
different
physical properties, e.g. melting points, boiling points, spectral properties,
and reactivities.
Mixtures of diastereomers may separate under high resolution analytical
procedures such as
electrophoresis and chromatography.
"Enantiomers" refer to two stereoisomers of a compound which are non-
superimposable mirror images of one another.
Stereochemical definitions and conventions used herein generally follow S. P.
Parker,
Ed., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984) McGraw-Hill Book Company,
New
York; and Eliel, E. and Wilen, S., Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds (1994)
John Wiley
& Sons, Inc., New York. Many organic compounds exist in optically active
forms, i.e., they
have the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing
an optically active
compound, the prefixes D and L, or R and S, are used to denote the absolute
configuration of
the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and 1 or (+) and (-)
are employed to
designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with
(-) or 1 meaning
that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is
dextrorotatory. For a
given chemical structure, these stereoisomers are identical except that they
are mirror images
of one another. A specific stereoisomer may also be referred to as an
enantiomer, and a
mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50
mixture of
enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur
where there
has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or
process. The terms
"racemic mixture" and "racemate" refer to an equimolar mixture of two
enantiomeric species,
devoid of optical activity.
The term "protecting group" refers to a substituent that is commonly employed
to
block or protect a particular functionality while other functional groups
react on the
compound. For example, an "amino-protecting group" is a substituent attached
to an amino
group that blocks or protects the amino functionality in the compound.
Suitable amino-
protecting groups include, but are not limited to, acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-
butoxycarbonyl
(BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ) and 9-fluorenylmethylenoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). For
a
general description of protecting groups and their use, see T. W. Greene,
Protective Groups in
Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991, or a later edition.
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
The term "about" as used herein refers to the usual error range for the
respective value
readily known to the skilled person in this technical field. Reference to
"about" a value or
parameter herein includes (ad describes) embodiments that are directed to that
value or
parameter per se.
As used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and
"the"
include plural reference unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. For
example, reference
to an "antibody" is a reference to from one to many antibodies, such as molar
amounts, and
includes equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth.
III. COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS
ANTIBODY-ANTIBIOTIC CONJUGATES (AAC)
The AAC compounds of the invention include those with antibacterial activity,
effective against a number of human and veterinary Gram positive, Gram
negative pathogens,
including the Staphylococci. In an exemplary embodiment, the AAC compounds
include a
cysteine-engineered antibody conjugated, i.e. covalently attached by a linker,
to a rifamycin-
type antibiotic moiety. The biological activity of the rifamycin-type
antibiotic moiety is
modulated by conjugation to an antibody. The antibody-antibiotic conjugates
(AAC) of the
invention selectively deliver an effective dose of an antibacterial to an
infection site whereby
greater selectivity, i.e. a lower efficacious dose, may be achieved while
increasing the
therapeutic index ("therapeutic window").
The invention provides novel antibacterial therapy that aims to prevent
antibiotic
escape by targeting populations of bacteria that evade conventional antibiotic
therapy. The
novel antibacterial therapy is achieved with an Antibody Antibiotic Conjugate
(AAC) in
which an antibody specific for cell wall components found on S. aureus
(including MRSA) is
chemically linked to a potent antibiotic (a derivative of rifamycin). The
antibiotic is joined to
the antibody via a protease cleavable, peptide linker that is designed to be
cleaved by
cathepsin B, a lysosomal protease found in most mammalian cell types
(Dubowchik et al
(2002) Bioconj. Chem. 13:855-869). The AAC acts as a pro-drug in that the
antibiotic is
inactive (due to the large size of the antibody) until the linker is cleaved.
Since a significant
proportion of S. aureus found in a natural infection is taken up by host
cells, primarily
neutrophils and macrophages, at some point during the course of infection in
the host, and
that the time spent inside host cells provides a significant opportunity for
the bacterium to
evade antibiotic activity. The AACs of the invention are designed to bind to
S. aureus and
66
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
release the antibiotic inside the phagolysosome after bacteria are taken up by
host cells. By
this mechanism, AAC are able to concentrate the active antibiotic specifically
in a location
where S. aureus is poorly treated by conventional antibiotics. While the
invention is not
limited or defined by an particular mechanism of action, the AAC improve
antibiotic activity
via three potential mechanisms: (1) The AAC delivers antibiotic inside
mammalian cells that
take up the bacteria, thereby increasing the potency of antibiotics that
diffuse poorly into the
phagolysosomes where bacteria are sequestered. (2) AAC opsonize bacteria -
thereby
increasing uptake of free bacteria by phagocytic cells - and release the
antibiotic locally to
kill the bacteria while they are sequestered in the phagolysosome. (3) AAC
improve the half-
life of antibiotics in vivo (improved pharmacokinetics) by linking the
antibiotic to an
antibody. Improved pharmacokinetics of AAC enable delivery of sufficient
antibiotic in
regions where S. aureus is concentrated while limiting the overall dose of
antibiotic that
needs to be administered systemically. This property should permit long-term
therapy with
AAC to target persistent infection with minimal antibiotic side effects.
The present application describes the generation of novel conjugated anti-WTA
antibody therapeutic agents and their use in the treatment of infections with
Gram positive
(Gm+) bacteria including S. aureus infections. These antibodies are capable of
targeting
populations of Gm+ bacteria that evade convention antibiotic therapy.
An antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound of the invention comprises an anti-
wall
teichoic acid beta (WTA beta) antibody covalently attached by a peptide linker
to a
rifamycin-type antibiotic.
In one embodiment, the antibody-antibiotic conjugate has the formula:
Ab-(L-abx)P
wherein:
Ab is the anti-wall teichoic acid antibody;
L is the peptide linker having the formula:
-Str-Pep-Y-
where Str is a stretcher unit; Pep is a peptide of two to twelve amino acid
residues,
and Y is a spacer unit;
abx is the rifamycin-type antibiotic; and
p is an integer from 1 to 8.
67
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
The number of antibiotic moieties which may be conjugated via a reactive
linker
moiety to an antibody molecule may be limited by the number of free cysteine
residues,
which are introduced by the methods described herein. Exemplary AAC of Formula
I
therefore comprise antibodies which have 1, 2, 3, or 4 engineered cysteine
amino acids
(Lyon, R. et al (2012) Methods in Enzym. 502:123-138).
ANTI-WALL TEICHOIC (WTA) ANTIBODIES
Disclosed herein are certain anti-WTA Abs and conjugated anti-WTA antibodies
that
bind to WTA expressed on a number of Gm+ bacteria including Staphylococcus
aureus.
Anti-WTA antibodies may be selected and produced by the methods taught in US
8283294;
Meijer PJ et al (2006) J Mol Biol. 358(3):764-72; Lantto J, et al (2011) J
Virol. 85(4):1820-
33, and in Example 21 below. The invention provides compositions of these anti-
WTA Abs.
The cell wall of Gram-positive bacteria is comprised of thick layer of
multiple
peptidoglycan (PGN) sheaths that not only stabilize the cell membrane but also
provide many
sites to which other molecules could be attached (Figure 3). A major class of
these cell
surface glycoproteins are teichoic acids ("TA"), which are phosphate-rich
molecules found
on many glycan-binding proteins (GPB). TA come in two types: (1) lipo teichoic
acid
("LTA"), which are anchored to the plasma membrane and extend from the cell
surface into
the peptidoglycan layer; and (2) wall TA (WTA), which are covalently attached
to
peptidoglycan and extend through and beyond the cell wall (Figure 3). WTA can
account for
as much as 60% of the total cell wall mass in GPB. As a result, it presents a
highly expressed
cell surface antigen.
The chemical structures of WTAs vary among organisms. In S. aureus, WTA is
covalently linked to the 6-0H of N-acetyl muramic acid (MurNAc) via a
disaccharide
composed of N-acetylglycosamine (G1cNAc)-1-P and N-acetylmannoseamine
(ManNAc),
which is followed by about two or three units of glycerol-phosphates (Figure
4) The actual
WTA polymer is then composed of about 11-40 ribitol-phosphate (Rbo-P)
repeating units.
The step-wise synthesis of WTA is first initiated by the enzyme called Tag ,
and S. aureus
strains lacking the Tag() gene (by deletion of the gene) do not make any WTA.
The
repeating units can be further tailored with D-alanine (D-Ala) at C2-OH and/or
with N-
acetylglucosamine (G1cNAc) at the C4-OH position via a- (alpha) or 13-(beta)
glycosidic
linkages. Depending of the S. aureus strain, or the growth phase of the
bacteria the
glycosidic linkages could be a -, 13 -, or a mixture of the two anomers. These
GlcNAc sugar
modifications are tailored by two specific S. aureus-derived
glycosyltransferases (Gtfs):
68
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
TarM Gtf mediates a -glycosidic linkages, whereas TarS Gtfs mediates 13-
(beta)glycosidic
linkages.
Given significant evidence that intracellular stores of MRSA are protected
from
antibiotics, the novel therapeutic compositions of the invention were
developed to prevent
this method of antibiotic evasion by using a S. aureus specific antibody to
tether an antibiotic
onto the bacteria such that when the bacteria is engulfed or otherwise
internalized by a host
cell in vivo, it brings the antibiotic along into the host cell.
In one aspect, the invention provides anti-WTA antibodies which are anti-WTAa
or
anti-WTAI3. In another aspect, the invention provides anti-Staph aureus Abs.
The exemplary
Abs were cloned from B cells from S. aureus infected patients (as taught in
Example 21). In
one embodiment the anti-WTA and anti-Staph aureus Abs are human monoclonal
antibodies.
The invention encompasses chimeric Abs and humanized Abs comprising the CDRs
of the
present WTA Abs.
For therapeutic use, the WTA Abs of the invention for conjugation to
antibiotics to
generate AACs, can be of any isotype except IgM. In one embodiment, the WTA
Abs are of
the human IgG isotype. In more specific embodiments, the WTA Abs are human
IgGl.
Figures 6A and 6B lists the Abs that are anti-WTAa or anti-WTA I. Throughout
the
specification and figures, the Abs designated by a 4-digit number (e.g., 4497)
may also be
referred to with a preceding "S", e.g., S4497; both names refer to the same
antibody which is
the wild type (WT) unmodified sequence of the antibody. Variants of the
antibody are
indicated by a "v" following the antibody no., e.g., 4497.v8. Unless specified
(e.g. as by a
variant number), the amino acid sequences shown are the original,
unmodified/unaltered
sequences. These Abs can be altered at one or more residues, for example to
improve the pK,
stability, expression, manufacturability (e.g., as described in the Examples
below), while
maintaining substantially about the same or improved binding affinity to the
antigen as
compared to the wild type, unmodified antibody. Variants of the present WTA
antibodies
having conservative amino acid substitutions are encompassed by the invention.
Below,
unless specified otherwise, the CDR numbering is according to Kabat and the
Constant
domain numbering is according to EU numbering.
Figure 13A and Figure 13B provide the amino acid sequence alignment of the
Light
chain Variable regions (VL) and the Heavy chain Variable region (VH),
respectively of four
human anti-WTA alpha antibodies. The CDR sequences CDR Li, L2, L3 and CDR H1,
H2,
H3 according to Kabat numbering are underlined.
69
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Tables 6A: Light chain CDR sequences of the anti-WTAa.
Antibody CDR Li CDR L2 CDR L3
4461 KSSQSVLSRANNNYYVA WASTREF QQYYTSRRT
(SEQ ID NO.1) (SEQ ID NO.2) (SEQ ID NO.3)
4624 RSNQNLLSSSNNNYLA WASTRES QQYYANPRT
(SEQ ID NO.7) (SEQ ID NO.8) (SEQ ID NO.9)
4399 KSNQNVLASSNDKNYLA WASIRES QQYYTNPRT
(SEQ ID NO.13) (SEQ ID NO.14) (SEQ ID NO.15)
6267 KSSQNVLYSSNNKNYLA WASTRES QQYYTSPPYT
(SEQ ID NO.19) (SEQ ID NO.20) (SEQ ID NO.21)
Tables 6B: Heavy chain CDR sequences of the anti-WTAa.
Antibody CDR H1 CDR H2 CDR H3
4461 DYYMH WINPKSGGTNYAQRFQG DCGSGGLRDF
(SEQ ID NO.4) (SEQ ID NO.5) (SEQ ID NO.6)
4624 DYYIH WINPNTGGTYYAQKFRD DCGRGGLRDI
(SEQ ID NO.10) (SEQ ID NO.11) (SEQ ID NO.12)
4399 DYYIH WINPNTGGTNYAQKFQG DCGNAGLRDI
(SEQ ID NO.16) (SEQ ID NO.17) (SEQ ID NO.18)
6267 SYWIG IIHPGDSKTRYSPSFQG LYCSGGSCYSDR
AFSSLGAGGYYY
(SEQ ID NO.22) (SEQ ID NO.23)
YGMGV
(SEQ ID NO.24)
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
The sequences of the each pair of VL and VH are as follows:
4461 Light Chain Variable Region
DIQMTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKSSQSVLSRANNNYYVAWYQHKPGQPPKLLIYWASTREFGVPDRFSGSGSGT
DFTLTINSLQAEDVAVYYCQQYYTSRRTFGQGTKVEIK (SEQ ID NO. 25)
4461 Heavy Chain Variable Region
QVQLVQSGAEVRKPGASVKVSCKASGYSFTDYYMHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINPKSGGTNYAQRFQGRVTMT
GDTSISAAYMDLASLTSDDTAVYYCVKDCGSGGLRDFWGQGTTVTVSS (SEQ ID NO. 26)
4624 Light Chain Variable Region
DIQMTQSPDSLSVSLGERATINCRSNQNLLSSSNNNYLAWYQQKPGQPLKLLIYWASTRESGVPDRFSGSGSGTDF
TLTISSLQAEDVAVYYCQQYYANPRTFGQGTKVEIK (SEQ ID NO. 27)
4624 Heavy Chain Variable Region
QVQLQQSRVEVKRPGTSVKVSCKTSGYTFSDYYIHWVRLAPGQGLELMGWINPNTGGTYYAQKFRDRVTMTRDT
SIATAYLEMSSLTSDDTAVYYCAKDCGRGGLRDIWGPGTMVTVSS (SEQ ID NO. 28)
4399 Light Chain Variable Region
EIVLTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKSNQNVLASSNDKNYLAWFQHKPGQPLKLLIYWASIRESGVPDRFSGSGSGTDF
TLTISSLRAEDVAVYYCQQYYTNPRTFGQGTKVEFN (SEQ ID NO. 29)
4399 Heavy Chain Variable Region
EVQLVQSGAEVKKPGTSVKVSCKASGYTFTDYYIHWVRLAPGQGLELMGWINPNTGGTNYAQKFQGRVTMTRD
TSIATAYMELSSLTSDDTAVYYCAKDCGNAGLRDIWGQGTTVTVSS (SEQ ID NO. 30)
6267 Light Chain Variable Region
DIQLTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKSSQNVLYSSNNKNYLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLIYWASTRESGVPDRFSGSGSGTD
FTLTISSLQAEDVAVYYCQQYYTSPPYTFGQGTKLEIE (SEQ ID NO. 31)
6267 Heavy Chain Variable Region
EVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESLKISCKGSGYSFTSYWIGWVRQMPGKGLEWMGIIHPGDSKTRYSPSFQGQVTISADKSI
STAYLQWNSLKASDTAMYYCARLYCSGGSCYSDRAFSSLGAGGYYYYGMGVWGQGTTVTVSS (SEQ ID NO.
32).
The invention provides an isolated monoclonal antibody that binds wall
teichoic acid
(WTA) comprising a light chain and a H chain, the L chain comprising CDR Li,
L2, L3 and
the H chain comprising CDR H1, H2, H3 wherein the CDR Li, L2, L3 and H1, H2,
H3
comprise the amino acid sequences of the CDRs of each of Abs 4461 (SEQ ID NO.
1-6),
71
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
4624 (SEQ ID NO. 7-12), 4399 (SEQ ID NO. 13-18), and 6267 (SEQ ID NO. 19-24)
respectively, as shown in Table 6A and 6B.
In another embodiment, the isolated monoclonal Ab that binds WTA comprises a H
chain variable region (VH) and a L chain variable region (VL), wherein the VH
comprises at
least 95% sequence identity over the length of the VH region sequence of the
each of
antibodies 4461, 4624, 4399, and 6267, respectively. In yet another specific
aspect, the
sequence identity is 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100%.
The present invention also provides anti-WTA beta Abs comprising the L and H
chain
CDR sequences as shown in Figure 14. In one embodiment, the isolated anti-WTA
beta
monoclonal Abs comprise the CDR Li, L2, L3 and H1, H2, H3 selected from the
group
consisting of the CDRs of each of the 13 Abs in Figure 14. In another
embodiment, the
invention provides an isolated anti-WTA beta Abs comprising at least 95%
sequence identity
over the length of the V region domains of each of 13 antibodies. In yet
another specific
aspect, the sequence identity is 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100%.
Of the 13 anti-WTA beta Abs, 6078 and 4497 were modified to create variants i)
having an engineered Cys in one or both L and H chains for conjugation to
linker-antibiotic
intermediates; and ii) wherein the first residue in the H chain Q is altered
to E (v2) or the first
two residues QM were changed to El or EV (v3 and v4).
Figures 15A-1 and 15A-2 provide the amino acid sequence of the full length L
chain
of anti-WTA beta Ab 6078 (unmodified) and its variants, v2, v3, v4. L chain
variants that
contain an engineered Cys are indicated by the C in the black box the end of
the constant
region (at EU residue no. 205 in this case). The variant designation, e.g.,
v2LC-Cys means
variant 2 containing a Cys engineered into the L chain. HCLC-Cys means both
the H and L
chains of the antibody contain an engineered Cys. Figures 15B-1 to 15B-4 show
an
alignment of the full length H chain of anti-WTA beta Ab 6078 (unmodified) and
its variants,
v2, v3, v4 which have changes in the first or first 2 residues of the H chain.
H chain variants
that contain an engineered Cys are indicated by the C in the black box the end
of the constant
region (at EU residue no. 118).
6078 Light Chain Variable Region (VL)
DIVMTQSPSILSASVGDRVTITCRASQTISGWLAWYQQKPAEAPKLLIYKASTLESGVPSRFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQ
PDDFGIYYCQQYKSYSFNFGQGTKVEIK (SEQ ID NO.111)
72
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
6078 Heavy Chain Variable Region (VH)
XXiQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCEASGYTLTSYD I NWVRQATGQGPEWMGWM NANSGNTGYAQKFQGRVTLT
GDTSISTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARSSILVRGALGRYFDLWGRGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID NO.112)
wherein X is Q or E; and X1 is M, I or V.
6078 Light Chain
DIVMTQSPSILSASVGDRVTITCRASQTISGWLAWYQQKPAEAPKLLIYKASTLESGVPSRFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQ
PDDFGIYYCQQYKSYSFN FGQGTKVEIKRTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLN
NFYPREAKVQWKVDNALQS
GNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC (SEQ ID NO.113)
6078 Cysteine-engineered Light Chain
DIVMTQSPSILSASVGDRVTITCRASQTISGWLAWYQQKPAEAPKLLIYKASTLESGVPSRFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQ
PDDFGIYYCQQYKSYSFN FGQGTKVEIKRTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLN
NFYPREAKVQWKVDNALQS
GNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPCTKSFNRGEC (SEQ ID NO.115)
6078 WT full length Heavy Chain
QMQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCEASGYTLTSYDI NWVRQATGQG PEWMGWM NANSGNTGYAQKFQGRVTLT
GDTSISTAYM ELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARSSI LVRGALG RYFDLWG RGTLVTVSSASTKG
PSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAAL
GCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSG LYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNVN H
KPSNTKVDKKVEPKS
CD KTHTCPPCPAPE LLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLM ISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDP EVKFNWYVDGVEVH
NAKTKPRE EQ
YNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGF
YPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMH EALHN HYTQKSLSLSPG
(SEQ ID NO.114)
6078 variant (v2, v3, or v4) full length Heavy Chain
EXQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCEASGYTLTSYD I NWVRQATGQGPEWMGWM NANSGNTGYAQKFQGRVTLT
GDTSISTAYM ELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARSSI LVRGALG RYFDLWG RGTLVTVSSASTKG
PSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAAL
GCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSG LYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNVN H
KPSNTKVDKKVEPKS
CD KTHTCPPCPAPE LLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLM ISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDP EVKFNWYVDGVEVH
NAKTKPRE EQ
YNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGF
YPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMH EALHN HYTQKSLSLSPG
(SEQ ID NO.116) wherein X can be M, I or V.
6078 variant (v2, v3 or v4), Cys-engineered Heavy Chain
EXQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCEASGYTLTSYD I NWVRQATGQGPEWMGWM NANSGNTGYAQKFQGRVTLT
GDTSISTAYM ELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARSSI LVRGALG RYFDLWG
RGTLVTVSSCSTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALG
CLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSG LYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNVN H
KPSNTKVDKKVEPKSC
DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQY
NSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSN KALPAPI EKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKG
FY
73
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
PSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG
(SEQ ID NO.117) wherein X is M, I or V.
In one embodiment, the invention provides an isolated anti-WTA beta antibody
comprising a heavy chain and a light, wherein the heavy chain comprises a VH
having at
least 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO. 112. In an additional embodiment,
this antibody
further comprises a VL having at least 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO.
111. In a
specific embodiment, the anti-WTA beta antibody comprises a light chain and a
heavy chain,
wherein the L chain comprises a VL of SEQ ID NO. 111 and the H chain comprises
a VH of
SEQ ID NO. 112. In a yet more specific embodiment, the isolated anti-WTA beta
antibody
comprises a L chain of SEQ ID NO. 113 and a H chain of SEQ ID NO. 114.
The 6078 Cys-engineered H and L chain variants can be paired in any of the
following combinations to form full Abs for conjugating to linker-Abx
intermediates to
generate anti-WTA AACs of the invention. The unmodified L chain (SEQ ID
NO.113) can
be paired with a Cys-engineered H chain variant of SEQ ID NO. 117; the variant
can be one
wherein Xis M, I or V. The Cys-engineered L chain of SEQ ID NO. 115 can be
paired with:
the H chain of SEQ ID NO.114; a H chain variant of SEQ ID NO.116; or a Cys-
engineered H
chain variant of SEQ ID NO.117 (in this version, both H and L chains are Cys
engineered).
In a particular embodiment, the anti-WTA beta antibody and the anti-WTA beta
AAC of the
invention comprises a L chain of SEQ ID NO. 115 and H chain of SEQ ID NO.116.
Figures 16A-1 and 16A-2 provide the full length L chain of anti-WTA beta Ab
4497
(unmodified) and its v8 variants. L chain variants that contain an engineered
Cys are
indicated by the C in the black box the end of the constant region (at EU
residue no. 205).
Figures 16B-1, 16B-2, 16B-3 show an alignment of the full length H chain of
anti-WTA beta
Ab 4497 (unmodified) and its v8 variant with D altered to E in CDR H3 position
96, with or
without the engineered Cys. H chain variants that contain an engineered Cys
are indicated by
the C in the black box the end of the constant region (at EU residue no. 118
in this case).
Unmodified CDR H3 is GDGGLDD (SEQ ID NO.104); 4497v8 CDR H3 is GEGGLDD
(SEQ ID NO.118).
4497 Light Chain Variable Region
DIQLTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKSSQSIFRTSRNKNLLNWYQQRPGQPPRLLIHWASTRKSGVPDRFSGSGFGTDF
TLTITSLQAEDVAIYYCQQYFSPPYTFGQGTKLEIK (SEQ ID NO. 119)
74
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
4497 Heavy Chain Variable Region
EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCSASGFSFNSFWM HWVRQVPGKGLVWISFTN N EGTTTAYADSVRG RFIISRD
NA
KNTLYLEMNNLRGEDTAVYYCARGDGGLDDWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ. ID NO. 120)
4497.v8 Heavy Chain Variable Region
EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCSASGFSFNSFWM HWVRQVPGKGLVWISFTN N EGTTTAYADSVRG RFIISRD
NA
KNTLYLEMNNLRGEDTAVYYCARGEGGLDDWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ. ID NO. 156)
4497 Light Chain
DIQLTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKSSQSIFRTSRNKN LLNWYQQRPGQPPRLLIHWASTRKSGVPDRFSGSGFGTDF
TLTITSLQAEDVAIYYCQQYFSPPYTFGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNN
FYPREAKVQWKV
DNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC (SEQ. ID NO.
121)
4497 v.8 Heavy Chain
EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCSASGFSFNSFWM HWVRQVPGKGLVWISFTN N EGTTTAYADSVRG RFIISRD
NA
KNTLYLEMN NLRGEDTAVYYCARGEGGLDDWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYFPE
PVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSG LYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNVN H
KPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPC
PAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLM ISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVH NAKTKP
REEQYNSTYRVVSV
LTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWE
SNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG (SEQ. ID NO.
122)
4497 -Cys Light Chain
DIQLTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKSSQSIFRTSRNKN LLNWYQQRPGQPPRLLIHWASTRKSGVPDRFSGSGFGTDF
TLTITSLQAEDVAIYYCQQYFSPPYTFGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNN
FYPREAKVQWKV
DNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC (SEQ. ID NO.
123)
4497.v8- Heavy Chain
EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCSASGFSFNSFWM HWVRQVPGKGLVWISFTN N EGTTTAYADSVRG RFIISRD
NA
KNTLYLEMN NLRGEDTAVYYCARGEGGLDDWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYFPE
PVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSG LYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNVN H
KPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPC
PAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLM ISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVH NAKTKP
REEQYNSTYRVVSV
LTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWE
SNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG (SEQ. ID NO.
157; the same as SEQ ID NO.122).
4497.v8 -Cys Heavy Chain
EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCSASGFSFNSFWM HWVRQVPGKGLVWISFTN N EGTTTAYADSVRG RFIISRD
NA
KNTLYLEMN NLRGEDTAVYYCARGEGGLDDWGQGTLVTVSSCSTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYFPE
PVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSG LYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNVN H
KPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPC
PAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLM ISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVH NAKTKP
REEQYNSTYRVVSV
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
LTVLHQDWLGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWES
NGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG (SEQ ID NO.
124)
Another isolated anti-WTA beta antibody provided by the invention comprises a
heavy chain and a light, wherein the heavy chain comprises a VH having at
least 95%
sequence identity to SEQ ID NO. 120. In an additional embodiment, this
antibody further
comprises a VL having at least 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO. 119. In a
specific
embodiment, the anti-WTA beta antibody comprises a light chain and a heavy
chain, wherein
the L chain comprises a VL of SEQ ID NO. 119 and the H chain comprises a VH of
SEQ ID
NO. 120. In a yet more specific embodiment, the isolated anti-WTA beta
antibody comprises
a L chain of SEQ ID NO. 121 and a H chain of SEQ ID NO. 122.
The 4497 Cys-engineered H and L chain variants can be paired in any of the
following combinations to form full Abs for conjugating to linker-Abx
intermediates to
generate anti-WTA AACs of the invention. The unmodified L chain (SEQ ID
NO.121) can
be paired with a Cys-engineered H chain variant of SEQ ID NO. 124. The Cys-
engineered L
chain of SEQ ID NO. 123 can be paired with: the H chain variant of SEQ ID
NO.157; or a
Cys-engineered H chain variant of SEQ ID NO.124 (in this version, both H and L
chains are
Cys engineered). In a particular embodiment, the anti-WTA beta antibody and
the anti-WTA
beta AAC of the invention comprises a L chain of SEQ ID NO. 123.
Yet another embodiment is an antibody that binds to the same epitope as each
of the
anti-WTA alpha Abs of Figure 13A and Figure 13B. Also provided is an antibody
that binds
to the same epitope as each of the anti-WTA beta Abs of Figure 14, Figures 15A
and 15B,
and Figures 16A and 16B.
Binding of anti-WTA antibodies to WTA is influenced by the anomeric
orientation of
GlcNAc-sugar modifications on WTA. WTA are modified by N-acetylglucosamine
(G1cNAc) sugar modifications at the C4-OH position via a- or f3-glycosidic
linkages, by
TarM glycosyltransferase or TarS glycosyltransferase, respectively.
Accordingly, cell wall
preparations from glycosyltransferase mutant strains lacking TarM(A.TarM),
TarS (A.TarS), or
both TarM and TarS (A.TarM/A.TarS) were subjected to immunoblotting analysis
with
antibodies against WTA. WTA antibody (S7574) specific to a-G1cNAc
modifications on
WTA does not bind to cell wall preparation from A.TarM strain. Vice versa, a
WTA antibody
(S4462) specific to 13-G1cNAc modifications on WTA does not bind to cell wall
preparation
from A.TarS strain. As expected, both these antibodies do not bind to cell
wall preparations
from a deletion strain lacking both glycosyltransferases (A.TarM/A.TarS) and
also the strain
76
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
lacking any WTA (A,Tag0). According to such analysis, antibodies have been
characterized
as anti- a-G1cNAc WTA mAbs, or as anti- 13-G1cNAc WTA mAbs as listed in the
Table in
Figures 6A and 6B.
Cysteine amino acids may be engineered at reactive sites in an antibody and
which do
not form intrachain or intermolecular disulfide linkages (Junutula, et al.,
2008b Nature
Biotech., 26(8):925-932; Doman et al (2009) Blood 114(13):2721-2729; US
7521541; US
7723485; W02009/052249, Shen et al (2012) Nature Biotech., 30(2):184-191;
Junutula et al
(2008) Jour of Immun. Methods 332:41-52). The engineered cysteine thiols may
react with
linker reagents or the linker-antibiotic intermediates of the present
invention which have
thiol-reactive, electrophilic groups such as maleimide or alpha-halo amides to
form AAC
with cysteine engineered antibodies (thioMabs) and the antibiotic (abx)
moieties. The
location of the antibiotic moiety can thus be designed, controlled, and known.
The antibiotic
loading can be controlled since the engineered cysteine thiol groups typically
react with thiol-
reactive linker reagents or linker-antibiotic intermediates in high yield.
Engineering an anti-
WTA antibody to introduce a cysteine amino acid by substitution at a single
site on the heavy
or light chain gives two new cysteines on the symmetrical tetramer antibody.
An antibiotic
loading near 2 can be achieved and near homogeneity of the conjugation product
AAC.
In certain embodiments, it may be desirable to create cysteine engineered anti-
WTA
antibodies, e.g., "thioMAbs," in which one or more residues of an antibody are
substituted
with cysteine residues. In particular embodiments, the substituted residues
occur at
accessible sites of the antibody. By substituting those residues with
cysteine, reactive thiol
groups are thereby positioned at accessible sites of the antibody and may be
used to conjugate
the antibody to other moieties, such as antibiotic moieties or linker-
antibiotic moieties, to
create an immunoconjugate, as described further herein. In certain
embodiments, any one or
more of the following residues may be substituted with cysteine, including
V205 (Kabat
numbering) of the light chain; A118 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain; and
S400 (EU
numbering) of the heavy chain Fc region. Nonlimiting exemplary cysteine
engineered heavy
chain Al 18C (SEQ ID NO: 149) and light chain V205C (SEQ ID NO:151) mutants of
an
anti-WTA antibody are shown. Cysteine engineered anti-WTA antibodies may be
generated
as described (Junutula, et al., 2008b Nature Biotech., 26(8):925-932; US
7521541; US-
2011/0301334.
In another embodiment, the invention relates to an isolated anti-WTA antibody
comprising a heavy chain and a light, wherein the heavy chain comprises a wild-
type heavy
77
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
chain constant region sequence or cysteine-engineered mutant (ThioMab) and the
light chain
comprises a wild-type light chain constant region sequence or cysteine-
engineered mutant
(ThioMab). In one aspect, the heavy chain has at least 95% sequence identity
to:
Heavy chain (IgG1) constant region, wild-type
ASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTF
PAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKT
HTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFN
WYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNK
ALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVE
WESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEA
LHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK
(SEQ ID NO:148)
Heavy chain (IgG1) constant region, Al 18C "ThioMab"
CSTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTF
PAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKT
HTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFN
WYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNK
ALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVE
WESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEA
LHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK
(SEQ ID NO:149)
and the light chain has at least 95% sequence identity to:
Light chain (kappa) constant region, wild-type
RTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDNALQSGNS
QESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNR
GEC
(SEQ ID NO:150)
Light chain (kappa) constant region, V205C "ThioMab"
RTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDNALQSGNS
QESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPCTKSFNRG
EC
(SEQ ID NO:151)
The AAC of the invention include cysteine engineered anti-WTA antibodies where
one or more amino acids of a wild-type or parent anti-WTA antibody are
replaced with a
cysteine amino acid. Any form of antibody may be so engineered, i.e. mutated.
For example,
a parent Fab antibody fragment may be engineered to form a cysteine engineered
Fab,
78
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
referred to herein as "ThioFab." Similarly, a parent monoclonal antibody may
be engineered
to form a "ThioMab." It should be noted that a single site mutation yields a
single engineered
cysteine residue in a ThioFab, while a single site mutation yields two
engineered cysteine
residues in a thioMab, due to the dimeric nature of the IgG antibody. Mutants
with replaced
("engineered") cysteine (Cys) residues are evaluated for the reactivity of the
newly
introduced, engineered cysteine thiol groups.
The antibodies described herein may be produced using host cells in culture.
Host
cells may be transformed with vectors (expression or cloning vectors)
comprising one or
more nucleic acids encoding the antibodies described herein. The cells may be
cultured
under conditions suitable for producing the antibodies, and antibodies
produced by the cell
may be further purified. Suitable cells for producing antibodies may include
prokaryotic,
yeast, or higher eukaryotic (e.g., mammalian) cells. In some embodiments, a
mammalian cell
(a human or a non-human mammalian cell) is used. In some embodiments, a
Chinese
Hamster Ovary (CHO) cell is used.
Mammalian cells may be cultured, and propagation of mammalian cells in culture
(tissue culture) has become a routine procedure. Examples of mammalian host
cell lines may
include, without limitation, monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by 5V40 (COS-
7, ATCC
CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth
in
suspension culture, Graham et at., J. Gen Virol. 36:59 (1977)); baby hamster
kidney cells
(BHK, ATCC CCL 10); mouse sertoli cells (TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod. 23:243-251
(1980));
monkey kidney cells (CV1 ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-
76,
ATCC CRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL 2); canine
kidney
cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442);
human
lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse
mammary
tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TRI cells (Mather et at., Annals N.Y. Acad.
Sci.
383:44-68 (1982)); MRC 5 cells; F54 cells; and a human hepatoma line (Hep G2).
Other
useful mammalian host cell lines include myeloma cell lines such as NSO and
Sp2/0. For a
review of certain mammalian host cell lines suitable for antibody production,
see, e.g.,
Yazaki and Wu, Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 248 (B. K. C. Lo, ed.,
Humana Press,
Totowa, N.J., 2003), pp. 255-268.
Plant cell cultures of cotton, corn, potato, soybean, petunia, tomato,
duckweed
(Leninaceae), alfalfa (M. truncatula), and tobacco can also be utilized as
hosts.
Suitable prokaryotic cells for this purpose include eubacteria, such as Gram-
negative
or Gram-positive organisms, for example, Enterobacteriaceae such as
Escherichia, e.g., E.
79
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
coli, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus, Salmonella, e.g., Salmonella
typhimurium,
Serratia, e.g., Serratia marcescans, and Shigella, as well as Bacilli such as
B. subtilis and B.
licheniformis (e.g., B. licheniformis 41P disclosed in DD 266,710 published 12
Apr. 1989),
Pseudomonas such as P. aeruginosa, and Streptomyces. One preferred E. coli
cloning host is
E. coli 294 (ATCC 31,446), although other strains such as E. coli B, E. coli
X1776 (ATCC
31,537), and E. coli W3110 (ATCC 27,325) are suitable. These examples are
illustrative
rather than limiting.
In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or
yeast are
suitable cloning or expression hosts for antibody-encoding vectors.
Saccharomyces
cerevisiae, or common baker's yeast, is the most commonly used among lower
eukaryotic
host microorganisms. However, a number of other genera, species, and strains
are commonly
available and useful herein, such as Schizosaccharomyces pombe; Kluyveromyces
hosts such
as, e.g., K. lactis, K. fragilis (ATCC 12,424), K. bulgaricus (ATCC 16,045),
K. wickeramii
(ATCC 24,178), K. waltii (ATCC 56,500), K. drosophilarum (ATCC 36,906), K.
thermotolerans, and K. marxianus; yarrowia (EP 402,226); Pichia pastoris (EP
183,070);
Candida; Trichoderma reesia (EP 244,234); Neurospora crassa; Schwanniomyces
such as
Schwanniomyces occidentalis; and filamentous fungi such as, e.g., Neurospora,
Penicillium,
Tolypocladium, and Aspergillus hosts such as A. nidulans and A. niger. .
RIFAMYCIN-TYPE ANTIBIOTIC MOIETIES
The antibiotic moiety (abx) of the antibody-antibiotic conjugates (AAC) of the
invention is a rifamycin-type antibiotic or group that has a cytotoxic or
cytostatic effect. The
rifamycins are a group of antibiotics that are obtained either naturally by
the bacterium,
Nocardia mediterranei, Amycolatopsis mediterranei or artificially. They are a
subclass of the
larger Ansamycin family which inhibit bacterial RNA polymerase (Fujii et al
(1995)
Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 39:1489-1492; Feklistov, et al (2008) Proc Natl
Acad Sci
USA, 105(39): 14820-5) and have potency against gram-positive and selective
gram-negative
bacteria. Rifamycins are particularly effective against mycobacteria, and are
therefore used
to treat tuberculosis, leprosy, and mycobacterium avium complex (MAC)
infections. The
rifamycin-type group includes the "classic" rifamycin drugs as well as the
rifamycin
derivatives rifampicin (rifampin, CA Reg. No. 13292-46-1), rifabutin (CA Reg.
No. 72559-
06-9; US 2011/0178001), rifapentine and rifalazil (CA Reg. No. 129791-92-0,
Rothstein et al
(2003) Expert Opin. Investig. Drugs 12(2):255-271; Fujii et al (1994)
Antimicrob. Agents
Chemother. 38:1118-1122. Many rifamycin-type antibiotics share the detrimental
property of
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
resistance development (Wichelhaus et al (2001) J. Antimicrob. Chemother.
47:153-156).
Rifamycins were first isolated in 1957 from a fermentation culture of
Streptomyces
mediterranei. About seven rifamycins were discovered, named Rifamycin A, B, C,
D, E, S,
and SV (US 3150046). Rifamycin B was the first introduced commercially and was
useful in
treating drug-resistant tuberculosis in the 1960s. Rifamycins have been used
for the
treatment of many diseases, the most important one being HIV-related
Tuberculosis. Due to
the large number of available analogues and derivatives, rifamycins have been
widely utilized
in the elimination of pathogenic bacteria that have become resistant to
commonly used
antibiotics. For instance, Rifampicin is known for its potent effect and
ability to prevent drug
resistance. It rapidly kills fast-dividing bacilli strains as well as
"persisters" cells, which
remain biologically inactive for long periods of time that allow them to evade
antibiotic
activity. In addition, rifabutin and rifapentine have both been used against
tuberculosis
acquired in HIV-positive patients.
Antibiotic moieties (abx) of the Formula I antibody-antibiotic conjugates are
rifamycin-type moieties having the structure:
0
/II,, 0 ....k 0-......
0
R 0 v.;OR
1
- OH .,µOH
. ,
1
t.., dõ....
R2 ¨ -0 HO,,, ,,,,,
HN 0
I
wherein:
the dashed lines indicate an optional bond;
R is H, C1¨C12 alkyl, or C(0)CH3;
R1 is OH;
R2 is CH=N¨(heterocyclyl), wherein the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted
with
one or more groups independently selected from C(0)CH3, Ci¨C12 alkyl, Ci¨C12
heteroaryl,
C2¨C20 heterocyclyl, C6¨C20 aryl, and C3¨C12 carbocyclyl;
or R1 and R2 form a five- or six-membered fused heteroaryl or heterocyclyl,
and
optionally forming a spiro or fused six-membered heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,
aryl, or
81
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
carbocyclyl ring, wherein the Spiro or fused six-membered heteroaryl,
heterocyclyl, aryl, or
carbocyclyl ring is optionally substituted H, F, Cl, Br, I, Ci¨C12 alkyl, or
OH; and
where the peptide linker L is covalently attached to R2.
An embodiment of a rifamycin-type moiety is:
0
//õ,
0
R4 0 v= OR
I
N
0 0 OH s\\OH
(R3)2N Z n HOi; ",/1
,.,
HN 0
I
wherein R3 is independently selected from H and C1¨C12 alkyl; R4 is selected
from H,
F, Cl, Br, I, C1¨C12 alkyl, and OH; and Z is selected from NH, N(C1¨C12
alkyl), 0 and S; and
where the peptide linker L is covalently attached to the nitrogen atom of
N(R3)2.
An embodiment of a rifampicin-type moiety is:
0
/4õ 0 -......L Ø..._
0 40
R1
101 OH OH
sµ\
I OH H b, "ii,
N HN 0
N-
N
R5
wherein
R5 is selected from H and C1¨C12 alkyl; and where the peptide linker L is
covalently
attached to the nitrogen atom of NR5.
82
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
An embodiment of a rifabutin-type moiety is:
0
/4,,
0
0 io \,.. OH\\OH
)R
R5-Nn<Ns-
N le 0 µ H 0 b . ,,,I
H
HN 0
1
wherein R5 is selected from H and C1¨C12 alkyl; and where the peptide linker L
is
covalently attached to the nitrogen atom of NR5.
An embodiment of a benzoxazinorifamycin-type moiety is:
0
4,,,
OH 0 OR
I 0 W \ N 0 OH .\\OH
rN 0 0
N HN 0
R5
wherein R5 is selected from H and C1¨C12 alkyl; and where the peptide linker L
is
covalently attached to the nitrogen atom of NR5.
An embodiment of a benzoxazinorifamycin-type moiety, referred to herein as
pipBOR, is:
0
/4õ
0
OH 0V
0 \µ N 0 OH , ni_i
\\.,..
N 0 0 HO,, ,,,,,
(R3)2N HN0
I
83
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
wherein R3 is independently selected from H and Ci-C12 alkyl; and where the
peptide
linker L is covalently attached to the nitrogen atom of N(R3)2.
An embodiment of a benzoxazinorifamycin-type moiety, referred to herein as
dimethyl pipBOR, is:
0
/4 0,, I \O -.....
s.
0 OAc
OH
\µµµs
0 N 0 HOH OH
1
5 0 HN
/
(CH3)2N 0
1
where the peptide linker L is covalently attached to the nitrogen atom of
N(CH3)2.
The semi-synthetic derivative rifamycin S, or the reduced, sodium salt form
rifamycin
SV, can be converted to Rifalazil-type antibiotics in several steps, where R
is H, or Ac, R3 is
independently selected from H and C1-C12 alkyl; R4 is selected from H, F, Cl,
Br, I, C1-C12
10 alkyl, and OH; and Z is selected from NH, N(Ci-C12 alkyl), 0 and S, as
exemplified in
Figures 9-11. Benzoxazino (Z = 0), benzthiazino (Z = S), benzdiazino (Z = NH,
N(Ci-C12
alkyl) rifamycins may be prepared (US 7271165). Benzoxazinorifamycin (BOR),
benzthiazinorifamycin (BTR), and benzdiazinorifamycin (BDR) analogs that
contain
substituents are numbered according to the numbering scheme provided in
formula A at
column 28 in US 7271165, which is incorporated by reference for this purpose.
By "25-0-
deacetyl" rifamycin is meant a rifamycin analog in which the acetyl group at
the 25-position
has been removed. Analogs in which this position is further derivatized are
referred to as a
"25-0-deacety1-25-(substituent)rifamycin", in which the nomenclature for the
derivatizing
group replaces "substituent" in the complete compound name.
Rifamycin-type antibiotic moieties can be synthesized by methods analogous to
those
disclosed in US 4610919; US 4983602; US 5786349; U55981522; US 4859661; US
7271165; US 2011/0178001; Seligson, et al., (2001) Anti-Cancer Drugs 12:305-
13; Chem.
Pharm. Bull., (1993) 41:148, each of which is hereby incorporated by
reference). Rifamycin-
type antibiotic moieties can be screened for antimicrobial activity by
measuring their
minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC), using standard MIC in vitro assays
(Tomioka et
al., (1993) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 37:67).
84
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
0
0 /4õ
0
/4õ 0 I 0-...._
Ra 0 OH,\OH -
0 0
OAc I
100
I 401 \µµµµ N OH H
.,L.\OH
0
le s
-).- (R3)2N Z
HN 0 //, "///
0
HN 0
1
I
benzoxazinorifamycin
rifamycin-S
PEPTIDE LINKERS
A "peptide linker" (L) is a bifunctional or multifunctional moiety which is
covalently
attached to one or more antibiotic moieties (abx) and an antibody unit (Ab) to
form antibody-
antibiotic conjugates (AAC) of Formula I. Peptide linkers in AAC are
substrates for cleavage
by intracellular proteases, including lysosomal conditions. Proteases includes
various
cathepsins and caspases. Cleavage of the peptide linker of an AAC inside a
cell may release
the rifamycin-type antibiotic with anti-bacterial effects.
The amount of active antibiotic released from cleavage of AAC can be measured
by
the Caspase release assay of Example 20.
Antibody-antibiotic conjugates (AAC) can be conveniently prepared using a
linker
reagent or linker-antibiotic intermediate having reactive functionality for
binding to the
antibiotic (abx) and to the antibody (Ab). In one exemplary embodiment, a
cysteine thiol of a
cysteine engineered antibody (Ab) can form a bond with a functional group of a
linker
reagent, an antibiotic moiety or antibiotic-linker intermediate.
The peptide linker moiety of an AAC In one aspect, a linker reagent or linker-
antibiotic intermediate has a reactive site which has an electrophilic group
that is reactive to a
nucleophilic cysteine present on an antibody. The cysteine thiol of the
antibody is reactive
with an electrophilic group on a linker reagent or linker-antibiotic, forming
a covalent bond.
Useful electrophilic groups include, but are not limited to, maleimide and
haloacetamide
groups.
Cysteine engineered antibodies react with linker reagents or linker-antibiotic
intermediates, with electrophilic functional groups such as maleimide or a-
halo carbonyl,
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
according to the conjugation method at page 766 of Klussman, et al (2004),
Bioconjugate
Chemistry 15(4):765-773, and according to the protocol of Example 19.
In another embodiment, the reactive group of a linker reagent or linker-
antibiotic
intermediate contains a thiol-reactive functional group that can form a bond
with a free
cysteine thiol of an antibody. Examples of thiol-reaction functional groups
include, but are
not limited to, maleimide, a-haloacetyl, activated esters such as succinimide
esters,
4-nitrophenyl esters, pentafluorophenyl esters, tetrafluorophenyl esters,
anhydrides, acid
chlorides, sulfonyl chlorides, isocyanates and isothiocyanates.
In another embodiment, a linker reagent or antibiotic-linker intermediate has
a
reactive functional group which has a nucleophilic group that is reactive to
an electrophilic
group present on an antibody. Useful electrophilic groups on an antibody
include, but are not
limited to, pyridyl disulfide, aldehyde and ketone carbonyl groups. The
heteroatom of a
nucleophilic group of a linker reagent or antibiotic-linker intermediate can
react with an
electrophilic group on an antibody and form a covalent bond to an antibody
unit. Useful
nucleophilic groups on a linker reagent or antibiotic-linker intermediate
include, but are not
limited to, hydrazide, oxime, amino, thiol, hydrazine, thiosemicarbazone,
hydrazine
carboxylate, and arylhydrazide. The electrophilic group on an antibody
provides a convenient
site for attachment to a linker reagent or antibiotic-linker intermediate.
A peptide linker may comprise one or more linker components. Exemplary linker
components include a peptide unit, 6-maleimidocaproyl ("MC"),
maleimidopropanoyl
("MP"), valine-citrulline ("val-cit" or "vc"), alanine-phenylalanine ("ala-
phe"), and p-
aminobenzyloxycarbonyl ("PAB"), N-succinimidyl 4-(2-pyridylthio) pentanoate
("SPP"),
and 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1 carboxylate ("MCC"). Various linker
components are known in the art, some of which are described below.
In another embodiment, the linker may be substituted with groups that modulate
solubility or reactivity. For example, a charged substituent such as sulfonate
(-S03-) or
ammonium, may increase water solubility of the reagent and facilitate the
coupling reaction
of the linker reagent with the antibody or the antibiotic moiety, or
facilitate the coupling
reaction of Ab-L (antibody-linker intermediate) with abx, or abx-L (antibiotic-
linker
intermediate) with Ab, depending on the synthetic route employed to prepare
the AAC.
The AAC of the invention expressly contemplate, but are not limited to, those
prepared with linker reagents: BMPEO, BMPS, EMCS, GMBS, HBVS, LC-SMCC, MBS,
MPBH, SBAP, SIA, SIAB, SMCC, SMPB, SMPH, sulfo-EMCS, sulfo-GMBS, sulfo-KMUS,
86
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
sulfo-MBS, sulfo-SIAB, sulfo-SMCC, sulfo-SMPB, SVSB (succinimidy1-(4-
vinylsulfone)benzoate), and bis-maleimide reagents such as DTME, BMB, BMDB,
BMH,
BMOE, BM(PEG)2, and BM(PEG)3. Bis-maleimide reagents allow the attachment of
the
thiol group of a cysteine engineered antibody to a thiol-containing antibiotic
moiety, label, or
linker intermediate, in a sequential or convergent fashion. Other functional
groups besides
maleimide, which are reactive with a thiol group of a cysteine engineered
antibody, antibiotic
moiety, or linker-antibiotic intermediate include iodoacetamide,
bromoacetamide, vinyl
pyridine, disulfide, pyridyl disulfide, isocyanate, and isothiocyanate.
0
0 0 0
tz,=,0,, 0 z,0,..100
\ 0 \ /
0 0 0
BM(PEG)2 BM(PEG)3
Useful linker reagents can also be obtained via other commercial sources, such
as
Molecular Biosciences Inc.(Boulder, CO), or synthesized in accordance with
procedures
described in Toki et al (2002) J. Org. Chem. 67:1866-1872; Dubowchik, et al.
(1997)
Tetrahedron Letters, 38:5257-60; Walker, M.A. (1995) J. Org. Chem. 60:5352-
5355; Frisch
et al (1996) Bioconjugate Chem. 7:180-186; US 6214345; WO 02/088172; US
2003130189;
U52003096743; WO 03/026577; WO 03/043583; and WO 04/032828.
In another embodiment, the peptide linker moiety of an AAC comprises a
dendritic
type linker for covalent attachment of more than one antibiotic moiety through
a branching,
multifunctional linker moiety to an antibody (Sun et al (2002) Bioorganic &
Medicinal
Chemistry Letters 12:2213-2215; Sun et al (2003) Bioorganic & Medicinal
Chemistry
11:1761-1768). Dendritic linkers can increase the molar ratio of antibiotic to
antibody, i.e.
loading, which is related to the potency of the AAC. Thus, where a cysteine
engineered
antibody bears only one reactive cysteine thiol group, a multitude of
antibiotic moieties may
be attached through a dendritic linker.
In certain embodiments of Formula I AAC, the peptide linker has the formula:
-Str-Pep-Y-
where Str is a stretcher unit covalently attached to the anti-wall teichoic
acid (WTA)
antibody; Pep is a peptide of two to twelve amino acid residues, and Y is a
spacer unit
covalently attached to the rifamycin-type antibiotic. Exemplary embodiments of
such linkers
are described in US 7498298, expressly incorporated herein by reference.
87
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
In one embodiment, a stretcher unit "Str" has the formula:
0
----1(
N¨R6¨C(0)-
0
wherein R6 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C10 alkylene-, -C3-C8
carbocyclo, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl)-, -arylene-, -Ci-Cio alkylene-arylene-, -arylene-
Ci-Cio alkylene-
, -C1-C10 alkylene-(C3-C8 carbocyclo)-, -(C3-C8 carbocyclo)-Ci-Cio alkylene-, -
C3-C8
heterocyclo-, -C 1 -C 10 alkylene-(C3 -C 8 heterocyclo)-, 4C3 -C 8
heterocyclo)-C 1 -C 10 alkylene-, -
(CH2CH20),-, and -(CH2CH20),-CH2-; and r is an integer ranging from 1 to 10.
Exemplary stretcher units are shown below (wherein the wavy line indicates
sites of
covalent attachment to an antibody):
0
----- 0
0 MC
0 0
_________________ ----(
NIC.s5
----- Si-
0 MP
0
0
N N C)0.ri-ll.1-
1
H 0
0
0
AN 0
(222,
-----< 0
0
sij
NH
0 =
A peptide unit "Pep" comprises two or more amino acid residues that occur
naturally,
including the twenty major amino acids as well as minor amino acids such as
citrulline,
which are well known in the field of biochemistry. Amino acids are
distinguished by their
88
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
side chain. The peptide unit thus comprises two or more amino acid side
chains, including
but not limited to, ¨CH3 (alanine), ¨CH2CH2CH2NHC(NH)NH2 (arginine),
¨CH2C(0)NH2
(asparagine), ¨CH2CO2H (aspartic acid), ¨CH2CH2CH2NHC(0)NH2 (citrulline),
¨CH2SH
(cysteine), ¨CH2CH2CO2H (glutamic acid), ¨CH2CH2C(0)NH2 (glutamine), ¨H
(glycine),
¨CH2(imidazoly1) (histidine), ¨CH(CH3)CH2CH3 (isoleucine), ¨CH2CH(CH3)CH3
(leucine),
¨CH2CH2CH2CH2NH2 (lysine), ¨CH2CH2SCH3 (methionine), ¨CH2(C6H5)
(phenylalanine),
¨CH2CH2CH2¨ (proline), ¨CH2OH (serine), ¨CH(OH)CH3 (threonine), ¨CH2(indole)
(tryptophan), ¨CH2(p-C6H4OH) (tyrosine), ¨CHCH(CH3)CH3 (valine). See page 1076-
1077,
"Organic Chemistry" 5th Ed. John McMurry, Brooks/Cole pub. (2000). The amino
acid
residues of the peptide unit include all stereoisomers, and may be in the D or
L
configurations. In one embodiment, Pep comprises two to twelve amino acid
residues
independently selected from glycine, alanine, phenylalanine, lysine, arginine,
valine, and
citrulline. In one such embodiment, the amino acid unit allows for cleavage of
the linker by a
protease, thereby facilitating release of the antibiotic from the AAC upon
exposure to
intracellular proteases, such as lysosomal enzymes (Doronina et al. (2003)
Nat. Biotechnol.
21:778-784). Exemplary amino acid units include, but are not limited to, a
dipeptide, a
tripeptide, a tetrapeptide, a pentapeptide, and a hexapeptide. Exemplary
dipeptides include:
valine-citrulline (vc or val-cit), alanine-phenylalanine (af or ala-phe);
phenylalanine-lysine
(fk or phe-lys); or N-methyl-valine-citrulline (Me-val-cit). Exemplary
tripeptides include:
glycine-valine-citrulline (gly-val-cit), valine-citrulline-phenylalanine (val-
cit-phe), and
glycine-glycine-glycine (gly-gly-gly). Additional peptide linkers include
GGAFAGGG
(SEQ ID NO: 126); tpm-cit; GPImeLFF (SEQ ID NO: 129); and LAFG (SEQ ID NO:
128).
Peptide linkers can be prepared by forming a peptide bond between two or more
amino acids
and/or peptide fragments. Such peptide bonds can be prepared, for example,
according to the
liquid phase synthesis method (E. Schroder and K. Liibke (1965) "The
Peptides", volume 1,
pp 76-136, Academic Press) which is well known in the field of peptide
chemistry. Amino
acid units can be designed and optimized in their selectivity for enzymatic
cleavage by a
particular enzyme, for example, a tumor-associated protease, cathepsin B, C
and D, or a
plasmin protease.
In one embodiment, spacer unit Y comprises para-aminobenzyl or para-
aminobenzyloxycarbonyl. A "non-self-immolative" spacer unit is one in which
part or all of
the spacer unit remains bound to the antibiotic moiety upon enzymatic (e.g.,
proteolytic)
cleavage of the AAC. Examples of non-self-immolative spacer units include, but
are not
89
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
limited to, a glycine spacer unit and a glycine-glycine spacer unit. Other
combinations of
peptidic spacers susceptible to sequence-specific enzymatic cleavage are also
contemplated.
For example, enzymatic cleavage of an AAC containing a glycine-glycine spacer
unit by a
tumor-cell associated protease would result in release of a glycine-glycine-
antibiotic moiety
from the remainder of the AAC. In one such embodiment, the glycine-glycine-
antibiotic
moiety is then subjected to a separate hydrolysis step in the tumor cell, thus
cleaving the
glycine-glycine spacer unit from the antibiotic moiety.
A spacer unit allows for release of the antibiotic moiety without a separate
hydrolysis
step. A spacer unit may be "self-immolative" or a "non-self-immolative." In
certain
embodiments, a spacer unit of a linker comprises a p-aminobenzyl unit (PAB).
In one such
embodiment, a p-aminobenzyl alcohol is attached to an amino acid unit via an
amide bond, a
carbamate, methylcarbamate, or carbonate between the p-aminobenzyl group and
the
antibiotic moiety (Hamann et al. (2005) Expert Opin. Ther. Patents (2005)
15:1087-1103).
In one embodiment, the spacer unit is p-aminobenzyloxycarbonyl (PAB).
In one embodiment, the antibiotic forms a quaternary amine, such as the
dimethylaminopiperidyl group, when attached to the PAB spacer unit of the
peptide linker.
Examples of such quaternary amines are linker-antibiotic intermediates (LA)
are 54, 61, 66,
67, 73, 74, 76, 78, 79, 83, 84 from Table 2. The quaternary amine group may
modulate
cleavage of the antibiotic moiety to optimize the antibacterial effects of the
AAC. In another
embodiment, the antibiotic is linked to the PABC spacer unit of the peptide
linker, forming a
carbamate functional group in the AAC. Such carbamate functional group may
also optimize
the antibacterial effects of the AAC. Examples of PABC carbamate linker-
antibiotic
intermediates (LA) are 51, 52, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58, 62, 63, 64, 65, 72, 75, 80,
81, 87 from Table
2. Other linker-antibiotic intermediates (LA) employ amide (59, 69, 70, 71,
77, 82, 85) or
phenolic (60, 68, 86) groups.
Other examples of self-immolative spacers include, but are not limited to,
aromatic
compounds that are electronically similar to the PAB group such as 2-
aminoimidazol-5-
methanol derivatives (US 7375078; Hay et al. (1999) Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett.
9:2237) and
ortho- or para-aminobenzylacetals. Spacers can be used that undergo
cyclization upon amide
bond hydrolysis, such as substituted and unsubstituted 4-aminobutyric acid
amides
(Rodrigues et al (1995) Chemistry Biology 2:223), appropriately substituted
bicyclo[2.2.1]
and bicyclo[2.2.2] ring systems (Storm et al (1972)J. Amer. Chem. Soc.
94:5815) and 2-
aminophenylpropionic acid amides (Amsberry, et al (1990)J. Org. Chem.
55:5867).
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Elimination of amine-containing drugs that are substituted at glycine
(Kingsbury et al (1984)
J. Med. Chem. 27:1447) is also exemplary of self-immolative spacers useful in
AAC.
LINKER-ANTIBIOTIC INTERMEDIATES USEFUL FOR AAC
Linker-antibiotic intermediates (LA) of Formula II and Table 2 were prepared
by
coupling a rifamycin-type antibiotic moiety with a peptide-linker reagent, as
exemplified in
Figures 23-25 and Examples 1-17. Linker reagents were prepared by methods
described in
WO 2012/113847; US 7659241; US 7498298; US 20090111756; US 2009/0018086; US
6214345; Dubowchik et al (2002) Bioconjugate Chem. 13(4):855-869, including:
4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-
methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)benzyl 4-nitrophenyl carbonate 6
0
0
0
)c
0
110 NO2
- N
H
0 0 --- H
(NH
H2N 6
6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-y1)-N4S)-1-((S)-1-(4-
(hydroxymethyl)phenylamino)-1-oxo-5-ureidopentan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-
oxobutan-2-
y1)hexanamide 8
0
VI ,._. JL)cr irl ic.; = OH
.--:N
0 H = H
Or
HN
0 N H2 8
N-((S)-1-((S)-1-(4-(chloromethyl)phenylamino)-1-oxo-5-ureidopentan-2-ylamino)-
3-
methyl-l-oxobutan-2-y1)-6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamide 9
0
VI ,.. JLI 1 r ( ci
i)1 0
N
0 Ho H
H
0),---=
HN
0 N I-12 9
91
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
Table 2 Linker-antibiotic intermediates (LA)
LA Structure
No.
LA-51
/õ. o
1 \cil 0
.\... µ......
o
HO $
sµOH
40 OH
,
0 .0 0 0 HO/ = 0 õ/
ri )LC)
0AN HN 0
c
0
140 H \ 1
_ N
H - H
0 0
NH
ONH2
LA-52 o
1 \
i,õ
o ss. o)C
OH
0 N I." OH AOH
. ?, ...0 0 0 H0i, ,,,/
0 HN 0
0 0
c
NH N40 0-NN
H I t....................,,,,IL
N .
0 H Of
z H
HN
Hr\INH2
LA-53 0
ib, 0 I ,0-._ 0
OH 0
I WIN
101 OH AOH
: 0 H0
0
Cd "Cy i, ,,,,
HN 0
)1... ri0 ....,...õ0õ.........,0,1i H ....................)(0 y H 0 dm
0^E,,
1
--'''...
µ_.. H = H
0 0 0 )..
NH
i'NH2
92
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-54 o /
o I x) 0
0 o)L
OH 1.1 \µµ
N OH ,t0H
(10 .
0 01 0
N+, 1 0 HO).,,
cr
H 0 110 HN 0
t '
1 I
):)(NrN 11.'"N
O H of= H
HN
ONH2
LA-55 .õ,.. 0 1
Ho p¨
O iiii H S OH
N lir
ci-o 0, 0 oe OH = H
H
H04 ===.,
0 HN 0
N i
1.,),Ii ?
1
N N0
H A H
O 0
HN
0NH2
LA-56 0-1
.., 1 0-
" 0 --,..0 0
" 0)
=H
H
0 ------NN illi 0 0 0
0
CAN/\) HN, ,0
1
cr(/\/\J=INH j I
N=N
- H
0 0
HN
0 NH2
LA-57 .1
,...
=H o OH
Ni 10 H
0 0 OHH .õ00H
10t r"--N
HN o
i =
o ''''
0 0------lr
1
H 1 INI
O 0
HN
0NH,
93
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-58 o 1 \
I '
o
o N I
0 0H s\OH
0 0 0 0 A' D N ---
0 HO/ , .,/,
N H
O H ¨ H
¨
0 HN 0
I
HN
H2NL0
LA-59 0 1 c),_
r
OH 0 1 & * 0
N 'NW'
0H,µµ \OH
0 NIHnT11?1,111j? Hiia
tCANHNMI= HNMI NThrN--.- N HN 0
H H H I
\ 0 0 0 0
0
*
LA-60 /4
' o
'µµ\ o-
o o
o 4 0
N I 01
A-OH
N õ = 10 OH
,-,"
ki f HO/, =,/
O 0 /
O H = H
HN H NO:
I
H2NO
LA-61 o ,
i,õ= o 1 0¨
s.
OH 0 1 H OH
0 C OH "\OH
HOhl
i
N.0 0 0 . /. ..////
0 HN 0
c I
0
).0-rcrL)*LN 10 ' 1
\
N
O H = H
Of
HN
H2N /0
94
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-62 c)
III. I n
0 µµ.._,,, 0
ON 0 0 jc
I
OH
0
c IL):(0 c r FNi ...... i''........ N.) N S 0 HO/, .,,,
0 HN 0
N _ N0 ) I
O H = H \
05,-,
HN
H2eL0
LA-63 o
..µs OH
0 1
\ HO
O
OH = S 0 H Oh eq,
0 0 0 NI ,) HN 0
N
0 ====.. I
O H 0 a H
i L
N NH2
H
LA-64 o
I I
b,
= o As_r,
.\
'' OH
OH *
Nilir OH s\OH
0 (---N 0 '111111IIIII" 0 H Oh
=,/,
HN o
X N N
. 0 `.... I
O H 0 = H
NH
NH2
LA-65 o
ii,= o I Aol o
,..\ )
OH o 10
N
& === ill OH =
\OH
r---N 0 0 H0i, =,/,
o
c 0 rEi 0 110 OTN,) HN 0
N,./.AN NõAN I
0 "...
O H 0 =, H
1...NH
ONH2
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
LA-66 0
0
OHO ,_)1...
µ,.= ,-,
diNii N iiih OH AOH
ON WI 0.'W 0 HO4 :,,,,,
0 N*
I µ HN 0
I
0 0 0 OIF)1 "LIIIIIP
crfi))c)L
0 H a il
oj,..-
HN
H2N"...L0
LA-67 0) I
= 0 se 0
0
OH 0
N I WI
IS0H s \\OH
(1\1 0 0 .,,,,
N.,....õ) HN 0
I
Ilik /
0
0..../....../ j\--ho ----v...
N NH
0
0
LA-68 I
0
/4,
' o o
X-r
cLo
0 010 0 FNII"-AN op N4W
OH AOH
0 H = H
Of rN 0
)õN1) HN 0
HN
I
H2NAO
LA-69 o, /
'4, o ' (:))-
OH0 0
N 10 \OHOH
,
0 0 0 'µµµ 1 ? N.....,,A,
= 0
H N N 101 0
2 µ
.....z......}...N..--..,,e..N,,,..k..N N.,.."..N ,,,c) HN 0
\ (:)H0z
H 8 c,.....- H I
0 Y 0 \
96
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-70/
I,,, 00 1L. 4) ()
. /"---
OH = \µ"
O nu
H
0 0 0 'µµµµ 0 0 ' Mill OHO, ,µ,..,..
0 '
,
Nj=L NLAN N1')(N1 HN 0
.../(..*--)N
Hi() 11 a H 0 H I
0
0 0 y 0 \
LA-71
0
- ) - -
OH
I. N OH s r)I-1
\ v 1 1
O 0 H 0 0 : W a F10/, *,,,
N
Cl
....NCNANN'AN HN ixo.xõ
\ H a H
0 0 0 H I
NH
ONH2
LA-72 o,
"",'
OH 0 0 "OH
1
0 N Ho w 0 0(1:1- i
5)L 0 HN 0
1
co 0N (N....rANla ON
O HOH
NH
0.'NH2
LA-73 (:)
1 n
'''''' 0 '`µ`-'''= i
N = 10
0 = OH ,\`(:)H
N S 01-10/4.
cri0 y I , HN 0
H ? 0 y+) 1
N---r-N--N
OH0 H
HI
H2N 0
97
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-74 o
ii= o I µ()
o * o o
N I
OH \OH
0 0 0 HO,).,,
105( H 0
I HN 0
c1 N
N,AN4 Nr I
0 H - H
Or
HN
H2NO
LA-75 o
I
/4. I0
o .\
ON i
0* s' 4r OH \ 0 FP
0 HO/ wi
0
c 0 H Ou 10 H
01 HN 0
NX N N I
0 H 0 = H ,..,
(
Nj) N H2
H
LA-76 0
I I
= 0 AO
.\\
= OH
OH 10
0 I\L 0 OH sµOH
(1\1 0 0 H Oh =,//
N+,) HN 0
0 ri_i 0 /
I
N,)LN E.
-NI 0 iH
NH
0.11.r.1 0 ONH2
98
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-77 0
0 AO
OH 0.--....1(
N I
(10 * OH AOH 0
N 0 0 H Oh =,,/
0 HN 0
0
c NITI criuN 110 I
_
0 H = H
0
NH
0 NH2
LA-78 o
/, I A
'
o
OH 0 0 ==`µ 0¨c
N I
(110 - -.... 0 OH AO H
i
0 N'AC 0 a H 0/, =,,,,
0 H jj = I H N 0
cf 1 ,...../ ====,.../ '===.... )1, X.I.r N N I
0 0 \ Is
NH
0 N H2
LA-79 0
/4' o IL
'o
A...., 1
0\
i 40 '
1 0
ION., 0 0 H . \ 0 H
.01 0 H 0 =I,
0 /
0 I H N 0
crrIN\)'L Xir N NOP T
\
H H
0 (D i
H N
H2Nr...L0
LA-80 0
I ni
/ 4,
0 A.,
0
OH 0 Ai -ic
N
,OH
N 0 0 H 0/, =,,,
H N
AO (10 0
0 I
0 1.4 0 11111 0 N
H
cfl N../.)(1)c.r i \ i ,.A N LW
0 H = H
0 ===1
N H
(D....NH2
99
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-81 o
I,,,
I sµ)
O
==\\\ OH
0
N =
4 = 0H AOH
0 0 S o H 0/,1 -,/,
0
VIN)cr H 0 110 0)L H HN 0
O H = H
0
NH
H2N'.L0
LA-82 o
o sv,
A
OH 0 I. ' OH
N 0 OH sµ
OH
N 0 0
ct...............,..,.....j,,0 N 0 HN
0 0 0
I
_
O H = H N
0
NH
ON H2
LA-83 o
ii,= o I I
µ0 o
= . )¨
o A s" o
N
lo , 0 IIIIFIP 0H \OH
0
0 ,=,,N S = //
ct../====./"-----)L...;1-N-1 N 140 7 \ HN 0
N
I
0 H z H
O \
HNr
H2N /0
LA-84 o
I I
0 I& = o
N
0H , \OH
HOh ,,,,/
0HN
0 -= ' N -s= .= ) o
N......+4,N
I
O H
Or H
HN
H2N
100
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-85 I o
o .\01 0
//'=
µµ
OH 0
N
01111111111'...4 0H AOH
N 0 0 HO,,).,,
c If]0
0
HN0 ri31 1.1 I
N N N \
0 H = H
0
NH
0....NH2
LA-86 o
I". I
0
o o
..\\o&o
cf ci? (110 o
I 01
N '=_"N 401 N.., 0 0H .,01_,
0 H = H
Of =/
0 HO, =
0\1 0 ',/
HN
N
HN 0
H2N0 I I
LA-87
(L._
I w
N
1.1 = AOH
o 0 u)kNiN1 0,)kN5y01,ANINI OH
o H O i 01 0 A .,,,
N
H = H HN
\ 0 0 0 W O. NH 0
H
0
* Y
0 , I
LA-88 (31
I I
*'. o NO
OH 0
1W
=
Ni+,0 0 AO OH
0 . i HNo
1
0 HN4\---
-----'____< NH
0_7_7_ j\---NH 0 '-----\___
NH
qN )----NH2
0
0
101
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-89 o
OHo
N =
I
OH AOH
0
0 0
)=L Njya cl HN 0 0 N ;
I
N N 'LAN
0 H = H
0
NH
oNH2
LA-90 o
= o Ao o
OH 0 = 'µµ\ OjC
I
0 11...0 01-1 AOH
0\1 0 HO =
0 c
0 H 0 * N HN 0 1 I
N _ N
0 H = H
Or
HN
H2N'c)
LA-91 o
1 1
''''"'= o ..0c) 0
OH 0
0 Nle OH ,AOH
0
_O 0
HN
\O
I
N ---N
0 H i H
0 _..---
HN/
H2N/...0
LA-92 ,c,
oyNH2 1 I
'4"'' o .=,00 /L
NH
0 H 9 H N 0 No 1 to H001 - 1,,,, ..
:17
lri\jNalli
4 H
0 ,.--7--.., 0 111 Oljil
N HNo
0 I I
102
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-93 H2Ny0
H NI,,i
0 L'..
4., I Hy 0
I
0 ,=4 \ 0 iii
0 H
N y-km ,,r,õ=,,,,,õ....
0 H 10 ''' Oic
00 Ny0 klIP 0 0
0
1&" N di
0 H ...`C) 0
N 0 41111 0
H N
0
I I
LA-94 0,
I 1
44'.. 0
oyNH2 0 -*"µ
= H
NH
Ill N...41110 *H "OH
0 H 0 N 4111111)" 0
H
t_HC/\/)rNnil HN 0
'''=-=G i
0 ,...,
0 N
Y
0
0
LA-95 o
ii,, I
o Aoõ
0
OH
* N1r OH A08
0 0\1 0 n
* 0,)LN HN 0
H I
0 01
....1r-)N.N
\ H
0
LA-96 o
ib, I n
0 sv.,.,..
,µ\ 0
OH 0 r& = 0 --/c
0 N-, rOH AO H
0 0 0
0 A LIN
VI (),L N)cr FNi N.),(0 HN 0
I
. N \
0 H 0 = H
c
NH
0..'NH2
103
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-97 o
b,= o I r,I
sv,
..\
OH 0 AlIII = OH
N lir
0 :0 OH AOH
0 rN 0 HO,,).,,
r...0
c
NNH N 0
0_JJ,N,'N. N õ...õ) HN 0 RI 0 jt H
I
`-.
_
0
H 0 = H
--.1
NH
0.4.'NH2
LA-98 o
I I
o
µ /.o
OH 0
N I VII
0 (....N
0 H Oh =õ/
0 .A... N) .... HN 0
N
crFr\i N
N
4 0 il'N'
I
'?' ===..
0 H 0 = H
0....' NH2
LA-99 o
II,' I n
0 sv,s, 0
OH 0 I&
N
AOH
N 0 0 H Oh .,,,
0 o 11101 HN 0
I
\
0 , 0
0 H
Of= H
HN
H2N..0
104
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-100 0
0
H2..,N1
HN4
0 NH
µ)/C)114:141/1
thic
HN 0
0
4 //,, I
0 sµCD 0
0 0 ..\\
0-ic
0 0
F 1\1 *
HO 1
4 * 0 OH AOH
N = //
aL 0 N
HN
H 0
I
\
LA-101 cr0
0 \NH2
0 NH HNO 0
) II,,
0 I
0
HN oilll i&
0 0 1
N
c".'hi Willi 0 ....or 0H t \OH
N 0 0 HO/, =,/,
HN 0
0 I
HO
LA-102 o o o 4 N '
L.N, 0 .71 0
N HO
csIfk./\r\)LNXicEN1-%)LN
_
0 Of 0.
HN
HN lisi.
H2N '0
1 .0,00H HOoH
- _ "OH
=
105
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
LA-103 o
II,, 0 I \o.... 0
OH
I. H '
N
0 SW 0 , \OH
rN 0 0 HO,).,,,
HN 0
I
citiOoc x 2õ 40 Nt
0
\
N ir N
0 H a H
Or
HN
H2NO
LA-104
*0 OH
A f----\
oNj( N H -
o ii o o
...t . o NLiN*N 0
l=A I\JA N
\ H 0 -= H 0 H '10/
0 1101 .1,1
HN OH 0
0 HO
0 _ '10H
\ / .
-
.-
LA-105 H2N yo
0 HN
/h, I
0
0 0
00 7
OH 0 0 HN
N I. 0 rINI YWI\
0 0
= ... 0 0H AO
0
0 0 n Oh v =,,
N HN 0
I I
\
LA-106 o
III, I
o A
o-
o
o
o o 0 o =
cr\IN)crENI N AOH
HN
_ N OH
0 H = H
Oi 0 -.- 0 ,
0 0 0 HO .,,
HN 0
I NI
,
I
H2NO
106
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-107 -
I,,,
o ----1\c)
OH 0 1 0 Cy
0
r\j 0 0 h , OH
' /OH
0
Fo HO . q
c0 HN 0
0 0 an r\c
' N ,L Xrr kl ,A N wi 1
O H = H
Or
HN
H2N 0
LA-108 o
0
µµµ
OH 0 1 '
1401 OH
* N, 0 OH AOH
0
rf 0 H 0 a NS 0
/
Xrr N JLN i\ HN 0
O H O - H I
HNi
H2N
LA-109 o
h' o I Ac). 0
OH 0
0
c 0 H II NN.
,== OHAOH
====N 0 o H Oh ,,,,
N ,..N.).L. :fir N...:A N 41) /' / HN 0
O HO = H
I
HNi
H2N10
LA-110 o
II, I n
' 0 sµ'-' =...
0 1 'µµ\ OH
# NI', rOH AOH
0 ,01 S 0 HOh .,,,
O HN 0
OA,
I,
I
H = H
0 0 )..,
NH
(D.*%. NH2
107
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-111 ')----
0 \ - , OH
r _OH
0
\µ`' It OH
HOW
0 /I 0
0 \
0
N --
cf,..N......... JL X(Fr\ii j0( 400 0
N N *0 ri
O H = H
Of
HN
r 1\1
\---/
H2N 0
LA-112 o
iii, 1
o Ao- 0
OH 0 0
I
O 0 N''s 0 OH A
OH
0 0 01\l's 0 HO =
cl.,..,..........ir.,j 1 \ HN 0 0
N . N
O H = H I
05,..= \
HN
H2NAO
LA-113 o
/4. o
o 0 A 0
cri.õ....,,, J.L.T.Trl j op 0 N = --/.
N N 0 0 0 H AOH
O H = H
of 0 S 0 HO/, =,//
HN --"N HNx0x,
I I
H2NA'0
LA-114 o
I \
//". o .,0 o
A >\----
o
N [\11/4N .....0(N le
= 0
O N 0H AOH
H
0 H 0/ , =,/,
O H = H HN 0
Or
......
HN I
H2N.....0
108
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
LA-115 o,
bl. I 0
ON iii 040
OH AOH
0 Cy IW S 0
0 HN ..0 ci 0 H 0 i OANI1
I
0 H = H
0 )..,
NH
0.....NH2
LA-116 o
/0,= o I I
,\O o
=.\\ oJ1,,...
OH I&
0 Nir OH AOH
rN 0
0 i_i 0 N) HN 0
cri=-..../\..-"\--)L.
N _ rN.õAN 4 I
\
0 H = H
Or
HN
H2NO
LA-117 (---%
o
N 0
\r0
?
H2N EN1 NH
0
0*,,,
0, 1,...
0 =\0\ 0
I
N . \OH
0 0
0 0 10/ 0 OH
F
HO 1 N
C\I 0 0 HO,, =,//
HN 0
NO.7 N
1 I
109
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
LA-118 0 1
H2N 1
HN
0"--N1H 04.µ41(
µ....\ . NH
iii,
HN NO
0
4 //'= 0 1 s\(:) V
0 0 ,
AOH
= I\1 OH
0 0
F µW 0 HO/, =///
HO 1 N 1 0
HN 0
NO.41117N
1
EMBODIMENTS OF ANTIBIODY-ANTIBIOTIC CONJUGATES
The S4497 antibody was linked to derivatives of rifamycin in Table 3 termed
pipBOR
and others via a protease cleavable, peptide linker. The linker is designed to
be cleaved by
5 lysosomal proteases including cathepsins B, D and others, which recognize
peptide units,
including the Valine-Citrulline (val-cit, vc) dipeptide (Dubowchik et al
(2002) Bioconj.
Chem. 13:855-869). Generation of the linker-antibiotic intermediate consisting
of the
antibiotic and the MC-vc-PAB linker and others, is described in detail in
Examples 1-17.
The linker is designed such that cleavage of the amide bond at the PAB moiety
separates the
10 antibody from the antibiotic in an active state.
The AAC termed S4497-dimethyl-pipBOR is identical to the S4497-pipBOR AAC
except for the dimethylated amino on the antibiotic and the oxycarbonyl group
on the linker.
Figure 5 shows a possible mechanism of drug activation for antibody-antibiotic
conjugates (AAC). Active antibiotic (Ab) is only released after
internalization of the AAC
inside mammalian cells. The Fab portion of the antibody in AAC binds S. aureus
whereas
the Fc portion of the AAC enhances uptake of the bacteria by Fc-receptor
mediated binding
to phagocytic cells including neutrophils and macrophages. After
internalization into the
phagolysosome, the Val-Cit linker is cleaved by lysosomal proteases releasing
the active
antibiotic inside the phagolysosome.
110
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
An embodiment of the antibody-antibiotic conjugate (AAC) compounds of the
invention includes the following:
AA1
H 0
I
abx
Ab¨Str¨ N yN
I
H 0 AA2
where AA1 and AA2 are independently selected from an amino acid side chain,
including H, -CH, -CH2(C6H5), -CH2CH2CH2CH2NH2, -CH2CH2CH2NHC(NH)NH2,
-CHCH(CH3)CH3, and -CH2CH2CH2NHC(0)NH2; and including the formulas:.
H 0
I
N abx
Ab¨Str¨N Y
I
H 0
HN/
0 NH2
0
0 AA1 H 0
Ab4,,,N ,)y ...," a bx
1
0 H 0 AA2 .
0
0 Xr H 0
Ab4N NFINIJ abx
Y
I
0 H 0 =-
/
HN/
0 N H2 .
111
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
0
0 AA1 H 0 I. abx
Ab4 (1\1)r rj ?N
0 0 AA2 H .
0
I. abx
Ab N
0 1!I Cy I)
H N )
0 N H2
0
0
0 AA1 H 0 0 0Aabx
Ab4N '==)(N rj N
0 1!I 0 i
AA2 H
0
0
0
Ab )(r H 0
0 0Aabx
4N '==)(N rj N
0 HO H
H N )
0 N H2
0 R7 R7
I
0
y 0 0 0A N.z1 N Nzabx
AA1
0 I II
R7 R7 0
Ab N
1 I
0 H 0 H
AA2 .
An embodiment of the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compounds of the invention
includes the following:
112
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
0
II,õ 0 ..... -,
0 0 vlOR
R1
1 OH ,xµOH
1
l õ
s--- so
Ab ¨L ¨R2
HN
0
I
I
wherein:
the dashed lines indicate an optional bond;
R is H, C1¨C12 alkyl, or C(0)CH3;
Ri is OH;
R2 is CH=N¨(heterocyclyl), wherein the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted
with
one or more groups independently selected from C(0)CH3, C1¨C12 alkyl, C1¨C12
heteroaryl,
C2¨C20 heterocyclyl, C6¨C20 aryl, and C3¨C12 carbocyclyl;
or R1 and R2 form a five- or six-membered fused heteroaryl or heterocyclyl,
and
optionally forming a spiro or fused six-membered heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,
aryl, or
carbocyclyl ring, wherein the spiro or fused six-membered heteroaryl,
heterocyclyl, aryl, or
carbocyclyl ring is optionally substituted H, F, Cl, Br, I, Ci¨C12 alkyl, or
OH;
L is the peptide linker attached to R2 or the fused heteroaryl or heterocyclyl
formed by
R1 and R2; and
Ab is the anti-wall teichoic acid (WTA) antibody.
An embodiment of the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compounds of the invention
includes the following:
0
/4õ--
R4 0
I
N
0 4 r OH .\\OH
Ab¨L¨(R3),N Z 0 H0b, ,,,,1
HN
0
1
113
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
wherein R3 is independently selected from H and Ci¨C12 alkyl; n is 1 or 2; R4
is
selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, C1¨C12 alkyl, and OH; and Z is selected from
NH, N(C1¨C12
alkyl), 0 and S.
An embodiment of the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compounds of the invention
includes the following rifampin-type antibiotic moiety:
0
0
\µ,.)OR
Rol OH s\\OH
OH H0b,
, I
(R5) N HN
n r'N 0
N I
Ab¨L/
wherein R5 is selected from H and C1¨C12 alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
An embodiment of the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compounds of the invention
includes the following rifabutin-type antibiotic moiety:
0
//,õ
0
0 OR
\.õ...
(R5)nNN/¨<N1
Ab¨L/
H
HN 0
1
\
wherein R5 is selected from H and C1¨C12 alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
An embodiment of the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compounds of the invention
includes the following rifalazil-type antibiotic moiety:
114
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
0
//õ,
0 s.,
OH 0 =
I
N OH ni_i .
,v.... .
(R5
õ, 0 (;W 0 HO,, \ ), N
(----," 0
/
Ab¨L HN
wherein R5 is independently selected from H and C1¨C12 alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
An embodiment of the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compounds of the invention
includes the following pipBOR-type antibiotic moiety:
0
0 ...-L \O---
,.
OH 0 \xõ.,x0R
I
N le OH
.,\OH
HC)/ =
N 0 HN
0
Ab¨L¨(R3),,N C
wherein R3 is independently selected from H and Ci¨C12 alkyl; and n is 1 or 2.
An embodiment of the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compounds of the invention
includes the following:
0
I,,,.
0
OH
0 = OAc
I \µµ
0 N SO OH .,\OH
0\1 0 0 H Oh, =õ//
0 HN 0
Ab¨L¨(CH3)2N
1
=
Further embodiments of the antibody-antibiotic conjugate compounds of the
invention
include the following:
115
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
0
0
I 0--
OH 10 \µ.0
OAc
0 N II. OH 0\ OH
0 N 0 0 H Oh.
0
O AA 1HOOOAN HN 0
H 1
Ab NLN-yNN
H
0 AA2H
0
0
0
OH 0 \µµ,. OAc
0 1\c or OH õOH
0 N 0 0 HO,,.
40 0 yrE10
Ab N N 0 0 ril
HN
N õ 1
H E H
0
0
NH
(:).' N H2
0
/44. I 0 ...._.
0
0 OAc
OH
1
N
0 0 OH .\\OH
N 0 0
HO,,).,,,,
0 CI HN 0
O AA 1 0 0 /N \ 1
AbNL,,,-(Er\l,?LN
H H
0 AA2
0
,and
0,,
I,,,,.
OH 0
m I OAc
0 OH 0 µ 0 H
N 0 0 H Ob. .,,,,,
0 CI
O 0 0 N HN0
/ \ 1
H I
Ab4 N.r.LN N =)L, N
H E H
0
0
NH
0 N H2 .
116
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
ANTIBIOTIC LOADING OF AAC
Antibiotic loading is represented by p, the average number of antibiotic (abx)
moieties
per antibody in a molecule of Formula I. Antibiotic loading may range from 1
to 20
antibiotic moieties (D) per antibody. The AAC of Formula I include collections
or a pool of
antibodies conjugated with a range of antibiotic moieties, from 1 to 20. The
average number
of antibiotic moieties per antibody in preparations of AAC from conjugation
reactions may
be characterized by conventional means such as mass spectroscopy, ELISA assay,
and
HPLC. The quantitative distribution of AAC in terms of p may also be
determined. In some
instances, separation, purification, and characterization of homogeneous AAC
where p is a
certain value from AAC with other antibiotic loadings may be achieved by means
such as
reverse phase HPLC or electrophoresis.
For some antibody-antibiotic conjugates, p may be limited by the number of
attachment sites on the antibody. For example, where the attachment is a
cysteine thiol, as in
the exemplary embodiments above, an antibody may have only one or several
cysteine thiol
groups, or may have only one or several sufficiently reactive thiol groups
through which a
linker may be attached. In certain embodiments, higher antibiotic loading,
e.g. p >5, may
cause aggregation, insolubility, toxicity, or loss of cellular permeability of
certain antibody-
antibiotic conjugates. In certain embodiments, the antibiotic loading for an
AAC of the
invention ranges from 1 to about 8; from about 2 to about 6; from about 2 to
about 4; or from
about 3 to about 5; about 4; or about 2.
In certain embodiments, fewer than the theoretical maximum of antibiotic
moieties
are conjugated to an antibody during a conjugation reaction. An antibody may
contain, for
example, lysine residues that do not react with the antibiotic-linker
intermediate or linker
reagent, as discussed below. Generally, antibodies do not contain many free
and reactive
cysteine thiol groups which may be linked to an antibiotic moiety; indeed most
cysteine thiol
residues in antibodies exist as disulfide bridges. In certain embodiments, an
antibody may be
reduced with a reducing agent such as dithiothreitol (DTT) or
tricarbonylethylphosphine
(TCEP), under partial or total reducing conditions, to generate reactive
cysteine thiol groups.
In certain embodiments, an antibody is subjected to denaturing conditions to
reveal reactive
nucleophilic groups such as lysine or cysteine.
The loading (antibiotic/antibody ratio, "AAR") of an AAC may be controlled in
different ways, e.g., by: (i) limiting the molar excess of antibiotic-linker
intermediate or
linker reagent relative to antibody, (ii) limiting the conjugation reaction
time or temperature,
and (iii) partial or limiting reductive conditions for cysteine thiol
modification.
117
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
It is to be understood that where more than one nucleophilic group reacts with
an
antibiotic-linker intermediate or linker reagent followed by antibiotic moiety
reagent, then the
resulting product is a mixture of AAC compounds with a distribution of one or
more
antibiotic moieties attached to an antibody. The average number of antibiotics
per antibody
may be calculated from the mixture by a dual ELISA antibody assay, which is
specific for
antibody and specific for the antibiotic. Individual AAC molecules may be
identified in the
mixture by mass spectroscopy and separated by HPLC, e.g. hydrophobic
interaction
chromatography (see, e.g., McDonagh et al (2006) Prot. Engr. Design &
Selection 19(7):299-
307; Hamblett et al (2004) Clin. Cancer Res. 10:7063-7070; Hamblett, K.J., et
al. "Effect of
drug loading on the pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, and toxicity of an anti-
CD30 antibody-
drug conjugate," Abstract No. 624, American Association for Cancer Research,
2004 Annual
Meeting, March 27-31, 2004, Proceedings of the AACR, Volume 45, March 2004;
Alley,
S.C., et al. "Controlling the location of drug attachment in antibody-drug
conjugates,"
Abstract No. 627, American Association for Cancer Research, 2004 Annual
Meeting, March
27-31, 2004, Proceedings of the AACR, Volume 45, March 2004). In certain
embodiments, a
homogeneous AAC with a single loading value may be isolated from the
conjugation mixture
by electrophoresis or chromatography. Cysteine-engineered antibodies of the
invention
enable more homogeneous preparations since the reactive site on the antibody
is primarily
limited to the engineered cysteine thiol. In one embodiment, the average
number of antibiotic
moieties per antibody is in the range of about 1 to about 20. In some
embodiments the range
is selected and controlled from about 1 to 4.
METHODS OF PREPARING ANTIBODY-ANTIBIOTIC CONJUGATES
An AAC of Formula I may be prepared by several routes employing organic
chemistry reactions, conditions, and reagents known to those skilled in the
art, including: (1)
reaction of a nucleophilic group of an antibody with a bivalent linker reagent
to form Ab-L
via a covalent bond, followed by reaction with an antibiotic moiety (abx); and
(2) reaction of
a nucleophilic group of an antibiotic moiety with a bivalent linker reagent,
to form L-abx, via
a covalent bond, followed by reaction with a nucleophilic group of an
antibody. Exemplary
methods for preparing an AAC of Formula I via the latter route are described
in US 7498298,
which is expressly incorporated herein by reference.
Nucleophilic groups on antibodies include, but are not limited to: (i) N-
terminal
amine groups, (ii) side chain amine groups, e.g. lysine, (iii) side chain
thiol groups, e.g.
cysteine, and (iv) sugar hydroxyl or amino groups where the antibody is
glycosylated.
118
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Amine, thiol, and hydroxyl groups are nucleophilic and capable of reacting to
form covalent
bonds with electrophilic groups on linker moieties and linker reagents
including: (i) active
esters such as NHS esters, HOBt esters, haloformates, and acid halides; (ii)
alkyl and benzyl
halides such as haloacetamides; (iii) aldehydes, ketones, carboxyl, and
maleimide groups.
Certain antibodies have reducible interchain disulfides, i.e. cysteine
bridges. Antibodies may
be made reactive for conjugation with linker reagents by treatment with a
reducing agent such
as DTT (dithiothreitol) or tricarbonylethylphosphine (TCEP), such that the
antibody is fully
or partially reduced. Each cysteine bridge will thus form, theoretically, two
reactive thiol
nucleophiles. Additional nucleophilic groups can be introduced into antibodies
through
modification of lysine residues, e.g., by reacting lysine residues with 2-
iminothiolane (Traut's
reagent), resulting in conversion of an amine into a thiol. Reactive thiol
groups may be
introduced into an antibody by introducing one, two, three, four, or more
cysteine residues
(e.g., by preparing variant antibodies comprising one or more non-native
cysteine amino acid
residues).
Antibody-antibiotic conjugates of the invention may also be produced by
reaction
between an electrophilic group on an antibody, such as an aldehyde or ketone
carbonyl group,
with a nucleophilic group on a linker reagent or antibiotic. Useful
nucleophilic groups on a
linker reagent include, but are not limited to, hydrazide, oxime, amino,
hydrazine,
thiosemicarbazone, hydrazine carboxylate, and arylhydrazide. In one
embodiment, an
antibody is modified to introduce electrophilic moieties that are capable of
reacting with
nucleophilic substituents on the linker reagent or antibiotic. In another
embodiment, the
sugars of glycosylated antibodies may be oxidized, e.g. with periodate
oxidizing reagents, to
form aldehyde or ketone groups which may react with the amine group of linker
reagents or
antibiotic moieties. The resulting imine Schiff base groups may form a stable
linkage, or
may be reduced, e.g. by borohydride reagents to form stable amine linkages. In
one
embodiment, reaction of the carbohydrate portion of a glycosylated antibody
with either
galactose oxidase or sodium meta-periodate may yield carbonyl (aldehyde and
ketone)
groups in the antibody that can react with appropriate groups on the
antibiotic (Hermanson,
Bioconjugate Techniques). In another embodiment, antibodies containing N-
terminal serine
or threonine residues can react with sodium meta-periodate, resulting in
production of an
aldehyde in place of the first amino acid (Geoghegan & Stroh, (1992)
Bioconjugate Chem.
3:138-146; US 5362852). Such an aldehyde can be reacted with an antibiotic
moiety or
linker nucleophile.
119
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Nucleophilic groups on an antibiotic moiety include, but are not limited to:
amine,
thiol, hydroxyl, hydrazide, oxime, hydrazine, thiosemicarbazone, hydrazine
carboxylate, and
arylhydrazide groups capable of reacting to form covalent bonds with
electrophilic groups on
linker moieties and linker reagents including: (i) active esters such as NHS
esters, HOBt
esters, haloformates, and acid halides; (ii) alkyl and benzyl halides such as
haloacetamides;
(iii) aldehydes, ketones, carboxyl, and maleimide groups.
The antibody-antibiotic conjugates (AAC) in Table 3 were prepared by
conjugation of
the described anti-WTA antibodies and linker-antibiotic intermediates of Table
2, and
according to the described methods in Example 24. AAC were tested for efficacy
by in vitro
macrophage assay (Example 18) and in vivo mouse kidney model (Example 19).
Table 3 Antibody-antibiotic conjugates (AAC)
AAC AAC formula linker-abx AAR
*
No. LA No.
(Table 2)
AAC-101 thio-trastuzumab HC A 118C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 1.8
(dimethyl-pipBOR)
AAC-102 thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PABC-(pipBOR) LA-51 1.9
AAC-103 thio-S4497-HC-A114C-MC-fk-PABC-(pipBOR) LA-52 1.0
AAC-104 thio-S4497-HC-A114C-MP-vc-PABC-(pipBOR) LA-53 1.8
AAC-105 thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 1.73
(dimethylpipBOR)
1.9
AAC-106 thio-S4462-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-107 thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PABC- LA-55 1.75
(monomethylpip, desacetylBOR)
AAC-108 thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PABC- LA-56 1.5
(monomethylpipBOR)
AAC-109 thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PABC-(pip, LA-57 1.9
desacetylBOR)
120
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
AAC-110 thio-hu-anti gD 5B5-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 1.94
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-111 thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PABC-(rifabutin) LA-58 1.6
AAC-112 thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-(dimethyl- LA-54 1.65
pipBOR)
AAC-113 thio-S4497 HC-MC-GGAFAGGG-(pipBOR) LA-59 1.6
("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 126)
AAC-114 thio-54462 HC-MC-GGAFAGGG-(pipBOR) LA-59 1.8
("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 126)
AAC-115 thio-Tmab LC -MC-GGAFAGGG-(pip BOR) LA-59 1.7
("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 126)
AAC-116 thio-57578-MC-vc-PAB-(dimethyl-pipBOR) LA-54 tbd
AAC-117 thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PABC-(pipBOR) LA-51 tbd
AAC-118 thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-(oxyBOR) LA-60 1.8
AAC-119 thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-61 1.7
(dimethylpip, desacetylBOR)
AAC-120 thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PABC- LA-62 1.8
(piperazBTR)
AAC-121 thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PABC-(piperaz, LA-63 1.8
desacetylBTR)
AAC-122 thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 1.9
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-123 thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 1.9
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-124 thio-54497-HC-A118C- MC-vc-PABC- LA-62 1.8
(piperazBTR)
AAC-125 thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PABC-(piperaz, LA-64 0.9
desacetylBOR)
AAC-126 thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PABC- LA-65 1.7
(piperazBOR)
AAC-127 thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PABC-PAB- LA-66 1.7
(dimethylpipBOR)
121
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
AAC-128 thio-S4497-HC-Al18C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-67 1.9
(methylpiperaz BOR)
AAC-129 thio-S6078-HC Al 14C-LCWT-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 1.6
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-130 thio-S4497-HC-Al18C-MC-vc-PAB-(oxy, LA-68 1.8
isopropylpipBOR)
AAC-131 thio-S4497-HC-Al18C-MC-tpm-cit-PAB- LA-69 1.8
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-132 thio-S4497 HC MC-GPImeLFF-(pipBOR) LA-69 1.3
("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 129)
AAC-133 thio-54497 HC MC-GPILFF-(pipBOR) LA-70 1.2
("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 130)
AAC-134 thio-54497 HC MC-val-cit-phe-(pipBOR) LA-71 1.7
AAC-135 thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 1.9
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-136 thio-54497.v1 HC WT, LC V205C- MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 2
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-137 thio-54497.v1 HC WT, LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-65 tbd
(piperazBOR)
AAC-138 thio-54497 HC WT v8, LC V205C- MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 1.9
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-139 thio-54497-HC-A118C- MC -vc-PAB- LA-54 1.8
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-140 thio-54497 HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MC-vc- LA-65 1.6
PAB-(piperazBOR)
AAC-141 thio-56078-HCA114C-LCWT-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 1.6
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-142 thio-54497 HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MC-vc- LA-54 1.7
PAB-(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-143 thio-54497 HC-MP-GGAFA-PAB-(pipBOR) LA-87 1.55
("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 131)
AAC-144 thio-54497 v1HC-MC-vc-PAB-(phenylpipBOR) LA-72 1.7
122
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
AAC-145 thio-S 4497 v1HC-MC-vc-PAB-(dimethylBTR) LA-73 1.7
AAC-146 thio-Tmab HC Al 18C-MP-GGAFA-PABC- LA-87 1.3
(pipBOR)
("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 131)
AAC-147 thio-54497 v1HC-MC-vc-PAB- LA-74 1.9
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-148 thio-54497v1 HC-MC-vc-PABC-(pipBTR) LA-75 1.9
AAC-149 thio-S4497v1 HC-MC-vc-PAB-(methylpiperaz, LA-76 2
desacetylBOR)
AAC-150 thio-54497v1 HC -M C-vc-(phenylpipB OR) LA-77 1.8
AAC-151 thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-(3- LA-78 tbd
dimethylaminopyrrolBOR)
AAC-152 thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-(0-methyl, LA-79 1.7
dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-153 thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PABC- LA-80 tbd
(phenylpipBOR)
AAC-154 thio-54497v1 HC WT, LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 1.8
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-155 thio-57578-HC WT-LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 1.9
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-156 thio-54497v8-LC-MC-vc-PAB-(3- LA-78 tbd
dimethylaminopyrrolBOR)
AAC-157 thio-54497v8-LC-MC-vc-PABC-(desacetyl, LA-81 2.2
pipBTR)
AAC-158 thio-S 4497v8-LC -M C-vc-(des acetyl, LA-82 -
phenylpipBOR)
AAC-159 thio-54497v8-LC-MC-vc-PAB- LA-83 2.2
(dimethylamino,methylaminoethylBTR)
AAC-160 thio-54497v8-LC-MC-vc-PAB- LA-84 tbd
(methylpiperazBTR)
AAC-161 thio-S 4497v8-LC -M C-vc-(phenylpipB OR) LA-85 tbd
AAC-162 thio-54497v8-LC-MC-vc-PAB-(oxy, LA-86 tbd
dimethylaminopipBOR)
123
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
AAC-163 thio-S4497-v8-LCV205 C-MC-LAFG-PAB- LA-88 2.2
(dimethylamino-3-pyrroloBOR)
("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128)
AAC-164 thio-54497-v8-LCV205 C-MC-vc- LA-89 tbd
PABpyrazolo(pipBOR)
AAC-165 thio-54497-v8-LCV205 C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-90 1.3
(monomethylaminopipBOR)
AAC-166 thio-54497 HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MC-vc- LA-54 1.8
PAB-(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-167 thio-54497 HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MC-vc- LA-91 2.0
PAB-(methyl,ethylaminopipBOR)
AAC-168 thio-54497 HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MC-vc- LA-92 1.6
PABC-(aminomethylpipBOR)
AAC-169 thio-54497 WT (V8), LC V205C-MC-vc-PABC- LA-93 1.6
C21,C23-phenylacetal-(dimethylaminopipBOR)
AAC-170 thio-54497 WT (V8), LC V205C-MC-vc- LA-94 1.4
PABCpip-(pipBOR)
AAC-171 thio-56078 v4 HC-Cys LC-Cys-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 3.9
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-172 thio-56078 v4 HC-CYS, LC-CYS-MC-vc-PAB- LA-65 3.9
(piperazBOR)
AAC-173 thio-56078 v4 HC-WT, LC-Cys-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 2.0
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-174 thio-56078 .v4 .HC-WT, LC-CYS-MC-vc-PAB- LA-65 1.8
(piperazBOR)
AAC-175 thio-54497 HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MP- LA-95 2.0
hydrazidePP-(pipBor)
AAC-176 thio-54497 HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MC-vc- LA-96 tbd
PABC-(azetidinylBOR)
AAC-177 thio-54497-v8-LCV205 C-MC-vc-PABC- LA-97 1.6
(ethylpiperazino, desacetylBOR)
AAC-178 thio-54497-v8-LCV205 C-MC-vc-PABC- LA-98 1.7
(ethylaminopiperazinoBOR)
AAC-179 thio-54497-v8-LCV205 C-MC-vc-PABphenyl- LA-99 1.9
124
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
(pipBOR)
AAC-180 thio-S4497-v8-LCV205 C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-100 1.9
(fluoroquinolone, oxyBOR)
AAC-181 thio-S4497-v8-LCV205 C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-101 1.6
(phenoxypip, oxyBOR)
AAC-182 thio-S6078 v4 HC-CYS, LC-CYS-MC-vc-PAB- LA-86 4.0
(oxy, dimethylaminopipBOR)
AAC-183 thio-S6078 v4 HC-CYS, LC-CYS-MC-vc-PABC- LA-81 3.8
(desacetyl, pipBTR)
AAC-184 thio-S6078 v4 HC-CYS, LC-CYS-MC-vc-PAB- LA-68 tbd
(oxy, isopropylpipBOR)
AAC-185 thio-S6078 v4 HC-CYS, LC-CYS-MC-vc-PAB- LA-102 tbd
(methylrifampicin)
AAC-186 thio-S4497 HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MC-vc- LA-54 1.9
PAB-(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-187 thio-S6078 v4 HC-CYS, LC-CYS-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 3.8
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-188 thio-S6078 v4 HC-WT, LCCYS-MC-vc-PAB- LA-68 1.6
(oxy, isopropylpipBOR)
AAC-189 thio-S6078 v4 HC-WT, LC-CYS-MC-vc-PAB- LA-102 1.8
(methylrifampicin)
AAC-190 thio-S7578-HC-WT-LC-Cys-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 1.9
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-191 thio-S4497-v8-LC-V205 C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-103 1.7
(dimethylaminoethylpiperazinoBOR)
AAC-192 thio-S4497 HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MC-vc- LA-54 1.9
PAB-(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-193 thio-S4497 HC vl-MP-LAFG-PABC- LA-104 1.8
(piperazinoBOR)
("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128)
AAC-194 thio-56078 v4 HC-WT, LC-CYS-MC-vc-PAB- LA-65 1.8
(piperazBOR)
AAC-195 thio-54497-v8-LC V205C-MC-vc-C21,C23- LA-105 2.0
anilinoacetal-(dimethylaminopipBOR)
125
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
AAC-196 thio-S4497-v8-LC V205C-MC-vc-anilino- LA-106 2.1
(trimethylammonium-pip, oxyBOR)
AAC-197 thio-S4497-v8-LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-107 2.0
(dimethylammonium, fluoropipBOR)
AAC-198 thio-S4497-v8-LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-108 1.9
(dimethylammonium, thiopropyl, desacetyl BOR)
AAC-199 thio-S4497-v8-LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-109 1.8
(dimethylammonium, methylaminopropylBOR)
AAC-200 thio-S4497-v8-LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 1.0
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-201 thio-S4497-v8-LC V205C-MC-vc-PABC- LA-110 1.9
(methylaminopip, desacetyl BOR)
AAC-202 thio-S4497-v8-LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB-(oxy, pip, LA-111 1.9
desacetyl BOR)
AAC-203 thio-S4497-v8-LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-102 1.8
(methylrifampicin)
AAC-204 thio-S4497-v8-LC-cys-MC-vc-PAB- LA-112 2.0
(dimethylammonium, thiopropyl BOR)
AAC-205 thio-S4497-v8-LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB-(oxy, LA-113 1.8
dimethylaminopipBOR)
AAC-206 thio-S4497-v8-LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB-(N- LA-114 1.9
isobutylrifabutin)
AAC-207 thio-S4497-v8-LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-102 1.8
(methylrifampicin)
AAC-208 thio-S4497-v8-LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-107 1.8
(dimethylammonium, fluoropipBOR)
AAC-209 thio-S4497-v8-LC cys-D10-MC-vc-PAB- LA-54 1.9
(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-210 thio-S4497-v8-LC cys-MC-vc-PABC- LA-115 1.5
(monomethylpipBTR)
AAC-211 thio-S4497-v8-LC cys-MC-vc-PAB- LA-116 tbd
(piperazinoBOR)
AAC-212 thio-S4497-v8-LC cys-MC-vc-PAB-(R- LA-117 tbd
126
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
fluoroquinolone, oxyBOR
AAC-213 thio-S4497-v8-LC cys-MC-vc-PAB-(S- LA-118 tbd
fluoroquinolone, oxyBOR
AAC-214 thio-S4497-v8-LC-cys-MC-vc-PAB-(dimethylpip, LA-61 2.0
desacetylBOR)
AAC-215 thio-S4497 LC v8-MP-LAFG-PABC- LA-104 1.6
(piperazinoBOR)
("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128)
AAC-216 thio-54497 HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MC-vc- LA-65 1.9
PAB-(piperazBOR)
AAC-217 thio-54497-v8-LCV205C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-90
1.8
(monomethylaminopipBOR)
AAC-218 thio-54497 HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MC-vc- LA-54 1.9
PAB-(dimethylpipBOR)
AAC-219 thio-54497 HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MC-vc- LA-65 1.9
PABC-(piperazBOR)
AAC-220 thio-54497-v8-LCV205C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-116
tbd
(piperazinoBOR)
AAC-221 thio-54497-v8-LCV205 C-MC-vc-PAB- LA-67 tbd
(methylpiperaz BOR)
AAC-222 thio-54497 LC v8 -MP-LAFG-PABC- LA-104 tbd
(piperazinoBOR)
("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128)
* AAR = antibiotic/antibody ratio average
Wild-type ("WT"), cysteine engineered mutant antibody ("thio"), light chain
("LC"),
heavy chain ("HC"), 6-maleimidocaproyl ("MC"), maleimidopropanoyl ("MP"),
valine-citrulline ("val-cit" or "vc"), alanine-phenylalanine ("ala-phe"), p-
aminobenzyl
("PAB"), and p-aminobenzyloxycarbonyl ("PABC")
tbd = to be determined
HC-A1 14C (Kabat) = HC-A1 18C (EU)
IN VITRO ANALYSIS DEMONSTRATING THAT AAC KILL INTRACELLULAR
MRSA
In vitro experiments confirm that the AAC release active antibiotic only after
the
linker between the antibody and the antibiotic is cleaved by an appropriate
enzyme such as
127
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
cathepsin B. MRSA was cultured overnight in normal bacterial growth media and
up to 10
iug/mL of AAC. Incubation of MRSA with the S4497-pipBOR or S4497-dimethyl-
pipBOR
AACs did not result in inhibition of bacterial growth unless the AACs were pre-
treated with
cathepsin B to release the active antibiotic. An in vitro assay utilizing
murine peritoneal
macrophages confirmed that AAC release active antibiotic and kill MRSA inside
phagocytic
cells (Example 18). An AAC comprising antibody rFl, which binds to a family of
cell wall
associated proteins was conjugated to a rifamycin derivative. S. aureus
(Newman strain) was
treated with various doses of the rFl-AAC or with equivalent doses of either
antibody alone,
rifampicin alone or a mixture of antibody and free rifampicin to permit
antibody binding to
the bacteria (opsonization) and after 1 hour incubation the opsonized bacteria
were fed to
macrophages (Figure 7A).
Figure 7A shows an in vitro macrophage assay demonstrating that AAC kill
intracellular MRSA. S. aureus (Newman) was incubated with rF1 antibody alone,
free
rifampicin alone, a simple mixture of the rF1 antibody plus free rifampicin
combined at the
same ratio of antibody to antibiotic found in the AAC, or the rFl-AAC for 1
hour and added
to murine macrophages. Macrophages were incubated at 37 C for 2 hours to
permit
phagocytosis. After phagocytosis was complete, the infection mix was replaced
with normal
growth media supplemented with 50 iug/mL of gentamycin to inhibit the growth
of
extracellular bacteria and the total number of surviving intracellular
bacteria was determined
2 days after infection by plating.
The macrophages were infected for 2 hours and the infection was removed and
replaced with media containing gentamycin to kill any remaining extracellular
bacteria that
were not taken up by the macrophages. After 2 days, macrophages were lysed and
the total
number of surviving intracellular bacteria was determined by plating on agar
plates. Analysis
revealed that treatment with the AAC resulted in more than 100 fold reduction
in the number
of intracellular bacteria compared to treatment with a simple mixture of the
rF1 antibody plus
free rifampicin combined at the same antibody to antibiotic ratio found in the
AAC (Figure
7A).
MRSA is able to invade a number of non-phagocytic cell types including
osteoblasts
and various epithelial and endothelial cell types (Garzoni and Kelly, (2008)
Trends in
Microbiology). MRSA is able to infect an osteoblast cell line (MG63), an
airway epithelial
cell line (A549) and primary cultures of human umbilical vein endothelial
cells (HUVEC).
Figure 7B shows intracellular killing of MRSA (USA300 strain) with 50 g/mL of
S4497-
pipBOR AAC 102 in macrophages, osteoblasts (MG63), Airway epithelial cells
(A549), and
128
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVEC) where naked, unconjugated
antibody
S4497 does not. These cell types likely express lower overall levels of
cathepsin B than
professional phagocytic cells such as macrophages, however MRSA treated with
50 [tg/mL
the was effectively killed after internalization into all three of these cell
lines. The dashed
line indicates the limit of detection for the assay.
In vitro analysis was performed to compare the activity of AAC made with
variations
in the linker that joins the antibody to the antibiotic. The S4497-dimethyl-
pipBOR AAC is
more potent than the S4497-pipBOR AAC in the macrophage intracellular killing
assay. The
S4497-pipBOR AAC and the S4497-dimethyl-pipBOR AAC were titrated to determine
the
minimum effective dose in our macrophage intracellular killing assay (Figure
7C).
Treatment with at least 2 iug/mL of AAC may be necessary to achieve optimal
clearance of
intracellular bacteria.
Figure 7C shows comparison of AAC made with pipBOR 51 vs. dimethyl-pipBOR
(diMe-pipBOR) 54. MRSA was opsonized with S4497 antibody alone or with AACs:
S4497-pipBOR 102 or S4497-diMethyl-pipBOR 105 at various concentrations
ranging from
10 g/mLto 0.003 iug/mL. These data revealed that for both AAC, optimal killing
occurred
when AAC were tested at more than 2 iug/mL, with a dose dependent loss in
activity that
became evident at 0.4 iug/mL. The overall level of killing was significantly
superior with the
S4497 dimethyl-pipBOR AAC 105. Treatment with higher doses of the S4497-
dimethyl-
pipBOR AAC 105 eliminated the intracellular bacteria to below the limit of
detection and
over 300 fold killing using a suboptimal dose of .4 iug/mL of AAC was
observed.
Figure 7D shows AAC kills intracellular bacteria without harming the
macrophages.
The USA300 strain of S. aureus was pre-incubated with 50 iug/mL of the S4497
anti-S.
aureus antibody (antibody) or with 50 1.1g/mL of thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-
dimethylpipBOR 105 AAC, for 1 hour to permit binding of antibody to the
bacteria.
Opsonized bacteria were added to murine peritoneal macrophages at a
multiplicity of
infection of 10-20 bacteria per macrophage and incubated at 37 C for 2 hours
to permit
phagocytosis. After phagocytosis was complete, free bacteria were removed and
the
macrophages were cultured for 2 days in normal growth media supplemented with
50 iug/mL
of gentamycin to kill non-internalized bacteria. At the end of the culture
period, survival of
macrophages was assessed by detecting release of cytoplasmic lactate
dehydrogenase (LDH)
into the culture supernatant. The total amount of LDH released from each well
was
compared to control wells containing macrophages that were lysed by addition
of detergent to
the wells. The extent of macrophage cell lysis in wells treated with
detergent, uninfected
129
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
macrophages, macrophages infected with USA300 pre-opsonized with S4497
antibody or
macrophages infected with USA300 pre-opsonized with thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-
PAB-dimethylpipBOR 105 AAC was measured.
Figure 7E shows recovery of live USA300 from inside macrophages from the
macrophage cell lysis above. Macrophages were lysed and serial dilutions of
the cell lysate
were plated to enumerate the number of surviving intracellular bacteria.
Figure 9 shows a growth inhibition assay demonstrating that AAC are not toxic
to S.
aureus unless the linker is cleaved by cathepsin B. A schematic cathepsin
release assay
(Example 20) is shown on the left. AAC is treated with cathepsin B to release
free antibiotic.
The total amount of antibiotic activity in the intact vs. the cathepsin B
treated AAC is
determined by preparing serial dilutions of the resulting reaction and
determining the
minimum dose of AAC that is able to inhibit the growth of S. aureus. The upper
right plot
shows the cathepsin release assay for thio-S4497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-pipBOR 102
and
the lower right plot shows the cathepsin release assay for thio-S4497-HC-A118C-
MC-vc-
PAB-dimethylpipBOR 105.
IN VIVO EFFICACY OF ANTIBODY ANTIBIOTIC CONJUGATES:
An in vivo peritonitis model in mice was established to test the efficacy of
AAC. In
this model, mice are infected by intraperitoneal injection (I.P.) of MRSA and
the bacterial
load is monitored 2 days after infection in the peritoneal fluid and kidney.
Bacteria harvested
from the peritoneum could be found either as free floating extracellular
bacteria or
internalized inside peritoneal cells - primarily neutrophils and macrophages -
that are
recruited to the site of the infection. Although extracellular bacteria
identified in this model
appeared to be sensitive to antibiotic treatment, the intracellular bacteria
were shown to be
unresponsive to treatment with a number of clinically relevant antibiotics
including rifampin
(Sandberg et al (2009) Antimicrobial Agents Chemother) and therefore appeared
to be an
excellent target to test efficacy of our AAC.
Figure 8A shows in vivo efficacy of the 54497-pipBOR AAC 102. Intraperitoneal
infection model in A/J mice. Mice were infected with 5x107CFU of MRSA by
intraperitoneal injection and treated with 50 mg/Kg of S4497 antibody alone or
with 50
mg/Kg of the 54497-pipBOR AAC 102 by intraperitoneal injection (protocol 11-
2032A).
Mice were sacrificed 2 days post infection and the total bacterial load was
assessed in the
peritoneal supernatant (Extracellular bacteria), peritoneal cells
(Intracellular bacteria) or in
the kidney.
130
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
A/J mice were infected with USA300 and administered 50 mg/Kg of either S4497
antibody or S4497-pipBOR AAC 102 thirty minutes after infection. After 2 days,
the mice
were sacrificed and bacterial loads were monitored in the peritoneal wash and
the kidney. To
distinguish between extracellular and intracellular bacteria, the peritoneal
wash was
centrifuged gently to separate the supernatant, containing extracellular
bacteria, and the
peritoneal cells. Peritoneal cells were treated with lysostaphin to kill any
contaminating
extracellular bacteria and lysed to enumerate the total number of
intracellular bacteria at the
time of harvest. Although mice treated with antibody alone harbored between
105 and 106
CFU of both intracellular and extracellular bacteria in the peritoneal wash
and between 104
and 106 bacteria in the kidney, the mice treated with the S4497-pipBOR AAC
cleared the
infection to below the limit of detection. These data revealed that although
the AAC is
designed to release active antibiotic inside the phagolysosome, excellent
clearance of both the
intracellular and extracellular pools of MRSA was observed. Since
extracellular bacteria are
not killed directly by the AAC, the fact that these bacteria were also cleared
by AAC
treatment suggests that either a significant fraction of the extracellular
bacteria is taken up by
cells at some time during the infection, or that the AAC is able to enhance
uptake of
extracellular bacteria thereby increasing the relative proportion of bacteria
that are
intracellular where they are effectively killed by the AAC.
Efficacy of the AAC in an intravenous infection model was also examined. In
this
model, S. aureus is taken up by circulating neutrophils shortly after
infection such that the
majority of bacteria found in blood are associated with host cells within
minutes after
infection (Rogers, etal (1956) J. Exp. Med. 103:713-742). A/J Mice were
infected with 2x106
CFU of MRSA by intravenous injection, and then treated with 50 mg/Kg of AACs
by
intravenous injection 30 minutes post infection. In this model, the primary
site of infection is
the kidney, and mice develop large abscesses that are detectable by two days
post infection
and fail to be cleared for up to 30 days in the absence of treatment.
Treatment with 50 mg/Kg
of the 54497-pipBOR AAC 102 cleared the infection in all of the mice tested
(Figure 8B).
Figure 8B shows intravenous infection model in A/J mice. Mice were infected
with
2x106 CFU by intravenous injection and treated with 50 mg/Kg of S4497
antibody, 50 mg/Kg
of 54497-pipBOR AAC 102 or a simple mixture of 50 mg/Kg of S4497 antibody + .5
mg/Kg
of free rifamycin. Treatments were delivered by IV injection 30 minutes post
infection and
kidneys were harvested 4 days post infection. The grey dashed line indicates
the limit of
detection for each organ. Control groups treated with 50 mg/Kg of S4497
antibody alone, or
131
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
with a simple mixture of 50 mg/Kg of S4497 antibody plus 0.5 mg/kg free
rifamycin (the
equivalent dose of antibiotic present in 50 mg/Kg of AAC) were not
efficacious.
Efficacy of AAC made with pipBOR and dimethyl-pipBOR antibiotic moieties was
compared in vivo in the intravenous infection model in A/J mice. The S4497-
pipBOR AAC
102 (Figure 9A) or the S4497-dimethyl-pipBOR AAC 105 (Figure 9B) were
administered at
various doses ranging from 50 mg/Kg to 2 m/Kg 30 minutes after infection and
kidneys were
examined 4 days after infection to determine the total bacterial load. Figure
9A shows
efficacy of pipBOR AAC 102 in an intravenous infection model by titration of
the S4497-
pipBOR AAC 102. Seven week old female A/J Mice were infected with 2x106 CFU of
MRSA (USA300 strain) by intravenous injection into the tail vein. Figure 9B
shows efficacy
of diMethyl-pipBOR AAC 105 in the intravenous infection model by titration of
the S4497-
dimethyl-pipBOR AAC 105. Treatments with S4497 antibody, AAC 102 or AAC 105
were
administered at the indicated doses 30 minutes after infection. Mice were
sacrificed 4 days
after infection and the total number of surviving bacteria per mouse (2
kidneys pooled) was
determined by plating.
Both AAC were effective at the highest dose of 50 mg/Kg, however the S4497-
pipBOR AAC 102 was only partially efficacious at lower doses. The 54497-
dimethyl-
pipBOR AAC 105 yielded complete bacterial clearance at doses above 10 mg/Kg.
Subsequent experiments indicated that doses above 15 mg/Kg were required for
consistent
bacterial clearance. Figures 9A and 9B show thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-
dimethylpipBOR 105 AAC is more efficacious than thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-
pipBOR 102 AAC in an intravenous infection model indicating an effect of the
carbamate
(51) and dimethylpiperidyl (54) structural distinction between 102 and 105,
respectively.
Mice were treated with the AAC 30 minutes after infection. To better replicate
conditions likely to occur in MRSA patients seeking treatment, it was
determined whether the
AAC is effective at clearing an established infection and that linking of the
antibiotic to an
anti-S. aureus antibody provides a definite advantage over treatment with
antibiotic alone.
To this end, the efficacy of AAC with an equivalent dose of the antibiotic
dimethyl-pipBOR
was compared.
Figure 9C shows CB17.SCID mice infected with 2x107 CFU of MRSA by
intravenous injection (protocol 12-2418). One day after infection, the mice
were treated with
50 mg/Kg of S4497 antibody, 50 mg/Kg of S4497 dimethyl-pipBOR AAC 105 or with
0.5
mg/Kg of dimethyl-pipBOR antibiotic 7, the equivalent dose of antibiotic that
is contained in
50 mg/Kg of AAC). Mice were sacrificed 4 days after infection and the total
number of
132
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
surviving bacteria per mouse (2 kidneys pooled) was determined by plating.
Treatment with
50 mg/Kg of S4497-dimethyl-pipBOR AAC was clearly efficacious when given 1 day
post
infection, whereas treatment with the equivalent dose of dimethyl-pipBOR alone
failed to
clear the infection.
TREATMENT WITH AN AAC IS EFFICACIOUS IN THE PRESENCE OF HUMAN
ANTIBODIES AND SUPERIOR TO TREATMENT WITH THE CURRENT STANDARD
OF CARE (SOC) VANCOMYCIN
The S4497 antibody was cloned from B cells derived from S. aureus infected
patients.
This raised the concern that normal human serum, or serum present in MRSA
infected
patients may contain anti-MRSA antibodies that would compete for binding with
our AAC.
To address this, human serum derived from normal healthy donors and a panel of
MRSA
patients was tested to estimate the overall level of anti-MRSA antibodies that
recognize the
same antigen as the AAC. An ELISA based assay using cell wall preparations
from MRSA
was developed. To limit non-antigen specific binding to the cell wall
preparations in these
assays, a strain of MRSA that is deficient in the gene for protein A was
utilized. Protein A
binds to the Fc region of IgG antibodies. Binding of various wild-type (WT)
serum samples
to MRSA that expressed the S4497 antigen (Figure 10A, WT) was examined versus
binding
to a MRSA strain TarM/TarS DKO (double knockout) mutant which lacks the sugar
modifications that are recognized by the S4497 antibody. Figure 10A shows
prevalence of
anti-S. aureus antibodies in human serum. S. aureus infected patients or
normal controls
contain high amounts of WTA specific serum antibody with same specificity as
anti-WTA
S4497.
A standard curve was generated using a monoclonal antibody that binds well to
the
same antigen that is recognized by S4497. By comparing the level of binding in
serum
samples to the signal obtained from the antibody used to generate the standard
curve, the
level of anti-MRSA antibodies present in serum samples derived from normal
healthy donors
or MRSA patients, or in total IgG preparations isolated from normal serum was
estimated
(Figure 10A). Normal human serum contains 10-15 mg/mL of total IgG (Manz et
al. (2005)
Annu Rev. Immunol. 23:367). Analysis of anti-MRSA reactivity in the different
serum
samples revealed that up to 300 [tg/mL of these antibodies are potentially
reactive with the
same antigen recognized by S4497 and are therefore likely to compete for
binding with the
AAC.
The S4497 antibody was used to generate AAC for properties including very high
binding on MRSA (estimated 50,000 binding sites per bacterium). Sufficient
numbers of
133
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
AAC may be able to bind to MRSA even in the presence of the competing
antibodies found
in human serum. To test this directly, the S4497-dimethyl-pipBOR AAC in buffer
supplemented with 10 mg/mL of human IgG (Figure 10B, +IGIV) was titrated and
the level
of intracellular killing was measured in the macrophage intracellular killing
assay.
Figure 10B shows an in vivo infection model demonstrating that AAC is
efficacious
in the presence of physiological levels of human IgG. In vitro macrophage
assay with the
USA300 strain of MRSA shows that S4497-dimethyl-pipBOR AAC 105 is efficacious
in the
presence of 10 mg/mL of human IgG. The USA300 strain of MRSA was opsonized
with
AAC alone, or with AAC diluted in 10 mg/mL of human IgG for 1 hour at 37 C
with
shaking. The opsonized bacteria were added directly to murine peritoneal
macrophages and
incubated for 2 hours to permit phagocytosis. After infection, the macrophage
cultures were
maintained in complete media supplemented with gentamycin and the total number
of
surviving intracellular bacteria was assessed 2 days post infection. These
data revealed that
although the human IgG did inhibit AAC killing at the lower doses, excellent
killing was
achieved using doses above 10 g/mL, an antibody concentration that is readily
achievable in
vivo. Normal serum IgG can diminish the functional effect of 105 AAC. Since
maximal
macrophage intracellular killing activity of an AAC may require both high
antigen binding
and efficient interaction with FcRs (for opsonophagocytosis), preexisting
serum antibodies
may both compete for binding to WTA and the corresponding formed immune
complexes
compete for binding to FcRs on macrophages.
To confirm that the AAC would be effective in the presence of competing human
antibodies in vivo, the in vivo infection model was modified to generate mice
that express
normal levels of human IgG in the serum. CB17:SCID mice, that lack both T
cells and B
cells and therefore do not have antibodies in the serum (Bosna & Carroll,
(1991) Ann Rev
Immunol. 9:323, were reconstituted with 10 mg/mL of human IgG by daily dosing
of highly
concentrated human IgG (IGIV). Preliminary studies confirmed that these mice,
termed
SCID:huIgG, indeed had sustained levels of at least 10 mg/mL of human IgG in
the serum
and that these mice were equally susceptible to infection with MRSA compared
to untreated
controls. SCID:huIgG mice were infected with MRSA and treated with either
S4497
antibody or with the 54497-dimethyl-pipBOR AAC (50 mg/Kg ) 1 day after
infection. Four
days after infection the bacterial load in the kidneys (Fig 10C) was assessed.
Figure 10C shows the combined data from 3 independent experiments using 2
separate preparations of the thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-dimethyl-pipBOR AAC
105 or 112. CB17.SCID mice were reconstituted with human IgG using a dosing
regimen
134
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
optimized to yield constant levels of at least 10 mg/mL of human IgG in serum.
Mice were
treated with S4497 antibody (50 mg/Kg), or S4497-dimethyl-pipBOR AAC (50
mg/Kg).
Mice treated with the AAC had a greater than 4-log reduction in bacterial
loads (Students t-
test p=.0005). Bacterial loads were on average over 10,000 fold lower in the
mice treated
with the 54497-dimethyl-pipBOR AAC compared to mice treated with S4497
antibody
control, indicating that the AAC was clearly effective even in the presence of
high levels of
competing human anti-MRSA antibodies.
Efficacy of the AAC was compared with that of treatment with vancomycin, the
current standard of care treatment for MRSA infections. Figure 11A shows in
vivo infection
model demonstrating that AAC is more efficacious than the current standard of
care (SOC)
antibiotic vancomycin in mice that are reconstituted with normal levels of
human IgG.
CB17.SCID mice were reconstituted with human IgG using a dosing regimen
optimized to
yield constant levels of at least 10 mg/mL of human IgG in serum. Mice were
treated with
S4497 antibody (50 mg/Kg), vancomycin (100 mg/Kg), 54497-dimethyl-pipBOR AAC
(50
mg/Kg, 112 or an AAC made with an isotype control antibody that does not
recognize
MRSA, thio-hu-anti gD 5B5-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PAB-dimethylpipBOR AAC 110 (50
mg/Kg). Mice receiving AACs were given a single dose of AAC on day 1 post
infection by
intravenous injection. Mice receiving vancomycin treatments were given twice
daily
injections of the antibiotic by intraperitoneal injection. All mice were
sacrificed on day 4 post
infection, and the total number of surviving bacteria per mouse (2 kidneys
pooled) was
determined by plating.
Treatment with vancomycin is effective at treating MRSA infection in our
murine
intravenous infection model if the treatment is initiated 30 minutes after
infection. Twice-
daily dosing with 100 mg/Kg of vancomycin failed to clear the infection, and
was only able
to reduce bacterial loads by about 50 fold, when treatment was initiated more
than 1 day post
infection (Figure 11A). Strikingly, treatment with a single dose of the 54497-
dimethyl-
pipBOR AAC 1 day after infection was able to clear the infection in the
majority of mice.
Surprisingly, treatment with control AAC made with a human IgG antibody that
does not
recognize S. aureus (gD-AAC) had some efficacy in this model. The gD antibody
does not
recognize S. aureus through its antigen binding site, however the antibody is
able to bind to
protein A found on S. aureus.
Figure 11C shows in vivo infection model demonstrating that AAC, thio-56078-HC
Al 14C-LCWT-MC-vc-PAB-dimethylpipBOR 129 is more efficacious than naked anti-
WTA
antibody S4497, according to the same regimen as Figure 11A, in mice that are
reconstituted
135
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
with normal levels of human IgG. CB17.SCID mice were reconstituted with human
IgG
using a dosing regimen optimized to yield constant levels of at least 10 mg/mL
of human IgG
in serum. Mice were treated with S4497 antibody (50 mg/Kg), or thio-S6078-HC
Al 14C-
LCWT-MC-vc-PAB-dimethylpipBOR 129 AAC (50 mg/Kg).
FACS analysis showed that staining with high concentrations of the gD antibody
on
bacteria isolated from an in vivo infection yields low level binding to S.
aureus relative to
binding of anti-MRSA antibodies to MRSA isolated from infected kidneys (Figure
11B).
Mice were infected with MRSA by intravenous injection and infected kidneys
were removed
3 days post infection and homogenized. Anti-MRSA or control antibodies were
labeled with
Alexa-488 and tested at a range of concentrations between 0.08 iug/mL and 50
iug/mL. The
S4497 antibody recognizes an N-acetylglucosamine modification that is linked
to wall
teichoic acid (WTA) via a beta-anomeric bond on the cell wall of S. aureus.
The S7578
antibody binds to a similar N-acetylglucosamine modification that is joined to
WTA via an
alpha-anomeric bond. The rF1 antibody is a positive control anti-MRSA antibody
that
recognizes sugar modifications found on a family of SDR-repeat containing cell
wall
anchored proteins. The gD antibody is a negative control human IgGi that does
not recognize
S. aureus. Although the overall level of binding with the gD antibody is
significantly lower
than that obtained with the S4497 antibody (estimated to be at least 30 fold
lower by FACS
analysis, Figure 11B), the limited efficacy seen with the gD-AAC indicates
that even low
level binding of an AAC on MRSA in vivo is sufficient to yield efficacy that
appeared
equivalent to the reduction in CFUs obtained with vancomycin.
The above data clearly demonstrate that AAC are able to kill intracellular
MRSA and
that the S4497-pipBOR, and S4497 dimethyl-pipBOR AAC are effective at limiting
infection
with MRSA both in vitro and in vivo. AAC of the invention act by killing
bacteria inside
mammalian cells and thereby provide a unique therapeutic that is more
effective at killing
populations of bacteria that are resistant to treatment with vancomycin.
Figure 20 shows that pre-treatment with 50 mg/kg of free antibodies is not
efficacious
in an intravenous infection model. Balb/c mice were given a single dose of
vehicle control
(PBS) or 50 mg/Kg of antibodies by intravenous injection 30 minutes prior to
infection with
2x107 CFU of USA300. Treatment groups included an isotype control antibody
that does not
bind to S. aureus (gD), an antibody directed against the beta modification of
wall teichoic
acid (4497) or an antibody directed against the alpha modification of wall
teichoic acid
(7578). Control mice were given twice daily treatments with 110 mg/Kg of
vancomycin by
intraperitoneal injection (Vanco). All mice were sacrificed on day 4 post-
infection, and the
136
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
total number of surviving bacteria in kidneys (2 kidneys pooled) was
determined by plating.
Although pre-treatment with vancomycin cleared the infection in all of the
mice tested, pre-
treatment with antibodies directed against the cell wall of S. aureus had no
effect on bacterial
loads.
Figures 21 and 22 show that AACs directed against either the beta modification
of
wall teichoic acid or the alpha modification of wall teichoic acid are
efficacious in an
intravenous infection model using mice that are reconstituted with normal
levels of human
IgG. CB17.SCID mice were reconstituted with human IgG using a dosing regimen
optimized
to yield constant levels of at least 10 mg/mL of human IgG in serum and
infected with 2x107
CFU of USA300 by intravenous injection. Treatment was initiated 1 day after
infection with
buffer only control (PBS), 60 mg/Kg of beta-WTA AAC (136 AAC) or 60 mg/Kg of
alpha-
WTA AAC (155 AAC). The mice were sacrificed on day 4 post infection, and the
total
number of surviving bacteria in kidneys (2 kidneys pooled, Figure 21) and
heart (Figure 22)
was determined by plating. Treatment with the beta-WTA AAC resulted in a
100,000 fold
reduction in bacterial load in the kidney compared to mice treated with the
vehicle control.
Treatment with the alpha-WTA AAC resulted in an average 9,000 fold reduction
in bacterial
load in the kidney.
To date, it remains uncertain why the currently available antibiotics are
often
ineffective at killing intracellular stores of bacteria. Antibiotics could
fail because they do not
reach sufficient concentrations inside cells, either because they do not enter
the
phagolysosomal compartment where intracellular stores of bacteria reside, or
because they
may be subject to the activity of efflux pumps that remove the antibiotic from
mammalian
cells. Antibiotics may be damaged by harsh conditions found inside the
phagolysosome
including low pH, reducing agents and oxidizing agents that are released
specifically to kill
the phagocytosed bacterium. Alternatively, antibiotics may fail because the
bacteria up
regulate defense mechanisms or fail to divide inside the phagolysosome and are
therefore
rendered transiently insensitive to antibiotics. The relative importance of
these mechanisms
of antibiotic resistance will differ for different pathogens and for each
antibiotic. The
antibiotic component of our AAC, pipBOR and dimethyl-pipBOR are indeed more
potent
than rifampicin at killing intracellular MRSA when tested as free antibiotics.
The linkage of
these antibiotics to an antibody provides a real dose-dependent increase in
efficacy that is
apparent in vivo (Figure 9C). In this case, improved efficacy of the AAC over
antibiotic
alone is likely due to a combination of its ability to opsonize bacteria and
to improved
pharmacokinetics of AAC. Most free antibiotics are rapidly cleared in vivo and
require
137
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
repeated dosing with high concentrations of antibiotic to maintain sufficient
antibiotic
concentrations in serum. In contrast, AAC have long half-lives in serum due to
the antibody
portion of the molecule. Since AAC release the antibiotic only after binding
to S. aureus and
being transported along with the bacterium into the confined space of the
phagolysosome,
they concentrate small doses of antibiotic specifically in a niche where most
antibiotics fail.
Therefore, in addition to targeting protected reservoirs of intracellular
bacteria, AAC may
facilitate the use of more potent antibiotics that may prove too toxic for use
as a single agent
by limiting the release of the antibiotic to where it is most needed.
Figures 35 and 36 show results from the in vitro Macrophage Assay for thio-
56078
AAC. S. aureus (USA300 NR5384) was incubated with unconjugated S6078 antibody
at 50
u/mL and AAC at 50 [tg/mL, 5 [tg/mL, .5 [tg/mL or 0.05 [tg/mL for 1 hour to
permit binding
of the antibody to the bacteria. The resulting opsonized bacteria were fed to
murine
macrophages and incubated at 37 C to permit phagocytosis. After 2 hours, the
infection mix
was removed and replaced with normal growth media supplemented with 50 [tg/mL
of
gentamycin to kill any remaining extracellular bacteria. The total number of
surviving
intracellular bacteria was determined 2 days later by plating serial dilutions
of the
macrophage lysates on Tryptic Soy Agar plates. In Figure 35, thio-56078.v4.HC-
WT, LC-
Cys-MC-vc-PAB-(dimethylpipBOR) AAC was effective at killing intracellular
bacteria at
doses at or above 0.5 [tg/mL with an antibiotic loading of 2.0 (AAC-173) or
3.9 (AAC-171)
dimethylpipBOR antibiotics (LA-54) per thio-56078 antibody. In Figure 36, thio-
56078.v4.HC-WT, LC-Cys-MC-vc-PAB-(piperazBOR) was effective at killing
intracellular
bacteria at doses at or above 0.5 [tg/mL with an antibiotic loading of 1.8
(AAC-174) or 3.9
(AAC-172) piperazBOR antibiotics (LA-65) per thio-56078 antibody.
Figures 37 and 38 show results from in vivo efficacy of thio-56078 AAC in a
murine
intravenous infection model. CB17.SCID mice were reconstituted with human IgG
using a
dosing regimen optimized to yield constant levels of at least 10 mg/mL of
human IgG in
serum. Mice were infected with USA300 and treated with vehicle control (PBS),
thio-
56078.v4.HC-WT, LC-Cys-MC-vc-PAB-(dimethylpipBOR) AAC with an antibiotic
loading
of 2.0 (AAC-173) or 3.9 (AAC-171) dimethylpipBOR antibiotics (LA-54) per thio-
56078
antibody (Figure 37) and thio-56078.v4.HC-WT, LC-Cys-MC-vc-PAB-(piperazBOR)
with
an antibiotic loading of 1.8 (AAC-174) or 3.9 (AAC-172) piperazBOR antibiotics
(LA-65)
per thio-56078 antibody (Figure 38). Mice were given a single dose of AAC on
day 1 post
infection by intravenous injection and sacrificed on day 4 post infection. The
total number of
surviving bacteria in 2 kidneys was determined by plating. Treatment with AAC
containing
138
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
lower antibiotic loading reduced bacterial burdens by approximately 1,000-fold
and treatment
with the AAC containing higher antibiotic loading reduced bacterial burdens by
more than
10,000-fold.
STAPHOPAIN B CLEAVABLE LINKERS FOR ANTIBODY-ANTIBIOTIC
CONJUGATES
A protease cleavable linker is described herein to be cleaved by staphopain B,
a
secreted S. aureus endopeptidase. To design a linker cleaved specifically by
the
Staphylococcus aureus bacterium, the protease activity of S. aureus culture
supernatant was
characterized using a FRET peptide library. From this screen, a unique
substrate specificity
was identified. Using this substrate, the enzyme responsible for activity was
purified from
culture supernatant and identified as staphopain B. Based on this
identification, a staphopain
B optimized linker was generated and linked to piperazino-rifamycin:
0----
/4, I
' 0 sµ\0 0
0 & 'µµµµ O-4\
OH
0 NIAV OH .µ
,OH
rN 0 0 HO,, ,,,,,
HN HN 0
I
Piperazino-rifamycin is a potent rifalazil-like antibiotic. The resultant AAC
has
demonstrated efficacy in in vitro and in vivo models of MRSA infection,
providing a novel
mechanism by which to target MRSA infections. Staphopain B is a secreted
cysteine
protease from the papain family of endopeptidases (CAS Reg. No. 347841-89-8,
Sigma-
Aldrich #S3951, Filipek et al (2005) J. Biol. Chem. 280 (15): 14669-74) and
has evolved to
have a unique substrate specificity, preferring bulky aromatic side chains in
the P2 position.
Expression of staphopain B is controlled by the agr (or accessory gene
regulator) quorum
sensing system (Janzon, L. and S. Arvidson (1990) The EMBO journal 9(5): 1391-
1399) as
part of the staphylococcal proteolytic cascade (SCP). Agr modulates the
expression of
secreted proteases and other virulence factors of S. aureus including
aureolysin, V8, and
staphopain A (Shaw, L., E. Golonka, et al. (2004) Microbiology 150(Pt 1): 217-
228).
Staphopain B has been implicated as a potent virulence factor due to its
ability to degrade
host connective tissue as well as augment several immune system proteins
(Imamura, T., S.
Tanase, et al. (2005) Journal of experimental medicine 201(10): 1669-1676;
Potempa, J., A.
139
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Dubin, et al. (1988) Journal of biological chemistry 263(6): 2664-2667;
Ohbayashi, T., A.
Irie, et al. (2011) Microbiology 157(Pt 3): 786-792; Smagur, J., K. Guzik, et
al. (2009);
Biological chemistry 390(4): 361-371; Smagur, J., K. Guzik, et al. (2009);
Journal of innate
immunity 1(2): 98-108; Kulig, P., B. A. Zabel, et al. (2007); Journal of
immunology 178(6):
3713-3720). Staphopain B's role as an important virulence factor makes it an
attractive
target for protease mediated antibiotic release.
Identifying substrates cleaved by Staphylococcus aureus proteases:
To identify substrates readily cleaved by S. aureus endopeptidases,
supernatant from
an overnight culture of Wood46 strain S. aureus was incubated with a
commercially available
FRET peptide library. The Wood46 strain has a constitutively active agr locus,
thus the
Wood46 strain exhibits increased protease expression compared to wild type.
The FRET
peptide library, Rapid Endopeptidase Profiling Library or PepSetsTM REPLi
(Mimotopes,
Victoria, Australia), consists of 512 wells with 8 internally quenched
fluorogenic peptides per
well in a 96-well plate format. The peptides fluoresce upon cleavage allowing
for proteolytic
activity to be monitored in real-time. Each peptide has a tripeptide variable
core flanked by a
series of glycine residues on either side and an additional two lysine
residues at the C-
terminus for solubility. Supernatant from the Wood46 culture was added to the
library and
plates were incubated overnight at 37 C. Wells showing greater than a 15-fold
increase in
fluorescence (12 out of 512 wells total) were analyzed by LC-MS (Agilent Q-
TOF) to
determine the cleavage products. Cleavage sites were ranked based on frequency
(Table 4).
Among the top hits, a pattern in substrate specificity was observed,
specifically a preference
for bulky hydrophobic side chains of Phe and Tyr in the P2 position.
Table 4. Amino acid preferences of REPLi sequences cleaved by Wood46
secreted
proteases. Abundance at each position (%)
Residues P4 P3 P2 P1 P1' P2'
71.4 50.0 0.0 28.6 35.7 100.0
21.4 7.1 0.0 0.0 7.1 0.0
140
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
A/V 0.0 14.3 0.0 50.0 28.6 0.0
N/Q 7.1 7.1 0.0 0.0 7.1 0.0
SIT 0.0 14.3 0.0 14.3 0.0 0.0
F/Y 0.0 0.0 100.0 0.0 21.4 0.0
K/R 0.0 7.1 0.0 7.1 0.0 0.0
Abundance at each position of amino acid residues present in the FRET peptides
of
wells that showed the greatest increase in fluorescence. REPLi peptides
contain the sequence
MCA-Gly-Gly-Gly-Xaa-Yaa-Zaa-Gly-Gly-DPA-Lys-Lys (SEQ ID NO: 132), where Xaa,
Yaa, and Zaa vary. Glycine residues present in the table represent the Gly
residues that flank
the variable core. While Gly residues are the most abundant in several
positions, they give
little insight to substrate specificity. When designing linkers, preference
was given to amino
acids from the variable core. Amino acids that were not in any of the top hits
were omitted
from the table.
Design and conjugation of a FRET substrate cleaved by a MRSA protease in
vitro:
A peptide was designed and synthesized using the most frequent residues in the
cleaved peptides from the REPLi screen using specificity information for Pl,
P2, and P3. The
peptide had the sequence GGAFAGGG (SEQ ID NO: 126), with cleavage expected
between
GGAFA (SEQ ID NO: 131) and GGG. The peptide was synthesized using solid phase
synthesis incorporating fluorescent dyes, tetramethylrhodamine (TAMRA) and
fluorescein as
a FRET pair (Figure 26) with maleimido-propionic-acid added to the N-terminus
to allow for
conjugation to antibody cysteine residues. The resultant mal-FRET-peptide,
maleimido-
propionic (MP)-Lys(TAMRA)-Gly-Gly-Ala-Phe-Ala-Gly-Gly-Gly-Lys(fluorescein)
("core
peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 125), was conjugated to the cysteine-
engineered thioMab
antibody, thio-S4497. The mal-FRET-peptide was also conjugated to cysteine-
engineered
anti-Her2 thioMab trastuzumab, a nonbinding control.
The thio-S4497-MP-K(Tamra)GGAFAGGGK(Fluorescein) ("core peptide" disclosed
as SEQ ID NO: 125) FRET conjugate and non-binding control FRET conjugate, thio-
trastuzumab-MP-K(Tamra)GGAFAGGGK(Fluorescein) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ
ID
141
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
NO: 125), were incubated with log phase cultures of Wood46 (Figure 28) and the
wild type,
USA300 (Figure 29), at cell densities of 108 cells/ml and 107 cells/ml in
tryptic soy broth
(TSB). The final concentration of MP-Lys(TAMRA)-Gly-Gly-Ala-Phe-Ala-Gly-Gly-
Gly-
Lys(fluorescein) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 125) for all wells
was 21AM.
Fluorescence was monitored over time at 37 C, excitation 2495nm/ emission
k518nm. An
increase in fluorescence was observed with the 4497-mal-FRET-peptide conjugate
in both
Wood46 and USA300, indicating that the FRET peptide is cleaved by a S. aureus
protease
and that the protease is present in both strains. The linker unit MP-
K(Tamra)GGAFAGGGK(Fluorescein) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 125) is
cleaved in both Wood46 and USA300 when conjugated to an antibody that binds S.
aureus.
Validating the cleavage of this model linker in USA300 was critical due to its
relevance to
the clinical strain of MRSA that a potential therapeutic antibody-antibiotic
conjugate (AAC)
would target. The thio-54497-MP-K(Tamra)GGAFAGGGK(Fluorescein) ("core peptide"
disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 125) FRET conjugate shows an increase in fluorescence
in both
strains, indicating that the linker is cleaved by a S. aureus protease and
that the protease is
present in the clinically relevant strain of MRSA, USA300. Cell density
affects the rate of
cleavage, with cleavage occurring earlier in cultures of the higher cell
density. The non-
binding control thio-trastuzumab-MP-K(Tamra)GGAFAGGGK(Fluorescein) ("core
peptide"
disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 125) conjugate did not show an increase in
fluorescence in any
condition tested.
Based on the cleaved substrate from the cell based assays, linker-antibiotic
intermediate LA-59 (Table 2) was prepared and conjugated to antibodies to form
anti-MRSA
heavy chain, cysteine engineered thio-54497 (AAC-113) and thio-54462 (AAC-
114), and
anti-HER2 light chain thio-trastuzumab (AAC-115) of Table 3. The GGAFAGGG (SEQ
ID
NO: 126) linked AAC demonstrated better rates of cleavage than the FRET-
peptide when
incubated with concentrated supernatant from a Wood46 overnight culture,
indicating that the
linker-antibiotic is a better substrate for the unknown protease of interest.
Cleavage occurred
at the expected site between alanine and glycine in the GGAFAGGG-linked ("core
peptide"
disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 126) AAC (AAC-113, AAC-114, AAC-115). This linker-
antibiotic
(LA-59) is not an optimized delivery system for the antibiotic because upon
cleavage, GGG-
rifamycin as opposed to free rifamycin is released. While the therapeutic
potential of this
linker-antibiotic may be uncertain, its ability to be efficiently cleaved by
protease make it a
useful tool compound to identify fractions containing the active protease of
interest. Linker-
antibiotic intermediate LA-59 was conjugated to the Fab portion of the thio-
54497 antibody
142
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
(Scheer, J. M., W. Sandoval, et al. (2012). PloS one 7(12): e51817). Cysteine-
engineered
Fab antibodies, "thioFABs", have one reactive cysteine that enables the site-
specific
conjugation of one thiol reactive compound. thioFAB S-4497 was reacted with a
3 fold
molar excess of LA-59 over thioFAB for lhr in 50mM TRIS pH 7.5, 150mM NaC1 at
room
temperature. Excess LA-59 was separated from AAC by diafiltration in PBS. The
resultant
conjugate, thioFAB 54497-MC-GGAFAGGG-(pipBOR) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ
ID NO: 126) (Figure 27), was used as a tool compound to identify active
fractions, with
cleavage of the linker detected by LC-MS analysis.
Optimizing linkers for efficient cleavage by staphopain B:
The linker-antibiotic intermediate LA-59, MC-GGAFAGGG-(pipBOR) ("core
peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 126), has substrate residues optimized for
the Pl, P2, and
P3 positions. Using the results from the REPLi screen, two new linkers were
designed and
synthesized incorporating a residue preference for P4 (Figure 30). Maleimido-
propionic-Leu-
Ala-Phe-Ala-Ala ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 136) and maleimido-
propionic-
Leu-Ala-Phe-Gly-Ala ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 135) were
synthesized using
solid phase synthesis. Isoleucine and Leucine were the most frequent residues
in P4 in the
REPLi screen (disregarding Glycine). Only one residue, Leucine, was chosen to
limit the
number of linkers synthesized. Ala and Gly were alternated in the P1 position
to examine the
effect on cleavability. A residue in P1', Ala, was also included. QSY07
(xanthylium, 9-[2-
[[4-[[(2,5-dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl)oxy]carbony1]-1-piperidinyl]sulfonyl]pheny1]-
3,6-
bis(methylphenylamino)-NHS ester, chloride, CAS Reg. No. 304014-12-8, Life
Technologies) was added to the C-terminus of both linkers to act as an
antibiotic surrogate
(Figure 30). Incorporating QSY07 allowed for the cleavability of these linkers
to be
evaluated without consuming costly and labor-intensive antibiotics.
The experimental mal-peptide-QSY7 linkers were conjugated to THIOFAB S4497 to
evaluate the cleavability of these linkers. Conjugations were performed as
previously
described. The resultant THIOFAB S4497 linker-QSY7 conjugates were assessed
for
cleavability by staphopain B, staphopain A, and human cathepsin B at pH 7.2
(Table 5). Like
staphopain B, staphopain A is a secreted cysteine protease of S. aureus from
the papain
family of proteases. It is structurally similar to staphopain B, but has a
broader substrate
specificity (Filipek, R., M. Rzychon, et al. (2003). The Journal of biological
chemistry
278(42): 40959-40966). Cathepsin B, a mammalian cysteine lysosomal protease,
is also a
143
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
member of the papain family of endopeptidases. It is thought to cleave the
valine-citruline
linkers used in other AAC linkers described in this patent.
Table 5. Cleavage of optimized linkers by staphopains and human
cathepsin B
Staphopain A Staphopain B Cathepsin B
MP-LAFGA-QSY7 Percent 38 100 100
cleavage
("core peptide"
disclosed as SEQ ID pH 7.2
NO: 135)
(Figure 30)
Cleavage A-QSY7 A-QSY7 A-QSY7
product
MP-LAFAA-QSY7 Percent 23 100 100
cleavage
("core peptide"
disclosed as SEQ ID pH 7.2
NO: 136)
(Figure 30)
Cleavage A-QSY7 A-QSY7 A-QSY7,
product
QSY7
MP-LAFG-PABC- Percent 100 100 100
(piperazinoBOR) cleavage
("core peptide" pH 5
disclosed as SEQ ID
NO: 128)
LA-104
Percent 46 100 64
cleavage
pH 7.2
Cleavage piperazino- piperazino-
product rifamycin rifamycin
Table 5 shows data from cleavage of optimized linkers conjugated to thioFAB by
staphopain A, staphopain B, and Cathepsin B. The final linker-antibiotic, MP-
LAFG-
144
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
piperazino-rifamycin ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128) is
efficiently cleaved by
all three proteases. Cleavage by the staphopains results in the release free
rifamycin.
Cleavage by cathepsin B releases Phe-Gly-piperazino-rifamycin (Example 26).
Design and conjugation of a staphopain B cleavable linker that releases free
antibiotic:
From the cleavage assays of the experimental linkers tested, mal-LAFGA ("core
peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 135) was selected for antibiotic attachment.
Further
optimization of this linker was required to achieve free antibiotic release
upon proteolytic
cleavage. To accomplish this, Ala in P1' was replaced by p-aminobenzyl (PAB)
or p-
aminobenzyloxycarbonyl (PABC). Piperazino-rifamycin was added to the C-
terminus of this
linker to complete the linker-antibiotic intermediates LA-88 MC-LAFG-PAB-
(dimethylamino-3-pyrroloBOR) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128) and
LA-104,
MP-LAFG-PABC-(piperazinoBOR) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128).
Upon
cleavage after Gly in the P1 position, the PAB and PABC groups are designed to
self-
immolate, releasing free antibiotic. LA-88 was conjugated to form thio- 54497-
v8-
LCV205C-MC-LAFG-PAB-(dimethylamino-3-pyrroloBOR) AAC-163 ("core peptide"
disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128) (Table 3). LA-104 was conjugated to form AAC-193,
AAC-
215, and AAC-222. Cleavage assays of AAC 193 with staphopain A, staphopain B,
and
cathepsin B were performed at pH 7.2 and pH 5. These pH values were selected
to either
mimic plasma (pH 7.2) or the environment of the phagolysosome (pH 5).
Staphopain B
achieved 100% cleavage at both pH 5 and 7.2. Staphopain A showed 100% cleavage
at pH5
and 64% cleavage at pH 7.2.
The substitution of PABC for Ala in the P1' group changed the location at
which
cathepsin B cleaves the linker. Upon cleavage by cathepsin B, Phe-Gly-PABC-
(piperazinoBOR) was released. As a therapeutic, potential cleavage of this
linker by
cathepsin B would most likely occur in the lysosomal compartment of
macrophages. Under
these circumstances, other proteases, including staphopain B, may further
process FG-PABC-
piperazino-rifamycin to liberate free antibiotic.
Linker-antibiotic intermediate, MP-LAFG-PABC-(piperazinoBOR) ("core peptide"
disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128) LA-104 was conjugated to thioMAB S4497 to
evaluate the in
vitro and in vivo efficacy of the resultant AACs AAC-193, AAC-215, AAC-222.
Two
control conjugates were also made by conjugating LA-104 to thioMAB anti-Her2
and
thioMAB anti-gD, both isotype controls. The light chain linked, thioMAB 4497
MP-LAFG-
PABC-piperazino-rifamycin conjugate ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO:
128) AAC-
145
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
215 had a drug to antibody ratio (DAR) of 1.6, as did the thioMAB anti-gD
control
conjugate. The thioMAB anti-Her2 mal-LAFG-PABC-piperazino-rifamycin ("core
peptide"
disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128) conjugate had a DAR of 1.5.
S. aureus culture supernatant was screened using a FRET peptide library to
identify
substrates readily cleaved by secreted proteases. The results of this screen
showed the
overwhelming majority of measured protease activity may be attributed to one
secreted
cysteine protease of S. aureus, staphopain B. Peptide linkers designed for
cleavage by
staphopain B were optimized and an efficiently cleaved substrate was
identified that released
free antibiotic. The resultant linker is also cleaved by S. aureus protease
staphopain A and
human protease cathepsin B, both also cysteine proteases.
When conjugated to an antibody that binds S. aureus, the resultant AAC show
efficacy both in vitro and in vivo. The endogenous endopeptidases of MRSA
provide a
mechanism to target MRSA infections and release payload in a disease specific
manner. The
ability of this linker to be cleaved by secreted proteases of S. aureus allows
for targeting of
MRSA present in both human neutrophils as well as extracellularly in host
plasma/tissue.
This dual targeting may enable the release of a high concentration of
antibiotic at both intra-
and extra-cellular sites of infection.
Staphopain A and B expression are up-regulated in human neutrophils and are
thought
to be important virulence factors (Burlak, C., et al. (2007) Cellular
microbiology 9(5):1172-
1190), making them attractive targets for protease mediated release of
antibiotic. Human
cathepsin B also cleaves the linker, presenting an alternate pathway of
release. The observed
efficacy of the AAC is likely to be the result of multiple proteases, both
from S. aureus and
the host, involved in the release of antibiotic or antibiotic moieties. A
serum-stable linker that
is cleaved by an assortment of proteases provides a release mechanism that may
outmaneuver
resistance mutations of the bacterium.
METHODS OF TREATING AND PREVENTING INFECTIONS WITH ANTIBODY-
ANTIBIOTIC CONJUGATES
The AAC of the invention are useful as antimicrobial agents effective against
a
number of human and veterinary Gram positive bacteria, including the
Staphylococci, for
example S. aureus, S. saprophyticus and S. simulans; Listeria, for example
Listeria
monocytogenes; Enterococci, for example E. faecalis; Streptococci, for example
S.
pneumoniae; Clostridium, for example C. difficile.
146
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Persistent bacteremia can result from internalization into host cells. While
not
entirely understood, internalized pathogens are able to escape immune
recognition by
surviving inside host cells. Such organisms include S. aureus, Salmonella
(e.g., S. typi, S.
choreraesuis and S. enteritidis), Legionella (e.g., L. pneumophila), Listeria
(e.g., L.
monocytogenes), Brucella (e.g., B. abortus, B. melitensis, B. suis), Chlamydia
(C.
pneumoniea, C. trachomati), Rickettsia spp., Shigella (e.g., S. flexneri), and
mycobacteria.
Following entry into the bloodstream, S. aureus can cause metastatic infection
in
almost any organ. Secondary infections occur in about one-third of cases
before the start of
therapy (Fowler et al., (2003) Arch. Intern. Med. 163:2066-2072), and even in
10% of
patients after the start of therapy (Khatib et al., (2006) Scand. J. Infect.
Dis., 38:7-14).
Hallmarks of infections are large reservoirs of pus, tissue destruction, and
the formation of
abcesses (all of which contain large quantities of neutrophils). While only
about 5% of
patients develop complications if the bacteremia is extinguished within 48
hours, the levels
rises to 40%, if bacteraemia persists beyond three days.
While S. aureus is generally considered to be an extracellular pathogen that
secretes
toxins, evidence exists that it can survive inside endothelial cells,
keratinocytes, fibroblasts,
and osteoclasts (Alexander et al, (2001) Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 56:361-
366; Garzoni et
al, (2009) Trends Microbiol. 17:59-65). Neutrophils and macrophages are key
components
of the host innate immune response to bacterial infection. These cells
internalize S. aureus
by phagocytosis, which may be enhanced by antibody, complement, or host
lectins such as
mannose binding protein, which can bind simultaneously to pathogen and
neutrophils,
macrophages, and other professional phagocytes. As previously mentioned, S.
aureus not
only survives in the lysosomal environment, but may actually exploit it as a
mechanism for
developing persistence in the host.
The antibody-antibiotic conjugates (AAC) of the invention have significant
therapeutic advantages for treating intracellular pathogens, including those
residing in
phagolysosomes. In one embodiment, the pathogen is internalized into leukocyte
cells, and
the intracellular component is a phagolysosome. In an intact AAC, the antibody
variable
region binds to a cell surface antigen on the bacteria (opsonization). Not to
be limited by any
one theory, in one mechanism, by the antibody component of the AAC binding to
the
bacterial cell surface, phagocytes are attracted to the bacterium. The Fc
portion of the
antibody binds to an Fc receptor on the phagocyte, facilitating phagocytosis.
After the AAC-
bacteria complex is phagocytosed, upon fusing to lysosome, the AAC linker is
cleaved by
exposure to phagolysosomal enzymes, releasing an active antibiotic. Due to the
confined
147
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
space and relatively high local Abx concentration (about 104 per bacterium),
the result is that
the phagolysosome no longer supports the survival of the intracellular
pathogen (Figure 5).
Because the AAC is essentially an inactive prodrug, the therapeutic index of
the antibiotic
can be extended relative to the free (unconjugated) form. The antibody
provides pathogen
specific targeting, while the cleavable linker is cleaved under conditions
specific to the
intracellular location of the pathogen. The effect can be both directly on the
opsonized
pathogen as well as other pathogens that are co-localized in the
phagolysosome. In a specific
aspect, the pathogen is S. aureus.
Antibiotic tolerance is the ability of a disease-causing pathogen to resist
killing by
antibiotics and other antimicrobials and is mechanistically distinct from
multidrug resistance
(Lewis K (2007). "Persister cells, dormancy and infectious disease". Nature
Reviews
Microbiology 5 (1): 48-56. doi:10.1038/nrmicro1557). Rather, this form of
tolerance is
caused by a small sub-population of microbial cells called persisters (Bigger
JW (14 October
1944). "Treatment of staphylococcal infections with penicillin by intermittent
sterilization".
Lancet 244 (6320): 497-500). These cells are not multidrug resistant in the
classical sense,
but rather are dormant cells that are tolerant to antibiotic treatment that
can kill their
genetically identical siblings. This antibiotic tolerance is induced by a non-
or extremely slow
dividing physiological state. When antimicrobial treatment fails to eradicate
these persister
cells, they become a reservoir for recurring chronic infections. The antibody-
antibiotic
conjugates of the invention possess a unique property to kill these persister
cells and suppress
the emergence of multidrug tolerant bacterial populations.
In another embodiment, the AAC of the invention may be used to treat infection
regardless of the intracellular compartment in which the pathogen survives.
In another embodiment, AACs could also be used to target bacteria in
planktonic or
biofilm form (example: S. aureus, K. pneumonia, E. coli, A. baumannii, P.
aeruginosa and
Enterobacteriaceae) by antibody-mediated opsonization, leading to
internalization by
professional phagocytes. When the phagosome fuses with a lysosome,
sufficiently high
concentrations of free antibiotic will be released from the AAC in the acidic
or proteolytic
environment of the phagolysosome to kill the phagocytosed pathogen.
Methods of treating infection with antibody-antibiotic conjugates (AAC) of the
invention include treating bacterial lung infections, such as S. aureus
pneumonia or
tuberculosis infections, bacterial ocular infections, such as trachoma and
conjunctivitis, heart,
brain or skin infections, infections of the gastrointestinal tract, such as
travellers' diarrhea,
osteomyelitis, ulcerative colitis, irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), Crohn's
disease, and IBD
148
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
(inflammatory bowel disease) in general, bacterial meningitis, and abscesses
in any organ,
such as muscle, liver, meninges, or lung. The bacterial infectious can be in
they parts of the
body like the urinary tract, the bloodstream, a wound or a catheter insertion
site. The AACs
of the invention are useful for difficult-to-treat infections that involve
biofilms, implants or
sanctuary sites (e.g., osteomyelitis and prosthetic joint infections), and
high mortality
infections such as hospital acquired pneumonia and bacteremia. Vulnerable
patient groups that
can be treated to prevent Staphylococcal aureus infection include hemodialysis
patients, immune-
compromised patients, patients in intensive care units, and certain surgical
patients .In another
aspect, the invention provides a method of killing, treating, or preventing a
microbial
infection in an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human, that
includes
administering to the animal an AAC or pharmaceutical formulation of an AAC of
the
invention. The invention further features treating or preventing diseases
associated with or
which opportunistically result from such microbial infections. Such methods of
treatment or
prevention may include the oral, topical, intravenous, intramuscular, or
subcutaneous
administration of a composition of the invention. For example, prior to
surgery or insertion
of an IV catheter, in ICU care, in transplant medicine, with or post cancer
chemotherapy, or
other activities that bear a high risk of infection, the AAC of the invention
may be
administered to prevent the onset or spread of infection.
The bacterial infection may be caused by a bacteria with an active and
inactive form,
and the AAC is administered in an amount and for a duration sufficient to
treat both the
active and the inactive, latent form of the bacterial infection, which
duration is longer than is
needed to treat the active form of the bacterial infection.
Analysis of various Gram+ bacteria found WTA beta expressed on all S. aureus,
including MRSA and MSSA strains, as well as non-aureus Staph strains such as
S.
saprophyticus and S. simulans. WTA alpha (Alpha-GLcNAc ribitol WTA) is present
on
most, but not all S. aureus, and also present on Listeria monocytogenes. WTA
is not present
on Gram¨ bacteria. Therefore one aspect of the invention is a method of
treating a patient
infected with S. aureus or S. saprophyticus or S. simulans by administering a
therapeutically
effective amount of an anti-WTA beta-AAC of the invention. Another aspect of
the
invention is a method of treating a patient infected with S. aureus or
Listeria monocytogenes
by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-WTA alpha-AAC
of the
invention. The invention also contemplates a method of preventing infections
by S. aureus or
S. saprophyticus or S. simulans by administering a therapeutically effective
amount of an
149
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
anti-WTA beta-AAC of the invention in hospital settings such as surgery, burn
patient, and
organ transplantation.
The patient needing treatment for a bacterial infection as determined by a
physician of
skill in the art may have already been, but does not need to be diagnosed with
the kind of
bacteria that he/she is infected with. Since a patient with a bacterial
infection can take a turn
for the worse very quickly, in a matter of hours, the patient upon admission
into the hospital
can be administered the anti-WTA-AACs of the invention along with one or more
standard of
care Abx such as vancomycin. When the diagnostic results become available and
indicate the
presence of, e.g., S. aureus in the infection, the patient can continue with
treatment with the
anti-WTA AAC. Therefore, in one embodiment of the method of treating a
bacterial
infection or specifically a S. aureus infection, the patient is administered a
therapeutically
effective amount of an anti-WTA beta AAC. In the methods of treatment or
prevention of the
present invention, an AAC of the invention can be administered as the sole
therapeutic agent
or in conjunction with other agents such as those described below. The AACs of
the
invention show superiority to vancomyein in the treatment of IVIRSA in pre-
clinical models.
Comparison of AACs to SOC can be measured, e.g., by a redaction in mortality
rate. The
patient being treated would be assessed for responsiveness to the AAC
treatment by a variety
of measurable factors. Examples of signs and symptoms that clinicians might
use to assess
improvement in their patients includes the following: normalization of the
white blood cell
count if elevated at diagnosis, normalization of body temperature if elevated
(fever) at the
time of diagnosis, clearance of blood cultures, visual improvement in wound
including less
erythema and drainage of pus, reduction in ventilator requirements such as
requiring less
oxygen or reduced rate of ventilation in a patient who is ventilated, coming
off of the
ventilator entirely if the patient is ventilated at the time of diagnosis, use
of less medications
to support a stable blood pressure if these medications were required at the
time of diagnosis,
normalization of lab abnormalities that suggest end-organ failure such as
elevated creatinine
or liver function tests if they were abnormal at the time of diagnosis, and
improvement in
radiologic imaging (e.g. chest x-ray that previously suggested pneumonia
showing
resolution). In a patient in the ICU, these factors might be measured at least
daily. Fever is
monitored closely as is white blood cell count including absolute neutrophil
counts as well as
evidence that a "left shift" (appearance of blasts indicating increased
neutrophil production in
response to an active infection) has resolved.
150
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
In the context of the present methods of treatment of the invention, a patient
with a
bacterial infection is considered to be treated if there is significant
measurable improvement
as assessed by the physician of skill in the art, in at least two or more of
the preceding factors
compared to the values, signs or symptoms before or at the start of treatment
or at the time of
diagnosis. In some embodiments, there is measurable improvement in 3, 4, 5, 6
or more of
the aforementioned factors. If some embodiments, the improvement in the
measured factors
is by at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 100% compared to the values
before
treatment. Typically, a patient can be considered completely treated of the
bacterial infection
(e.g., S. aureus infection) if the patient's measurable improvements include
the following:
i) repeat blood or tissue cultures (typically several) that do not grow out
the bacteria that was
originally identified ; ii) fever is normalized; iii) WBC is normalized; and
iv) evidence that
end-organ failure (lungs, liver, kidneys, vascular collapse) has resolved
either fully or
partially given the pre-existent co-morbidities that the patient had.
Dosing
In any of the foregoing aspects, in treating an infected patient, the dosage
of an AAC
is normally about 0.001 to 1000 mg/kg/day. In one embodiment the patient with
a bacterial
infection is treated at an AAC dose in the range of about 1 mg/kg to about
100mg/kg,
typically about 5mg/kg to about 90mg/kg, more specifically 10mg/kg to 50
mg/kg. The AAC
may be given daily (e.g., a single dose of 5 to 50 mg/kg/day) or less
frequently (e.g., a single
dose of 5, 12.5, or 25 mg/kg/week). One dose may be split over 2 days, for
example,
25mg/kg on one day and 25mg/kg the next day. The patient can be administered a
dose once
every 3 days (q3D), once a week to every other week (q0W), for a duration of 1-
8 weeks. In
one embodiment, the patient is administered an AAC of the invention via IV
once a week for
2-6 weeks with standard of care (SOC) to treat the bacterial infection such as
a staph A
infection. Treatment length would be dictated by the condition of the patient
or the extent of
the infection, e.g. a duration of 2 weeks for uncomplicated bacteremia, or 6
weeks for
bacteremia with endocarditis.
In one embodiment, an AAC administered at an initial dose of 2.5 to 100 mg/kg
for
one to seven consecutive days, followed by a maintenance dose of 0.005 to 10
mg/kg once
every one to seven days for one month.
Route of administration
For treating the bacterial infections, the AACs of the invention can be
administered at
any of the preceding dosages intravenously (i.v.) or subcutaneously. In one
embodiment, the
151
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
WTA-AAC is administered intravenously. In a specific embodiment, the WTA-AAC
administered via i.v. is a WTA-beta AAC, more specifically, wherein the WTA-
beta antibody
is one selected from the group of Abs with amino acid sequences as disclosed
in Figure 14,
Figure 15A, Figure 15B, Figure 16A, and Figure 16B.
Combination therapy
An AAC may be administered in conjunction with one or more additional, e.g.
second, therapeutic or prophylactic agents as appropriate as determined by the
physician
treating the patient.
In one embodiment, the second antibiotic administered in combination with the
antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound of the invention is selected from the
structural
classes: : (i) aminoglycosides; (ii) beta-lactams; (iii) macrolides/cyclic
peptides; (iv)
tetracyclines; (v) fluoroquinolines/fluoroquinolones; (vi) and oxazolidinones.
See: Shaw, K.
and Barbachyn, M. (2011) Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 1241:48-70; Sutcliffe, J. (2011)
Ann. N.Y.
Acad. Sci. 1241:122-152.
In one embodiment, the second antibiotic administered in combination with the
antibody-antibiotic conjugate compound of the invention is selected from
clindamycin,
novobiocin, retapamulin, daptomycin, GSK-2140944, CG-400549, sitafloxacin,
teicoplanin,
triclosan, napthyridone, radezolid, doxorubicin, ampicillin, vancomycin,
imipenem,
doripenem, gemcitabine, dalbavancin, and azithromycin.
Additional examples of these additional therapeutic or prophylactic agents are
anti-
inflammatory agents (e.g., non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs;
e.g., detoprofen,
diclofenac, diflunisal, etodolac, fenoprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen,
indomethacin,
ketoprofen, meclofenameate, mefenamic acid, meloxicam, nabumeone, naproxen
sodium,
oxaprozin, piroxicam, sulindac, tolmetin, celecoxib, rofecoxib, aspirin,
choline salicylate,
salsalte, and sodium and magnesium salicylate) and steroids (e.g., cortisone,
dexamethasone,
hydrocortisone, methylprednisolone, prednisolone, prednisone, triamcinolone)),
antibacterial
agents (e.g., azithromycin, clarithromycin, erythromycin, gatifloxacin,
levofloxacin,
amoxicillin, metronidazole, penicillin G, penicillin V, methicillin,
oxacillin, cloxacillin,
dicloxacillin, nafcillin, ampicillin, carbenicillin, ticarcillin, mezlocillin,
piperacillin,
azlocillin, temocillin, cepalothin, cephapirin, cephradine, cephaloridine,
cefazolin,
cefamandole, cefuroxime, cephalexin, cefprozil, cefaclor, loracarbef,
cefoxitin, cefmatozole,
cefotaxime, ceftizoxime, ceftriaxone, cefoperazone, ceftazidime, cefixime,
cefpodoxime,
ceftibuten, cefdinir, cefpirome, cefepime, BAL5788, BAL9141, imipenem,
ertapenem,
meropenem, astreonam, clavulanate, sulbactam, tazobactam, streptomycin,
neomycin,
152
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
kanamycin, paromycin, gentamicin, tobramycin, amikacin, netilmicin,
spectinomycin,
sisomicin, dibekalin, isepamicin, tetracycline, chlortetracycline,
demeclocycline,
minocycline, oxytetracycline, methacycline, doxycycline, telithromycin, ABT-
773,
lincomycin, clindamycin, vancomycin, oritavancin, dalbavancin, teicoplanin,
quinupristin
and dalfopristin, sulphanilamide, para-aminobenzoic acid, sulfadiazine,
sulfisoxazole,
sulfamethoxazole, sulfathalidine, linezolid, nalidixic acid, oxolinic acid,
norfloxacin,
perfloxacin, enoxacin, ofloxacin, ciprofloxacin, temafloxacin, lomefloxacin,
fleroxacin,
grepafloxacin, sparfloxacin, trovafloxacin, clinafloxacin, moxifloxacin,
gemifloxacin,
sitafloxacin, daptomycin, garenoxacin, ramoplanin, faropenem, polymyxin,
tigecycline,
AZD2563, or trimethoprim), antibacterial antibodies including antibodies to
the same or
different antigen from the AAC targeted Ag, platelet aggregation inhibitors
(e.g., abciximab,
aspirin, cilostazol, clopidogrel, dipyridamole, eptifibatide, ticlopidine, or
tirofiban),
anticoagulants (e.g., dalteparin, danaparoid, enoxaparin, heparin, tinzaparin,
or warfarin),
antipyretics (e.g., acetaminophen), or lipid lowering agents (e.g.,
cholestyramine, colestipol,
nicotinic acid, gemfibrozil, probucol, ezetimibe, or statins such as
atorvastatin, rosuvastatin,
lovastatin simvastatin, pravastatin, cerivastatin, and fluvastatin). In one
embodiment the
AAC of the invention is administered in combination with standard of care
(SOC) for S.
aureus (including methicillin-resistant and methicillin-sensitive strains).
MSSA is usually
typically treated with nafcillin or oxacillin and MRSA is typically treated
with vancomycin or
cefazolin.
These additional agents may be administered within 14 days, 7 days, 1 day, 12
hours,
or 1 hour of administration of an AAC, or simultaneously therewith. The
additional
therapeutic agents may be present in the same or different pharmaceutical
compositions as an
AAC. When present in different pharmaceutical compositions, different routes
of
administration may be used. For example, an AAC may be administered
intravenous or
subcutaneously, while a second agent may be administered orally.
PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS
The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions containing the
AAC, and to methods of treating a bacterial infection using the pharmaceutical
compositions
containing AAC. Such compositions may further comprise suitable excipients,
such as
pharmaceutically acceptable excipients (carriers) including buffers, acids,
bases, sugars,
diluents, glidants, preservatives and the like, which are well known in the
art and are
described herein. The present methods and compositions may be used alone or in
153
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
combinations with other conventions methods and/or agents for treating
infectious diseases.
In one aspect, the invention further provides pharmaceutical formulations
comprising at least
one antibody of the invention and/or at least one antibody-antibiotic
conjugate (AAC)
thereof. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical formulation comprises 1) an
antibody of the
invention and/or an AAC thereof, and 2) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In some
embodiments, a pharmaceutical formulation comprises 1) an antibody of the
invention and/or
an AAC thereof, and optionally, 2) at least one additional therapeutic agent.
Pharmaceutical formulations comprising an antibody or AAC of the invention are
prepared for storage by mixing the antibody or AAC having the desired degree
of purity with
optional physiologically acceptable carriers, excipients or stabilizers
(Remington's
Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed. (1980)) in the form of
aqueous solutions
or lyophilized or other dried formulations. Acceptable carriers, excipients,
or stabilizers are
nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include
buffers such
as phosphate, citrate, histidine and other organic acids; antioxidants
including ascorbic acid
and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium
chloride;
hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride); phenol,
butyl or
benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol;
resorcinol;
cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about
10 residues)
polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins;
hydrophilic
polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine,
asparagine,
histidine, arginine, or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other
carbohydrates
including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars
such as
sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as
sodium; metal
complexes (e.g., Zn-protein complexes); and/or non-ionic surfactants such as
TWEENTm,
PLURONICSTM or polyethylene glycol (PEG). Pharmaceutical formulations to be
used for in
vivo administration are generally sterile, readily accomplished by filtration
through sterile
filtration membranes.
Active ingredients may also be entrapped in microcapsule prepared, for
example, by
co-acervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example,
hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsule and poly-(methylmethacrylate)
microcapsule, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example,
liposomes,
albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in
154
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Remington's Pharmaceutical
Sciences
16th edition, Osol, A. Ed. (1980).
Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-
release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic
polymers
containing the antibody or AAC of the invention, which matrices are in the
form of shaped
articles, e.g., films, or microcapsule. Examples of sustained-release matrices
include
polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or
poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919), copolymers of L-
glutamic acid
and y ethyl-L-glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable
lactic acid-
glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOTTm (injectable microspheres
composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), and
poly-D-0-3-
hydroxybutyric acid. While polymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate and lactic
acid-glycolic
acid enable release of molecules for over 100 days, certain hydrogels release
proteins for
shorter time periods. When encapsulated antibodies or AAC remain in the body
for a long
time, they may denature or aggregate as a result of exposure to moisture at 37
C, resulting in
a loss of biological activity and possible changes in immunogenicity. Rational
strategies can
be devised for stabilization depending on the mechanism involved. For example,
if the
aggregation mechanism is discovered to be intermolecular S-S bond formation
through thio-
disulfide interchange, stabilization may be achieved by modifying sulfhydryl
residues,
lyophilizing from acidic solutions, controlling moisture content, using
appropriate additives,
and developing specific polymer matrix compositions.
An antibody may be formulated in any suitable form for delivery to a target
cell/tissue. For example, antibodies may be formulated as liposomes, a small
vesicle
composed of various types of lipids, phospholipids and/or surfactant which is
useful for
delivery of a drug to a mammal. The components of the liposome are commonly
arranged in
a bilayer formation, similar to the lipid arrangement of biological membranes.
Liposomes
containing the antibody are prepared by methods known in the art, such as
described in
Epstein et al., (1985) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:3688; Hwang et al.,
(1980) Proc. Natl
Acad. Sci. USA 77:4030; US 4485045; US 4544545; WO 97/38731; US 5013556.
Particularly useful liposomes can be generated by the reverse phase
evaporation
method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol
and PEG-
derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes are extruded through
filters of
defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter. Fab' fragments
of the
155
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
antibody of the present invention can be conjugated to the liposomes as
described in Martin
et al., (1982) J. Biol. Chem. 257:286-288 via a disulfide interchange
reaction. A
chemotherapeutic agent is optionally contained within the liposome (Gabizon et
al., (1989)J.
National Cancer Inst. 81(19):1484).
METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR DIAGNOSTICS AND DETECTION
In certain embodiments, any of the antibodies provided herein is useful for
detecting
the presence of MRSA in a biological sample. The term "detecting" as used
herein
encompasses quantitative or qualitative detection. A "biological sample"
comprises, e.g.,
blood, serum, plasma, tissue, sputum, aspirate, swab, etc.
In one embodiment, an anti-WTA antibody for use in a method of diagnosis or
detection is provided. In a further aspect, a method of detecting the presence
of WTA in a
biological sample is provided. In certain embodiments, the method comprises
contacting the
biological sample with an anti-WTA antibody as described herein under
conditions
permissive for binding of the anti-WTA antibody to WTA, and detecting whether
a complex
is formed between the anti-WTA antibody and WTA in the biological sample. Such
method
may be an in vitro or in vivo method. In one embodiment, an anti-MRSA antibody
is used to
select subjects eligible for therapy with an anti-MRSA antibody, e.g. where
MRSA is a
biomarker for selection of patients.
In one exemplary embodiment, an anti-WTA antibody is used in vivo to detect,
e.g.,
by in vivo imaging, an MRSA-positive infection in a subject, e.g., for the
purposes of
diagnosing, prognosing, or staging treatment of an infection, determining the
appropriate
course of therapy, or monitoring response of the infection to therapy. One
method known in
the art for in vivo detection is immuno-positron emission tomography (immuno-
PET), as
described, e.g., in van Dongen et al., (2007) The Oncologist 12:1379-1389 and
Verel et al.,
(2003) J. Nucl. Med. 44:1271-1281. In such embodiments, a method is provided
for
detecting an Staph-positive infection in a subject, the method comprising
administering a
labeled anti-Staph antibody to a subject having or suspected of having an
Staph-positive
infection, and detecting the labeled anti-Staph antibody in the subject,
wherein detection of
the labeled anti-Staph antibody indicates a Staph-positive infection in the
subject. In certain
of such embodiments, the labeled anti-Staph antibody comprises an anti-Staph
antibody
conjugated to a positron emitter, such as 68Ga, 18F564cu, 86y5 76hi-..1.5 89
Zr, and 1241. In a
particular embodiment, the positron emitter is 89Zr.
156
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
In further embodiments, a method of diagnosis or detection comprises
contacting a
first anti-Staph antibody immobilized to a substrate with a biological sample
to be tested for
the presence of Staph, exposing the substrate to a second anti-Staph antibody,
and detecting
whether the second anti-Staph antibody is bound to a complex between the first
anti-Staph
antibody and Staph in the biological sample. A substrate may be any supportive
medium,
e.g., glass, metal, ceramic, polymeric beads, slides, chips, and other
substrates. In certain
embodiments, a biological sample comprises a cell or tissue (e.g., biopsy
material, including
cancerous or potentially cancerous colorectal, endometrial, pancreatic or
ovarian tissue). In
certain embodiments, the first or second anti-Staph antibody is any of the
antibodies
described herein. In such embodiments, the second anti-WTA antibody may be
anti-WTA
antibodies S4497, S4462, S6978, S4487, or antibodies derived from them as
described
herein.
Exemplary disorders that may be diagnosed or detected according to any of the
above
embodiments include MRSA -positive infection, using test such as
immunohistochemistry
(IHC) or in situ hybridization (ISH). In some embodiments, a Staph-positive
infection is an
infection that expresses Staph according to a reverse-transcriptase PCR (RT-
PCR) assay that
detects Staph mRNA. In some embodiments, the RT-PCR is quantitative RT-PCR
(Francois
P and Schrenzel J (2008). "Rapid Diagnosis and Typing of Staphylococcus
aureus".
Staphylococcus: Molecular Genetics. Caister Academic Press; Mackay IM, ed.
(2007)), and
real time PCR ("Real-Time PCR in Microbiology: From Diagnosis to
Characterization.
Caister Academic Press).
In certain embodiments, labeled anti-wall teichoic acid (WTA) antibodies are
provided. Labels include, but are not limited to, labels or moieties that are
detected directly
(such as fluorescent, chromophoric, electron-dense, chemiluminescent, and
radioactive
labels), as well as moieties, such as enzymes or ligands, that are detected
indirectly, e.g.,
through an enzymatic reaction or molecular interaction. Exemplary labels
include, but are
not limited to, the radioisotopes 32P, 14C5 12515 3-.- n-.-5
and 1311, fluorophores such as rare earth
chelates or fluorescein and its derivatives, rhodamine and its derivatives,
dansyl,
umbelliferone, luceriferases, e.g., firefly luciferase and bacterial
luciferase (US 4737456),
luciferin, 2,3-dihydrophthalazinediones, horseradish peroxidase (HRP),
alkaline phosphatase,
I3-galactosidase, glucoamylase, lysozyme, saccharide oxidases, e.g., glucose
oxidase,
galactose oxidase, and glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, heterocyclic
oxidases such as
uricase and xanthine oxidase, coupled with an enzyme that employs hydrogen
peroxide to
oxidize a dye precursor such as HRP, lactoperoxidase, or microperoxidase,
biotin/avidin, spin
157
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
labels, bacteriophage labels, stable free radicals, and the like. In another
embodiment, a label
is a positron emitter. Positron emitters include but are not limited to 68Ga,
18F, 64cu, 86y,
76Br, 89Zr, and 1241. In a particular embodiment, a positron emitter is 89Zr.
Clinically, the symptoms of infections with MRSA are similar to those of
methicillin-
sensitive Staphylococcus aureus (MSSA), and include abscesses and cellulitis.
Often, the
abscesses are accompanied by an areas of central necrosis. Furuncles (boils)
are also
common, particularly in the context of a MRSA outbreak. Lesions may also be
misreported
as a spider bite due the general redness which progresses to a necrotic
center. Additionally,
infections can appear as impetigo, folliculitis, deep-seated abscesses,
pyomyositis,
osteomyelitis, necrotizing fasciitis, staphylococcal toxic-shock syndrome,
pneumonia and
sepsis. Serious systemic infections are more common among persons with a
history of
injection drug use, diabetes or other immunocompromising conditions.
Standard treatment options for MRSA infections include conservative,
mechanical
options such as: (i) warm soaks and compresses, (ii) incision and drainage,
and (iii) remove
of foreign device (e.g., catheter) causing the infection. For more serious
infections,
especially those displaying cellulitis, antibiotics (Abx) are prescribed. For
mild to moderate
infections, antibiotics include trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole (TMP-SMX),
clindamycin,
doxycycline, minocycline, tetracycline, rifampin, vancomycin, linezolid.
Typically, a
treatment regimen occurs for 5-10 with periotic reexamination and evaluation
both during
and after the treatment period.
Additional treatment options include decolonization, especially in the setting
where a
patient experiences recurring infection or where they are in an environment
where a MRSA
outbreak is ongoing. Decolonization is a procedure where the flora inhibiting
the nares of the
patient is removed. This is done through topical application of 2% mupirocin
ointment
applied generously within both nostrils for 5-10 days and topical cleansing
with
chlorhexidine gluconate 4% for 5 days.
ARTICLES OF MANUFACTURE
In another aspect of the invention, an article of manufacture containing
materials
useful for the treatment, prevention and/or diagnosis of the disorders
described above is
provided. The article of manufacture comprises a container and a label or
package insert on
or associated with the container. Suitable containers include, for example,
bottles, vials,
syringes, IV solution bags, etc. The containers may be formed from a variety
of materials
such as glass or plastic. The container holds a composition which is by itself
or combined
158
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
with another composition effective for treating, preventing and/or diagnosing
the disorder and
may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an
intravenous solution bag
or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). At
least one active
agent in the composition is an antibody or immunoconjugate of the invention.
The label or
package insert indicates that the composition is used for treating the
condition of choice.
Moreover, the article of manufacture may comprise (a) a first container with a
composition
contained therein, wherein the composition comprises an antibody or
immunoconjugate of
the invention; and (b) a second container with a composition contained
therein, wherein the
composition comprises a further cytotoxic or otherwise therapeutic agent. The
article of
manufacture in this embodiment of the invention may further comprise a package
insert
indicating that the compositions can be used to treat a particular condition.
Alternatively, or
additionally, the article of manufacture may further comprise a second (or
third) container
comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as bacteriostatic water
for injection
(BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution or dextrose solution. It
may further
include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint,
including other
buffers, diluents, filters, needles, and syringes.
EXAMPLES
The following are examples of methods and compositions of the invention. It is
understood that various other embodiments may be practiced, given the general
description
provided above.
Example 1 MC-vc-PAB-pipBOR 51
2-Nitrobenzene-1,3-diol 1 was hydrogenated under hydrogen gas with
palladium/carbon catalyst in ethanol solvent to give 2-aminobenzene-1,3-diol
2, isolated as
the hydrochloride salt (Figures 23A and 23B). Mono-protection of 2 with tert-
butyldimethylsilyl chloride and triethylamine in
dichloromethane/tetrahydrofuran gave 2-
amino-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)phenol 3. Rifamycin S (ChemShuttle Inc.,
Fremont,
CA, US 7342011; US 7271165; US 7547692) was reacted with 3 by oxidative
condensation
with manganese oxide or oxygen gas in toluene at room temperature to give TBS-
protected
benzoxazino rifamycin 4. Reaction of 4 with piperidin-4-amine and manganese
oxide gave
piperidyl benzoxazino rifamycin (pipBOR) 5.
Piperidyl benzoxazino rifamycin (pipBOR) 5 (0.02 mmol) and 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-
(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-
ureidopentanamido)benzyl 4-nitrophenyl carbonate 6 (0.02 mmol) were mixed in
DMF (0.4
159
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
ml) at room temperature (RT). To this was added 2.5 equivalents of N,N'-
diisopropylethylamine. The solution was stirred from one to about 12 hours and
was
monitored by LC/MS. Upon completion, the solution was diluted with DMF and
injected
onto HPLC and purified under acidic conditions to give MC-vc-PAB-pipBOR 51.
M/Z =
1498.9. Yield 40%
Example 2 MC-fk-PAB-pipBOR 52
Following the procedure of Example 1, 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-y1)-
N-
((S)-1-((S)-5-guanidino-1-(4-(hydroxymethyl)phenylamino)-1-oxopentan-2-
ylamino)-1-oxo-
3-phenylpropan-2-yl)hexanamide 12 was converted to 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-
dioxo-2,5-
dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-phenylpropanamido)-5-
guanidinopentanamido)benzyl 4-nitrophenyl carbonate 13.
0
0 0 c-1
HN1 OH
N _ N
0 H
0
12
HNNH2
11 0
0 )L
0 F&)&0 Si cl
N 0 0
1101
N
0 H0- H NO2
HN 13
HNNH2
Piperidyl benzoxazino rifamycin (pipBOR) 5 (0.02 mmol) and 13 (0.02 mmol) were
mixed in DMF (0.4 ml) at room temperature (RT). To this was added 2.5
equivalents of
N,N'-diisopropylethylamine. The solution was stirred from one to about 12
hours and was
monitored by LC/MS. Upon completion, the solution was diluted with DMF and
injected
onto HPLC and purified under acidic conditions to give MC-fk-PAB-pipBOR 52.
M/Z =
1545.8. Yield 32%
Example 3 MP-vc-PAB-pipBOR 53
Following the procedure of Example 1, 6-(2-(2-(2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-
pyrrol-
1-yl)ethoxy)ethoxy)acetamido)-N-((S)-1-((S)-1-(4-(hydroxymethyl)phenylamino)-1-
oxo-5-
160
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
ureidopentan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-l-oxobutan-2-yl)hexanamide 14 was converted
to 4-
((17S,20S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-y1)-17-isopropyl-8,15,18-
trioxo-20-(3-
ureidopropy1)-3,6-dioxa-9,16,19-triazahenicosanamido)benzyl 4-nitrophenyl
carbonate 15.
o 0 c.rEl 0 Or OH
N N
N
H = H
0
0 0
14 NH
NH2
0
0 0 H 0 Or 0)L0
N
N
H = H
0 NO2
0 0
NH
(:"NH2
5
Piperidyl benzoxazino rifamycin (pipBOR) 5 (0.02 mmol) and 15 (0.02 mmol) were
mixed in DMF (0.4 ml) at room temperature (RT). To this was added 2.5
equivalents of
N,N'-diisopropylethylamine. The solution was stirred from one to about 12
hours and was
monitored by LC/MS. Upon completion, the solution was diluted with DMF and
injected
onto HPLC and purified under acidic conditions to give MP-vc-PAB-pipBOR 53.
M/Z =
10 1644.8. Yield 57%
Example 4 MC-vc-PAB-dimethylpipBOR 54
Reaction of N,N-dimethylpiperidin-4-amine with TBS-protected benzoxazino
rifamycin 4 gave dimethylpiperidyl benzoxazino rifamycin (dimethyl pipBOR) 7
(Figure 24).
Alternatively, (5-fluoro-2-nitro-1,3-phenylene)bis(oxy)bis(methylene)dibenzene
9
15 was hydrogenated under hydrogen gas with palladium/carbon catalyst in
tetrahydrofuran/methanol solvent to remove the benzyl groups to give 2-amino-5-
fluorobenzene-1,3-diol 10. Commercially available Rifamycin S or Rifamycin SV
sodium
salt (ChemShuttle Inc., Fremont, CA) was reacted with 2-amino-5-fluorobenzene-
1,3-diol 10
by oxidative condensation in air or potassium ferric cyanide in ethylacetate
at 60 C to give
fluoro benzoxazino rifamycin 11. Displacement of fluoro with N,N-
dimethylpiperidin-4-
amine gave dimethyl pipBOR 7 (Figures 25A and 25B).
6-(2,5-Dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-y1)-N-((S)-1-((S)-1 -(4-
(hydroxymethyl)phenylamino)-1-oxo-5-ureidop entan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-l-
oxobutan-2-
161
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
yl)hexanamide 8, prepared according to procedures in WO 2012113847; US
7659241; US
7498298; US 20090111756; US 20090018086; US 6214345; Dubowchik et al (2002)
Bioconjugate Chem. 13(4):855-869 (1.009 g, 1.762 mmol, 1.000, 1009 mg) was
taken up in
N,N-dimethylformamide (6 mL, 77 mmol, 44, 5700 mg). To this was added a
solution of
thionyl chloride (1.1 equiv., 1.938 mmol, 1.100, 231 mg) in dichloromethane
(DCM) (1 mL,
15.44 mmol, 8.765, 1325 mg) in portions dropwise (1/2 was added over 1 hour,
stirred one
hour at room temperature (RT) then added the other half over another hour).
The solution
remained a yellow color. Another 0.6 eq of thionyl chloride was added as a
solution in 0.5
mL DCM dropwise, carefully. The reaction remained yellow and was stirred
sealed overnight
at RT. The reaction was monitored by LC/MS to 88% product benzyl chloride 9.
Another
0.22 eq of thionyl chloride was added dropwise as a solution in 0.3 mL DCM.
When the
reaction approached 92% benzyl chloride 9, the reaction was bubbled with N2.
The
concentration was reduced from 0.3 M to 0.6 M. The product N-((S)-1-((S)-1-(4-
(chloromethyl)p henylamino)-1-oxo-5 -ureidop entan-2-ylamino)-3 -methyl-l-
oxobutan-2-y1)-
6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamide 9 was stored in the
refrigerator as a 0.6
M solution and used as is. M/Z 591.3, 92% yield.
In a flask, N-((S)-1-((S)-1-(4-(chloromethyl)phenylamino)-1-oxo-5-ureidopentan-
2-
ylamino)-3-methyl-l-oxobutan-2-y1)-6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-
yl)hexanamide 9,
(0.9 mmol) was cooled to 0 C and dimethylpiperidyl benzoxazino rifamycin
(dimethyl
pipBOR) 7 (0.75 g, 0.81 mmol, 0.46, 750 mg) was added. The mixture was diluted
with
another 1.5 mL of DMF to reach 0.3 M. Stirred open to air for 30 minutes. N,N-
diisopropylethylamine (3.5 mmol, 3.5 mmol, 2.0, 460 mg) was added and the
reaction stirred
overnight open to air. Over the course of 4 days, 4 additions of 0.2eq N,N-
diisopropylethylamine base was added while the reaction stirred open to air,
until the reaction
appeared to stop progressing. The reaction was diluted with DMF and purified
on HPLC (20-
60% ACN/FA1120) in several batches to give MC-vc-PAB-dimethylpipBOR 54.
M/Z=1482.8 yield: 32%
Example 5 MC-vc-PAB-monomethylpip, desacetylBOR 55
Following the procedures of Example 1, N-methylpiperidin-4-amine and TBS-
protected desacetyl, benzoxazino rifamycin were reacted with manganese oxide
to give
monomethylpiperidyl benzoxazino rifamycin (pipBOR) 16.
162
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
0
/h,
OH0
N Id& OH
io .....c 0H AOH
HNCN 0 0 H0i, =,//
HN
1 , I
16
4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-Dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-
methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)benzyl 4-nitrophenyl carbonate 6 and 16
were
reacted to give MC-vc-PAB-monomethylpip, desacetylBOR 55 in 26% yield (M/Z =
1456.5).
Example 6 MC-vc-PAB-monomethylpipBOR 56
Following the procedures of Example 1, N-methylpiperidin-4-amine and TBS-
protected, benzoxazino rifamycin 4 were reacted with manganese oxide to give
monomethylpiperidyl benzoxazino rifamycin (pipBOR) 17.
0
I,,, 0 1 n ,-,
,\ -- --- 1/4_,
0)C
OH 0
I.
N
õop 0H AOH
N
HN 0
-0 0
HN
1 , I
17
4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-Dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-
methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)benzyl 4-nitrophenyl carbonate 6 and 17
were
reacted to give MC-vc-PAB-monomethylpipBOR 56 in 25% yield (M/Z = 1471.0).
Example 7 MC-vc-PAB- pip, desacetylBOR 57
Following the procedures of Example 1, piperidin-4-amine and TBS-protected
desacetyl, benzoxazino rifamycin 18 were reacted with manganese oxide to give
piperidyl,
des-acetyl benzoxazino rifamycin (pip desacetyl BOR) 19.
0 0
b
//b 0 1 \, 0 1\ 0, , " 0 s
OH 0 I&OH
OH 0 1 & OH
N N
1110 .011107 0H AOH ...or 0H AOH
0 `. 0 HO ,,,/
H2N0
1 0 ".... 0 H0i, =,/,
HN 0 HN 0
I I
18 19
163
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
Piperidyl, des-acetyl benzoxazino rifamycin 19 (0.02 mmol) and 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-
(6-
(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-
ureidopentanamido)benzyl 4-nitrophenyl carbonate 6 (0.02 mmol) were reacted to
give MC-
vc-PAB-pip,desacetylBOR 57. M/Z = 1456.6. Yield 13%
Example 8 MC-vc-PAB-rifabutin 58
0 1 \
//, 1 a o
= o .= )_
,,\\
o is o
N s\
HND --
N le 0H OH a HO/ , =,/,
H
HN 0
I
Following the procedures of Example 1, des-isobutyl rifabutin 20 (0.02 mmol)
and 4-
((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-
methylbutanamido)-
5-ureidopentanamido)benzyl 4-nitrophenyl carbonate 6 (0.02 mmol) were reacted
to give
10 MC-vc-PAB-rifabutin 58. M/Z=1389.6. Yield 21%
Example 9 MC-GGAFAGGG-pipBOR ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO:
126)59
0 0 0 0 0 0
__c)L kl A,)L Uk)k idOH
N N Thr N TT _ N Tr N
\ H 0 H = H
0 0 H 0
0
*
21
Following the procedures of Example 1, maleimide peptide 21 was coupled with
15 piperidyl benzoxazino rifamycin (pipBOR) 5 under standard amide bond
forming conditions
to give MC-GGAFAGGG-pipBOR ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 126) 59.
M/Z=1626Ø Yield 13%
Example 10 MC-vc-PAB-rif 60
o ,
"i= 0 ' :)-- 0
0 o)L
Ho 101
fo N, 0 0H AoH
NIII"''' 011111' 0Hoi, ,,/,
HN 0
\ I 22
164
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247 PCT/US2014/040324
In a small vial, 0.05 mL of a 0.6 M solution of N-((S)-1-((S)-1-(4-
(chloromethyl)phenylamino)-1 -oxo-5 -ureidop entan-2-y1 amino)-3 -methyl-1 -
oxobutan-2-y1)-
6-(2 ,5 -dioxo-2 ,5 -dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1 -yl)hex anamide 9, prepared by the
procedure of
Example 4 was cooled to 0 C and 1 equiv. of benzoxazino rifamycin 22 was
added and the
mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. To this 0 C solution was added K2CO3 (15
eq) and the
sides of the vial were washed with 0.05 mL of DMF. The reaction was stirred
open to air to
room temperature for 1-4 hours. When all 9 was consumed, the solids were
filtered off, and
the collected filtrate was diluted with DMF. Purification by HPLC gave MC-vc-
PAB-rif 60
in 11% yield (M/Z = 1356.9).
Example 11 MC-vc-PAB-dimethylpip, desacetylBOR 61
0
//,' 0 I ==().---
OH 0 1
0 1\1 e OH AOH
01 H0i, =,/,
23 HN CI0
N
I I
Following the procedures of Example 4, N-((S)-1-((S)-1-(4-
(chloromethyl)phenylamino)-1 -oxo-5 -ureidop entan-2-y1 amino)-3 -methyl-1 -
oxobutan-2-y1)-
6-(2 ,5 -dioxo-2 ,5 -dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1 -yl)hex anamide 9 was reacted with
dimethylpiperidyl,
desacetyl benzoxazino rifamycin (dimethyl, desacetyl pipBOR) 23 to give MC-vc-
PAB-
dimethylpip, desacetylBOR 61. M/Z = 1440.66
Example 12 MC-vc-PAB-piperazBTR 62
0
b I
' 0 ,\0,... 0
Ojc
0
O 40
N 1 , 0H AOH
rN s0
HN HN 0
I
24
Following the procedures of Example 1, 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-
dihydro-
1H-pyrrol-1 -yl)hex anamido)-3 -methylbutanamido)-5 -ureidop entanamido)b
enzyl 4-
165
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
nitrophenyl carbonate 6 was reacted with piperazino benzthiazino rifamycin
(piperazBTR) 24
to give MC-vc-PAB-piperazBTR 62. M/Z = 1483.7
Example 13 MC-vc-PAB- piperaz, desacetylBTR 63
0
I,, I 0
' 0 =.\\
OH
ON I&
40) s\OH
rN S 0 HO/;c,/,
HN HN 0
X
25 )
Following the procedures of Example 1, 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-
dihydro-
1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)benzyl 4-
nitrophenyl carbonate 6 was reacted with piperazino, desacetyl benzthiazino
rifamycin
(pipBTR) 25 to give MC-vc-PAB- piperaz, desacetylBTR 63. M/Z = 1441.6
Example 14 MC-vc-PAB-piperaz, desacetylBOR 64
0
I ni
//,= o ,v_.
OH o \\
'µ OH
I&
(10 NIC OH AOH
(1\1 0 0 HOh =,,/
HN,) HN 0
I
26
Following the procedures of Example 1, 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-
dihydro-
1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)benzyl 4-
nitrophenyl carbonate 6 was reacted with piperazyl, desacetyl benzoxazino
rifamycin
(desacetyl pipBOR) 26 to give MC-vc-PAB-piperaz, desacetylBOR 64. M/Z = 1441.6
166
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Example 15 MC-vc-PAB-piperazBOR 65
0
//,= o I I
Ao 0
s.\\ o)L
OH 1 0
N
I. :0 OH µµOH
c
rN 0H0,, ,,,,
HN,) HN o
I
27
Following the procedures of Example 1, 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-
dihydro-
1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)benzyl 4-
nitrophenyl carbonate 6 was reacted with piperazyl benzoxazino rifamycin
(piperazylBOR)
27 to give MC-vc-PAB-piperazBOR 65. M/Z = 1482.7
Example 16 MC-vc-bisPAB-dimethylpipBOR 66
In a vial, 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-
yl)hexanamido)-3-
methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)benzyl 4-nitrophenyl carbonate 6 (1.56
g, 2.11
mmol, 100 mass%) was taken up in DMF (55 equiv., 116 mmol, 55.0, 8.5 g) and
stirred at
RT. To this cloudy yellow mixture was added (4-aminophenyl)methanol (PAB, 1.1
equiv.,
2.33 mmol, 1.10, 286 mg) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.37 equiv., 0.782 mmol,
0.370, 106
mg) followed by N,N'-diisopropylethylamine (1 equiv., 2.11 mmol, 1.00, 276
mg). The
reaction was stirred for 2 hours and monitored by LC/MS. An additional 1
equivalent of
N,N'-diisopropylethylamine (Hunigs Base) and 100 mg of (4-aminophenyl)methanol
were
added. The reaction was stirred overnight at RT sealed. About 0.5L of diethyl
ether was
added dropwise to precipitate out product. The ether was decanted, the solid
was redissolved
in DMF, and purified directly onto HPLC in several batches to give 4-((S)-2-
((S)-2-(6-(2,5-
dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-
ureidopentanamido)benzyl 4-(hydroxymethyl)phenylcarbamate 28 (0.435g) in 28%
overall
isolated yield (M/Z: 722.5), having the structure:
OH
.
c ),,c0 40
0
0
AN)cri3O( = N
- N H
H -= H
0 0
(NH
28
H2N µC)
167
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Following the procedure of Example 4, 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-
dihydro-1H-
pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)benzyl 4-
(hydroxymethyl)phenylcarbamate 28 was reacted with thionyl chloride to give 4-
((S)-2-((S)-
2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5 -
ureidopentanamido)benzyl 4-(chloromethyl)phenylcarbamate 29 in 47% isolated
yield (M/Z:
740.4), having the structure:
CI
0
c ifL) cr FNi jL *I A 4i
0 N
- N H
0 0 A
NH
H2NO 29
Following the procedure of Example 4, 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-
dihydro-1H-
pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)benzyl 4-
(chloromethyl)phenylcarbamate 29 was reacted with dimethylpiperidyl
benzoxazino
rifamycin (dimethyl pipBOR) 7 to give MC-vc-bisPAB-dimethylpipBOR 66 in 5%
yield
(M/Z: 1632.1)
Example 17 MC-vc-PAB-methylpiperaz BOR 67
0
/iõ I % \(I) 0
' 0
õ\\\
OH 0 1 & 0
N I
0 10- OH sµµOH
rN 0 0 H 0/4 =õ//
7N HN 0
15 Following the procedure of Example 4, N-((S)-1-((S)-1-(4-
(chloromethyl)phenylamino)-1 -oxo-5 -ureidopentan-2-ylamino)-3 -methyl-1 -
oxobutan-2-y1)-
6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamide 9 was reacted with
methylpiperazino
benzoxazino rifamycin (methyl piperazBOR) 30 to give MC-vc-PAB-methylpiperaz
BOR 67.
M/Z = 1454.68
168
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Example 18 Intracellular MRSA are protected from antibiotics
This example provides evidence that MRSA can survive intracellularly in vivo.
In an
infection, intracellular MRSA are protected from and able to survive
antibiotic treatment
(such as SOC Vancomycin), enabling transfer of infection from one cell to
another.
MIC determinations for extracellular bacteria: The MIC for extracellular
bacteria
was determined by preparing serial 2-fold dilutions of the antibiotic in
Tryptic Soy Broth.
Dilutions of the antibiotic were made in quadruplicate in 96 well culture
dishes. MRSA
(NR5384 strain of USA300) was taken from an exponentially growing culture and
diluted to
1x104 CFU/mL. Bacteria was cultured in the presence of antibiotic for 18-24
hours with
shaking at 37 C and bacterial growth was determined by reading the Optical
Density (OD) at
630 nM. The MIC was determined to be the dose of antibiotic that inhibited
bacterial growth
by >90%.
MIC determinations for intracellular bacteria: Intracellular MIC was
determined on
bacteria that were sequestered inside mouse peritoneal macrophages.
Macrophages were
plated in 24 well culture dishes at a density of 4x105 cells/mL and infected
with MRSA
(NRS384 strain of USA300) at a ratio of 10-20 bacteria per macrophage.
Macrophage
cultures were maintained in growth media supplemented with 50 iug/mL of
gentamycin to
inhibit the growth of extracellular bacteria and test antibiotics were added
to the growth
media 1 day after infection. The survival of intracellular bacteria was
assessed 24 hours after
addition of the antibiotics. Macrophages were lysed with Hanks Buffered Saline
Solution
supplemented with .1% Bovine Serum Albumin and .1% Triton-X, and serial
dilutions of the
lysate were made in Phosphate Buffered Saline solution containing 0.05% Tween-
20. The
number of surviving intracellular bacteria was determined by plating on
Tryptic Soy Agar
plates with 5% defibrinated sheep blood.
Isolation of peritoneal macrophages: Peritoneal macrophages were isolated from
the
peritoneum of 6-8 week old Balb/c mice (Charles River Laboratories, Hollister,
CA). To
increase the yield of macrophages, mice were pre-treated by intraperitoneal
injection with 1
mL of thioglycolate media (Becton Dickinson). The thioglycolate media was
prepared at a
concentration of 4% in water, sterilized by autoclaving, and aged for 20 days
to 6 months
prior to use. Peritoneal macrophages were harvested 4 days post treatment with
thioglycolate
by washing the peritoneal cavity with cold phosphate buffered saline.
Macrophages were
plated in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10% Fetal
Calf
Serum, and 10 mM HEPES, without antibiotics, at a density of 4x105 cells/well
in 24 well
culture dishes. Macrophages were cultured over night to permit adherence to
the plate. This
169
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
assay was also utilized to test intracellular killing in non-phagocytic cell
types. MG63 (CRL-
1427) and A549 (CCL185) cell lines were obtained from ATCC and maintained in
RPMI
1640 tissue culture media supplemented with 10 mM Hepes and 10 % Fetal Calf
Serum
(RPMI-10). HUVEC cells were obtained from Lonza and maintained in EGM
Endothelial
Cell Complete Media (Lonza, Walkersville, MD).
Infection of macrophages with opsonized MRSA: The USA300 strain of MRSA
(NRS384) was obtained from the NARSA repository (Chantilly, Virginia). Some
experiments
utilized the Newman strain of S. aureus (ATCC25904). In all experiments
bacteria were
cultured in Tryptic Soy Broth. To assess intracellular killing with AAC,
USA300 was taken
from an exponentially growing culture and washed in HB (Hanks Balanced Salt
Solution
supplemented with 10 mM HEPES and 0.1% Bovine Serum Albumin). AAC or
antibodies
were diluted in HB and incubated with the bacteria for 1 hour to permit
antibody binding to
the bacteria (opsonization), and the opsonized bacteria were used to infect
macrophages at a
ratio of 10-20 bacteria per macrophage (4x106 bacteria in 250 iut of HB per
well.
Macrophages were pre-washed with serum free DMEM media immediately before
infection,
and infected by incubation at 37 C in a humidified tissue culture incubator
with 5% CO2 to
permit phagocytosis of the bacteria. After 2 hours, the infection mix was
removed and
replaced with normal growth media (DMEM supplemented with 10% Fetal Calf
Serum, 10
mM HEPES and gentamycin was added at 50 ug/m1 to prevent growth of
extracellular
bacteria. At the end of the incubation period, the macrophages were washed
with serum free
media, and the cells were lysed in HB supplemented with 0.1% triton-X (lyses
the
macrophages without damaging the intracellular bacteria). In some experiments
viability of
the macrophages was assessed at the end of the culture period by detecting
release of
cytoplasmic lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) into the culture supernatant using an
LDH
Cytotoxicity Detection Kit (Product 11644793001, Roche Diagnostics Corp,
Indianapolis,
IN). Supernatants were collected and analyzed immediately according to the
manufacturer's
instructions. Serial dilutions of the lysate were made in phosphate buffered
saline solution
supplemented with 0.05% Tween-20 (to disrupt aggregates of bacteria) and the
total number
of surviving intracellular bacteria was determined by plating on Tryptic Soy
Agar with 5%
defibrinated sheep blood.
Generation of MRSA infected peritoneal cells. 6-8 week old female A/J mice
(JIJ(TM
Mice, Jackson Laboratories) were infected with 1x108 CFU of the NR5384 strain
of USA300
by peritoneal injection. The peritoneal wash was harvested 1 day post
infection, and the
infected peritoneal cells were treated with 50 g/mL of lysostaphin diluted in
Hepes Buffer
170
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
supplemented with 0.1% BSA (HB buffer) for 30 minutes at 37 C. Peritoneal
cells were then
washed 2x in ice cold HB buffer. The peritoneal cells were diluted to lx106
cells/mL in
RPMI 1640 tissue culture media supplemented with 10 mM Hepes and 10 % Fetal
Calf
Serum, and 5 [tg/mL vancomycin. Free MRSA from the primary infection was
stored
overnight at 4 C in Phosphate Buffered Saline Solution as a control for
extracellular bacteria
that were not subject to neutrophil killing.
Transfer of infection from peritoneal cells to osteoblasts: MG63 osteoblast
cell line
was obtained from ATCC (CRL-1427) and maintained in RPMI 1640 tissue culture
media
supplemented with 10 mM Hepes and 10 % Fetal Calf Serum (RPMI-10). Osteoblasts
were
plated in 24 well tissue culture plates and cultured to obtain a confluent
layer. On the day of
the experiment, the osteoblasts were washed once in RPMI (without
supplements). MRSA or
infected peritoneal cells were diluted in complete RPMI-10 and vancomycin was
added at 5
iug/mL immediately prior to infection. Peritoneal cells were added to the
osteoblasts at lx106
peritoneal cells/mL. A sample of the cells was lysed with 0.1% triton-x to
determine the
actual concentration of live intracellular bacteria at the time of infection.
The actual titer for
all infections was determined by plating serial dilutions of the bacteria on
Tryptic Soy Agar
with 5% defibrinated sheep blood.
MG63 osteoblasts were plated in 4 well glass chamber slides and cultured in
RPMI
1640 tissue culture media supplemented with 10 mM Hepes and 10 % Fetal Calf
Serum
(RPMI-10) until they formed confluent layers. On the day of infection, the
wells were washed
with serum free media and infected with a suspension of infected peritoneal
cells, or with the
USA300 strain of MRSA diluted in complete RPMI-10 supplemented with 5 iug/mL
of
vancomycin. One day after infection, the cells were washed with phosphate
buffered saline
(PBS) and fixed for 30 minutes at room temperature in PBS with 2%
paraformaldehyde.
Wells were washed 3X in PBS and permeabilized with PBS with 0.1% saponin for
30
minutes at room temperature.
Immunolluorescence: MRSA was identified by staining with 20 [tg/mL of rabbit
anti-
Staph 20920, (abcam, Cambridge, MA) followed by anti-rabbit Rhodamine (Jackson
ImmunoResearch, 711-026-152). The cell membranes of peritoneal cells were
stained with
Cholera-Toxin-Beta subunit-biotin (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) followed by
streptavidin Cy5
(BD Biosciences San Jose, CA). Binding of the cholera-toxin to peritoneal
cells was
confirmed by co-staining with anti-CD lib Alexa 488 clone M1/70 (BD
biosciences). Slides
were mounted with Prolong Gold with DAPI (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA). Slides
were viewed
171
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
using a Leica SPE confocal microscope. Images were collected as a series of Z-
stacks and
compiled to generate the maximum projection images shown.
Survival of S. aureus inside mammalian cells provides a viable niche that
permits
persistent infection in the presence of antibiotic therapy. S. aureus is able
to infect and
survive inside a number of mammalian cell types including neutrophils,
macrophages,
osteoblasts and epithelial cells (Garzoni, C. and W. L. Kelley (2009) Trends
Microbiol 17(2):
59-65). To test directly whether intracellular MRSA is protected from
antibiotics, a number
of clinically approved antibiotics were compared for their ability to kill
extracellular MRSA
cultured in standard bacterial growth media, with their ability to kill
intracellular MRSA that
is sequestered inside murine macrophages (Table 1). Murine peritoneal
macrophages were
selected for this analysis because these cells represent a genetically normal
primary cell type
that is a natural component of the innate immune response to S. aureus.
Analysis confirmed
that these cells are easily infected and cultured in vitro. MRSA is able to
survive
intracellularly for up to six days after infection of the macrophages (Kubica,
M., K. Guzik, et
al. (2008) PLoS One 3(1): e1409). To test the intracellular effect of
antibiotics, macrophages
were infected with MRSA, and cultured in the presence of gentamycin, an
antibiotic that is
known to be inactive inside the phagolysosome due to poor cellular uptake of
the antibiotic
(Vaudaux, P. and F. A. Waldvogel (1979) Antimicrob Agents Chemother 16(6): 743-
749).
Test antibiotics were added to the culture media (in addition to gentamycin)
one day after
infection at a range of doses chosen to include the clinically achievable
serum levels (shown
as serum Cmax in Table 1). This analysis revealed that although extracellular
MRSA is
highly susceptible to growth inhibition by low doses of vancomycin,
daptomycin, linezolid or
rifampicin in liquid culture, all four antibiotics failed to kill the same
strain of intracellular
MRSA that was sequestered inside macrophages. Remarkably, even rifampicin,
which is
reported to be one of the best antibiotics for treating intracellular
infections such at
tuberculosis yielded minimal killing of intracellular MRSA over the time and
dose range of
the experiment.
172
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Table 1 Minimum inhibitory concentrations (MIC) of several antibiotics
Antibiotics (Abx) Extracellular Intracellular Serum Cmax
MRSA MRSA ( g/mL)
MIC ( g/mL) MIC ( g/mL)
Vancomycin 1 >100 10-40
Daptomycin 4 >100 80
Linezolid 0.3 >20 10
Rifampicin 0.004 >20 20
The above data confirmed that intracellular bacteria are protected from
antibiotics
during the time that they are sequestered inside cells. However, MRSA is not
thought to be a
true intracellular pathogen in that it is not able to infect neighboring cells
by direct cell to cell
transfer, and the majority of infected cells will eventually lyse releasing
the intracellular
bacteria. Therefore, it remained possible that the intracellular pool, once
released, would
inevitably be exposed to extracellular antibiotics at least transiently, even
if the bacteria were
immediately taken up by neighboring cells. Uptake of free MRSA by macrophages
requires
between 15 and 90 minutes (data not shown), suggesting that if the bacteria
were able to
resist a brief exposure to antibiotic, it could remain protected in the
intracellular niche by
moving sequentially from a dying cell to a new host. To determine whether a
brief exposure
to antibiotics was sufficient to kill MRSA, vancomycin, the current standard
of care treatment
for MRSA infections, and rifampin were tested. MRSA was taken from an actively
growing
culture and diluted to lx106 bacteria/mL in normal growth media. Antibiotics
were added at
two doses representing between 2x and 10x the expected minimum inhibitory
concentration
(MIC). Samples were removed at various times between 30 minutes and 5 hours,
and the
antibiotic was removed by centrifugation and dilution. The total number of
surviving bacteria
in the culture was determined by plating on agar plates.
Figure 1 shows comparison of the time of kill for vancomycin (vanco) and
rifampicin
(Rifa) on actively dividing MRSA. MRSA was cultured for 5 hours in TSB media
in the
presence of antibiotics. At the indicated times, a sample of the culture was
taken and the
antibiotic was removed by centrifugation. The total number of surviving
bacteria was
determined at each time point by plating. Vancomycin was tested at 2 iug/mL
(open square)
173
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
and 20 iug/mL (closed square). Rifampin was tested at 0.02 iug/mL (open
triangle) and 0.2
iug/mL (closed triangle). These data (Figure 1) revealed that although both
antibiotics were
able to inhibit bacterial growth effectively, and by 5 hours a 100 fold loss
in viable bacteria
was observed, the bacteria were killed gradually over the 5 hour observation
period and 90%
of the bacteria remained viable during the first two hours of antibiotic
treatment permitting
ample time for potential uptake by host cells.
Intracellular stores of MRSA were assayed for transfer of infection to a
permissive
intracellular niche in the presence of vancomycin. S. aureus can survive
inside osteoblasts,
and intracellular stores of S. aureus have been observed in patients with
osteomyelitis, a
condition where chronic infection with S. aureus is known to be recalcitrant
to antibiotic
treatment (Thwaites and Gant, (2011) Nature Reviews Microbiology 9:215-222;
Ellington et
al., (2006) J. Orthopedic Research 24(1): 87-93; Bosse et al., (2005) J. Bone
and Joint
Surgery, 87(6): 1343-1347). An in vitro assay was developed using an
osteoblast cell line
MG63 since this cell line was reported to be capable of harboring
intracellular S. aureus
(Garzoni and Kelly, (2008) Trends in Microbiology). This assay confirmed that
MRSA is
able to infect MG63 cells, and viable intracellular bacteria can be recovered
from infected
MG63 cells for up to 6 days in vitro. To generate a pool of intracellular S.
aureus, peritoneal
cells were harvested from mice that were infected by peritoneal injection of
MRSA (Figure
2).
Figure 2 shows transfer of infection from infected peritoneal cells to
osteoblasts in the
presence of vancomycin. To generate a pool of intracellular S. aureus, A/J
mice were infected
with MRSA and infected peritoneal cells were taken 1 day post infection.
Similarly generated
cells have been reported to harbor viable intracellular bacteria that are
capable of transferring
infection in an in vivo infection model (Gresham et al J Immunol 2000;
164:3713-3722). The
infected peritoneal cells consisted of a mixture of primarily neutrophils and
macrophages and
approximately 10% of the cells harbored intracellular bacteria. The cells were
treated with
lysostaphin to remove extracellular bacteria and suspended in growth media
supplemented
with 5 iug/mL of vancomycin. A sample of the peritoneal cells used for
infection was lysed to
determine the precise dose of viable intracellular MRSA at the time infection
was initiated,
and various doses of free extracellular MRSA were also diluted into media with
vancomycin
for comparison. The peritoneal cells (intracellular MRSA), or free bacteria
(extracellular
MRSA) were then added to monolayers of MG63 osteoblasts and cultured for 4
hours (open
bars) or 1 day (closed bars). The total number of surviving intracellular
bacteria in each well
was determined by plating cell lysates on agar plates. Intracellular MRSA were
protected
174
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
from vancomycin compared to the extracellular MRSA controls. Wells infected
with 3x104
intracellular bacteria yielded 8,750 intracellular bacteria (about 1 third of
the infection dose)
1 day after infection, whereas the extracellular bacteria were efficiently
killed as infection
with a similar dose of free MRSA yielded only 375 intracellular bacteria 1 day
post infection
Immunofluorescence microscopy also demonstrated transfer of infection from
peritoneal cells to MG63 osteoblasts. Peritoneal cells were collected from
mice 1 day after
infection with MRSA and treated with lysostaphin to kill any contaminating
extracellular
bacteria (Intracellular Infection). Free MRSA was taken from an actively
growing culture and
washed in PBS (Extracellular Infection). The total number of viable bacteria
in the
Intracellular and Extracellular infection samples was confirmed by plating on
agar plates and
both samples were suspended in media supplemented with 5 iug/mL of vancomycin
immediately before addition to confluent layers of MG63 osteoblasts cultured
in chamber
slides. One day after infection, the MG63 cells were washed to remove
extracellular bacteria,
permeabilized and stained with an anti-S. aureus antibody to identify
intracellular MRSA and
cholera toxin which bound preferentially to the peritoneal cell membranes. All
of the cell
nuclei were co-stained with DAPI to confirm that the MG63 monolayer was
intact. Slides
were examined by confocal microscopy.
Wells infected with peritoneal cells contained a confluent monolayer of MG63
cells
and peritoneal macrophages were clearly visible on top of the MG63 layer. Many
of the
macrophages were clearly infected with MRSA which is visible as clusters of
red bacteria in
the single color image or white particles in the overlay image. In addition to
the infected
macrophages, clear examples were observed of bacteria that were associated
only with the
MG63 cells. These infected MG63 cells were also visible in wells that were
infected with the
free MRSA. Infection with free MRSA required a much higher inoculum to achieve
a similar
level of infection in the MG63 cells.
The above results established that both free MRSA and intracellular MRSA are
able
to survive and infect MG63 cells in the presence of vancomycin. Bacteria from
the
intracellular infection were significantly better able to survive vancomycin
treatment than the
free bacteria under these conditions. Infection with 3x104 CFU of
intracellular bacteria
yielded 8.7x103 CFUs of intracellular bacteria 1 day post infection. Infection
with a similar
dose of free bacteria yielded only 375 intracellular bacteria 1 day post
infection, indicating
that the intracellular bacteria were up to 20 times better able to survive
than the free bacteria.
All infection doses recovered more intracellular bacteria (between 1.5 to 6
times) when wells
were harvested 1 day vs. 4 hours after infection. Since vancomycin completely
inhibits
175
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
growth when added to free MRSA (Figure 1), these data suggest that the MRSA
must have
replicated at some time despite constant exposure to vancomycin in the culture
media.
Although MRSA does not replicate significantly inside murine macrophages (our
unpublished observations), there is considerable evidence that S. aureus is
able to escape the
phagolysosome and replicate within the cytoplasm of non-phagocytic cell types
(Jarry, T. M.,
G. Memmi, et al. (2008) Cell Microbiol 10(9): 1801-1814). Together the above
observations
suggest that even under constant exposure to vancomycin, free MRSA can infect
cells and
intracellular MRSA can transfer from one cell to another cell. These
observations reveal a
potential mechanism for maintenance and even spread of infection that could
occur in the
presence of constant antibiotic therapy.
Example 19 In vivo infection models.
Peritonitis Model. 7 week old female A/J mice (Jackson Laboratories) were
infected
by peritoneal injection with 5x107 CFU of USA300. Mice were sacrificed 2 days
post
infection and the peritoneum was flushed with 5 mL of cold phosphate buffered
saline
solution (PBS). Kidneys were homogenized in 5 mL of PBS as described below for
the
intravenous infection model. Peritoneal washes were centrifuged for 5 minutes
at 1,000 rpm
at 4 C in a table top centrifuge. The supernatant was collected as the
extracellular bacteria
and the cell pellet containing peritoneal cells was collected as the
intracellular fraction. The
cells were treated with 50 g/mL of lysostaphin for 20 minutes at 37 C to kill
contaminating
extracellular bacteria. Peritoneal cells were washed 3x in ice cold PBS to
remove the
lysostaphin prior to analysis. To count the number of intracellular CFUs,
peritoneal cells
were lysed in HB (Hanks Balanced Salt Solution supplemented with 10 mM HEPES
and .1%
Bovine Serum Albumin) with 0.1% Triton-X, and serial dilutions of the lysate
were made in
PBS with 0.05% tween-20.
Intravenous infection Model: 7 week old female mice were used for all in vivo
experiments and infections were carried out by intravenous injection into the
tail vein. A/J
mice (Jackson Lab) were infected with a dose of 2x106 CFU. Balb/c mice
(Charles River
Laboratories, Hollister, CA) were infected with a dose of 2x107 CFU. For
studies examining
the role of competing human IgG (SCID IVIG model), CB17.SCID mice (Charles
River
Laboratories, Hollister, CA) were reconstituted with GammaGard S/D IGIV Immune
Globulin (ASD Healthcare, Brooks KY) using a dosing regimen optimized to
achieve
constant serum levels of >10 mg/mL of human IgG. IGIV was administered with an
initial
intravenous dose of 30 mg per mouse followed by a second dose of 15 mg/mouse
by
176
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
intraperitoneal injection after 6 hours, and subsequent daily dosings of 15 mg
per mouse by
intraperitoneal injection for 3 consecutive days. Mice were infected 4 hours
after the first
dose of IGIV with 2x107 CFU of MRSA diluted in phosphate buffered saline by
intravenous
injection. Mice that received vancomycin were treated with twice daily
intraperitoneal
injections of 100 mg/Kg of vancomycin starting between 6 and 24 hours post
infection for the
duration of the study. Experimental therapeutics (AAC, anti-MRSA antibodies or
free
dimethyl-pipBOR antibiotic) were diluted in phosphate buffered saline and
administered with
a single intravenous injection 30 minutes to 24 hours after infection. All
mice were sacrificed
on day 4 after infection, and kidneys were harvested in 5 mL of phosphate
buffered saline.
The tissue samples were homogenized using a GentleMACS DissociatorTM (Miltenyi
Biotec,
Auburn, CA). The total number of bacteria recovered per mouse (2 kidneys) was
determined
by plating serial dilutions of the tissue homogenate in PBS .05% Tween on
Tryptic Soy Agar
with 5% defibrinated sheep blood.
Example 20 Cathepsin / Caspase release assay
To quantify the amount of active antibiotic released from AAC following
treatment
with cathepsin B, AAC were diluted to 200 iug/mL in cathepsin buffer (20 mM
Sodium
Acetate, 1 mM EDTA, 5 mM L-Cysteine). See: page 863 of Dubowchik et al (2002)
Bioconj. Chem. 13:855-869, incorporated by reference for the purposes of this
assay.
Cathepsin B (from bovine spleen, SIGMA C7800) was added at 10 iug/mL and the
samples
were incubated for 1 hour at 37 C. As a control, AAC were incubated in buffer
alone. The
reaction was stopped by addition of 10 volumes of bacterial growth media,
Tryptic Soy Broth
pH 7.4 (TSB). To estimate the total release of active antibiotic, serial
dilutions of the
reaction mixture were made in quadruplicate in TSB in 96 well plates and the
USA300 strain
of S. aureus was added to each well at a final density of 2x103 CFU/mL. The
cultures were
incubated over night at 3 C with shaking and bacterial growth was measured by
reading
absorbance at 630 nM using a plate reader.
Example 21 Production of anti-WTA Antibodies
Antibody generation, screening and selection
Abbreviations: MRSA (methicillin-resistant S. aureus); MS SA (methicillin-
sensitive S.
aureus); VISA (vancomycin intermediate-resistant S. aureus); LTA (lipoteichoic
acid); TSB
(tryptic soy broth); CWP (cell wall preparation).
177
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Human IgG antibodies were cloned from peripheral B cells from patients post S.
aureus infection using the SymplexTM technology (Symphogen, Lyngby, Denmark)
which
conserves the cognate pairing of antibody heavy and light chains, as described
in US
8,283,294: "Method for cloning cognate antibodies"; Meijer PJ et al. Journal
of Molecular
Biology 358:764-772 (2006); and Lantto J et al. J Virol. 85(4):1820-33 (Feb
2011); Plasma
and memory cells were used as genetic source for the recombinant full-length
IgG
repertoires. Individual antibody clones were expressed by transfection of
mammalian cells as
described in Meijer PJ, et al. Methods in Molecular Biology 525: 261-277, xiv.
(2009).
Supernatants containing full length IgG1 antibodies were harvested after seven
days and used
to screen for antigen binding by indirect ELISA in the primary screening. A
library of mAbs
showing positive ELISA binding to cell wall preparations from USA300 or Wood46
strain S.
aureus strains was generated. Antibodies were subsequently produced in 200-ml
transient
transfections and purified with Protein A chromatography (MabSelect SuRe, GE
Life
Sciences, Piscataway, NJ) for further testing. For larger scale antibody
production, antibodies
were produced in CHO cells. Vectors coding for VL and VH were transfected into
CHO
cells and IgG was purified from cell culture media by protein A affinity
chromatography.
Table 7 : List of antigens used to isolate the Abs
Ag Description Vendor/source Coating
Wall Teichoic acid (WTA) from Staph A. Cat.No. Meridian Life
WTA R84500 (2 mg/vial), lot no. 5E14909. Sciences 2 ug/m1
Peptidoglycan from Staphylococcus aureus; Cat no.
PGN 77140, lot no. 1396845 Sigma 2 ug/m1
CW #1 CW USA300, RPMI, iron deplet. Stationary Phase Genentech, 100x
CW #3 CW USA300, TSB. Stationary Phase Genentech, 500X
CW #4 CW Wood46, TSB. Stationary Phase Genentech, 500X
CW#1 and CW#3 were always mixed together in making the ELISA coating:
Figure 6 summarizes the primary screening of the antibodies by the ELISA. All
(except 4569) were isolated when screened with the USA300 Cell wall prep
mixture (iron
depleted:TSB in a 96:4 ratio). All GlcNAc beta (except 6259), SDR, and PGN
(4479) mAbs
were also positive for PGN and WTA in primary screening. All GlcNAc alpha were
found
exclusively by screening for binding with the USA300 CW mix. The 4569 (LTA
specific)
was found by screening on Wood46 CWP.
178
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Selection of anti-WTA mAb from the library using ex vivo flow cytometiy
Each mAb within this library was queried for three selection criteria: (1)
relative
intensity of mAb binding to the MRSA surface, as an indication of high
expression of the
corresponding cognate antigen which would favor high antibiotic delivery; (2)
consistency of
mAb binding to MRSA isolated from a diverse variety of infected tissues, as an
indication of
the stable expression of the cognate antigen at the MRSA surface in vivo
during infections;
and (3) mAb binding capacity to a panel of clinical S. aureus strains, as an
indication of
conservation of expression of the cognate surface antigen. To this end, flow
cytometry was
used to test all of these pre-selected culture supernatants of mAbs in the
library for reactivity
with S. aureus from a variety of infected tissues and from different S. aureus
strains.
All mAbs in the library were analyzed for their capacity to bind MRSA from
infected
kidneys, spleens, livers, and lungs from mice which were infected with MRSA
USA300; and
within hearts or kidneys from rabbits which were infected with USA300 COL in a
rabbit
endocarditis model. The capacity of an antibody to recognize S. aureus from a
variety of
infected tissues raises the probability of the therapeutic antibody being
active in a wide
variety of different clinical infections with S. aureus. Bacteria were
analyzed immediately
upon harvest of the organs, i.e. without subculture, to prevent phenotypic
changes caused by
in vitro culture conditions. We had previously observed that several S. aureus
surface
antigens, while being expressed during in vitro culture, lost expression in
infected tissues.
Antibodies directed against such antigens would be unlikely to be useful to
treat infections.
During the analysis of this mAb library on a variety of infected tissues, this
observation was
confirmed for a significant number of antibodies, which showed significant
binding to S.
aureus bacteria from culture, but absence of binding to bacteria from all of
the tested infected
tissues. Some antibodies bound to bacteria from some but not all tested
infected tissues.
Therefore, in the present invention, we selected for antibodies that were able
to recognize
bacteria from all infection conditions tested. Parameters that were assessed
were (1) relative
fluorescence intensity, as a measure for antigen abundance; (2) number of
organs that stained
positive, as a measure for stability of antigen expression; and (3) mAb
binding capacity to a
panel of clinical S. aureus strains as an indication of conservation of
expression of the
cognate surface antigen. Fluorescence intensity of the test antibodies was
determined as
relative to an isotype control antibody that was directed against a non-
relevant antigen, for
example, IgG1 mAb anti-herpes virus gD:5237 (referenced below). mAbs against
WTA-beta
not only showed the highest antigen abundance, but also showed very consistent
binding to
MRSA from all infected tissues tested and specified above.
179
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Additionally, we tested the capacity of these mAbs to bind to the following S.
aureus
strains, which were cultured in vitro in TSB: USA300 (MRSA), USA400 (MRSA),
COL
(MRSA), MRSA252 (MRSA), Wood46 (MSSA), Rosenbach (MSSA), Newman (MSSA),
and Mu50 (VISA). Anti-WTA beta mAbs but not anti-WTA alpha mAbs were found to
be
reactive with all of these strains. The analysis of binding to different
strains indicated that
WTA beta is more conserved than WTA alpha and therefore more suitable for AAC.
Example 22 Characterization of antibodies with specificity against wall
teichoic
acids on S. aureus.
i) Confirming WTA specificity of Abs
Cell wall preparations (CWP) from a S. aureus wild-type (WT) strain and a S.
aureus
mutant strain lacking WTA (A.Tag0; WTA-null strain) were generated by
incubating 40 mg
of pelleted S. aureus strains with 1 mL of 10 mM Tris-HC1 (pH 7.4)
supplemented with 30%
raffinose, 100 g/ml of lysostaphin (Cell Sciences, Canton, MA), and EDTA-free
protease
inhibitor cocktail (Roche, Pleasanton, CA), for 30 min at 37 C. The lysates
were centrifuged
at 11,600 x g for 5 min, and the supernatants containing cell wall components
were collected.
For immunoblot analysis, proteins were separated on a 4-12% Tris-glycine gel,
and
transferred to a nitrocellulose membrane (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA), followed
by blotting
with indicated test antibodies against WTA, or with control antibodies against
PGN and LTA.
Immunoblotting shows that the antibodies against WTA bind to WT cell wall
preparations from WT S. aureus but not to cell wall preparations from the
A.Tag0 strain
lacking WTA. The control antibodies against peptidoglycan (anti-PGN) and
lipoteichoic acid
(anti-LTA) bind well to both cell wall preparations. These data indicate the
specificity of the
test antibodies against WTA.
ii) Flow cytometty to determine extent of mAb binding to MRSA surface
Surface antigen expression on whole bacteria from infected tissues was
analyzed by
flow cytometry using the following protocol. For antibody staining of bacteria
from infected
mouse tissues, 6-8 weeks old female C57B1/6 mice (Charles River, Wilmington,
MA) were
injected intravenously with 108 CFU of log phase-grown USA300 in PBS. Mouse
organs
were harvested two days after infection. Rabbit infective endocarditis (IE)
was established as
previously described in Tattevin P. et al. Antimicrobial agents and
chemotherapy 54: 610-
613 (2010). Rabbits were injected intravenously with 5x107 CFU of stationary-
phase grown
MRSA strain COL, and heart vegetations were harvested eighteen hours later.
Treatment with
180
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
30 mg/kg of vancomycin was given intravenously b.i.d. 18 h after infection
with 7x107 CFU
stationary-phase
To lyse mouse or rabbit cells, tissues were homogenized in M tubes (Miltenyi,
Auburn, CA) using a gentleMACS cell dissociator (Miltenyi), followed by
incubation for 10
min at RT in PBS containing 0.1% Triton-X100 (Thermo), 10 iug/mL of DNAseI
(Roche)
and Complete Mini protease inhibitor cocktail (Roche). The suspensions were
passed through
a 40 micron filter (BD), and washed with HBSS without phenol red supplemented
with 0.1%
IgG free BSA (Sigma) and 10 mM Hepes, pH 7.4 (HB buffer). The bacterial
suspensions
were next incubated with 300 iug/mL of rabbit IgG (Sigma) in HB buffer for 1 h
at room
temperature (RT) to block nonspecific IgG binding. Bacteria were stained with
2 iug/mL of
primary antibodies, including rF1 or isotype control IgG1 mAb anti-herpes
virus gD:5237
(Nakamura GR et al., J Virol 67: 6179-6191 (1993)), and next with fluorescent
anti-human
IgG secondary antibodies (Jackson Immunoresearch, West Grove, PA). In order to
enable
differentiation of bacteria from mouse or rabbit organ debris, a double
staining was
performed using 20 ng/mL mouse mAb 702 anti-S. aureus peptidoglycan (Abcam,
Cambridge, MA) and a fluorochrome-labeled anti-mouse IgG secondary antibody
(Jackson
Immunoresearch). The bacteria were washed and analyzed by FACSCalibur (BD).
During
flow cytometry analysis, bacteria were gated for positive staining with mAb
702 from double
fluorescence plots.
iii) Measuring binding affinity to S. aureus and antigen density on MRSA
Table 8 shows equilibrium binding analysis of MRSA antibodies binding to
Newman-ASPA
strain, and the antigen density on the bacterium.
Table 8
MRSA Antibody Specificity aveKD,nM (n=2) Antigen Density,
aveSites/Bacterium
4497 b-WTA 2.5 50,000
4462 b-WTA 3.1 43,000
6263 b-WTA 1.4 22,000
6297 b-WTA 1.1 21,000
7578 a-WTA 0.4 16,000
rF1 SDR-glyco 0.3 1600
181
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
The KD and antigen density were derived using a radioligand cell binding assay
under the
following assay conditions: DMEM + 2.5% mouse serum binding buffer; solution
binding for
2hrs at room temperature (RT); and using 400,000 bacteria/well.
Ab 6263 is 6078-like in that the sequences are very similar. Except for the
second residue (R
versus G) in CDR H3, all the other L and H chain CDR sequences are identical.
Example 23 Engineering WTA antibody mutants
In summary, the VH region of each of the anti-WTA beta Abs were cloned out and
linked to human H chain gammal constant region and the VL linked to kappa
constant region
to express the Abs as IgGl. In some cases the wild type sequences were altered
at certain
positions to improve the antibody stability as described below. Cysteine
engineered Abs
(ThioMabs) were then generated.
i. Linking Variable regions to Constant regions
The VH regions of the WTA beta Abs identified from the human antibody library
above were linked to human yl constant regions to make full length IgG1 Abs.
The L chains
were kappa L chains.
ii. Generating stability variants
The WTA Abs in Figure 14, (see in particular, Figures 15A, 15B, 16A, 16B) were
engineered
to improve certain properties (such as to avoid deamidation, aspartic acid
isomerization,
oxidation or N-linked glycosylation) and tested for retention of antigen
binding as well as
chemical stability after amino acid replacements. Single stranded DNA of
clones encoding
the heavy or light chains was purified from M13K07 phage particles grown in E.
coli CJ236
cells using a QIAprep Spin M13 kit (Qiagen). 5' phosphorylated synthetic
oligonucleotides
with the sequences:
5'- CCCAGACTGCACCAGCTGGATCTCTGAATGTACTCCAGTTGC- 3' (SEQ ID NO.
152)
5'- CCAGACTGCACCAGCTGCACCTCTGAATGTACTCCAGTTGC- 3' (SEQ ID NO.
153)
5'CCAGGGTTCCCTGGCCCCAWTMGTCAAGTCCASCWKCACCTCTTGCACAGTAA
TAGACAGC- 3' (SEQ ID NO. 154); and
182
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
5'- CCTGGCCCCAGTCGTCAAGTCCTCCTTCACCTCTTGCACAGTAATAGACAGC-
3' (SEQ ID NO. 155) (IUPAC codes)
were used to mutate the clones encoding the antibodies by oligonucleotide-
directed site
mutagenesis as described by site-specific mutagenesis following the
methodology as
described in Kunkel, T.A. (1985). Rapid and efficient site-specific
mutagenesis without
phenotypic selection. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA
82(2): 488-
492. Mutagenized DNA was used to transform E. coli XL1-Blue cells (Agilent
Technologies) and plated on Luria Broth plates containing 50 ug/m1
Carbenicillin. Colonies
were individually picked and grown in liquid Luria Broth media containing 50
ug/m1
Carbenicillin. Miniprep DNA was sequenced to confirm the presence of
mutations.
For Ab 6078, the second amino acid in the VH, met (met-2), is prone to
oxidation.
Therefore met-2 was mutated to Ile or Val, to avoid oxidation of the residue.
Since the
alteration of met-2 may affect binding affinity, the mutants were tested for
binding to Staph
CWP by ELISA.
CDR H3 "DG" or "DD" motifs were found to be prone to transform to iso-aspartic
acid. Ab 4497 contains DG in CDR H3 positions 96 and 97 (see Figure 18B) and
was altered
for stability. CDR H3 is generally critical for antigen binding so several
mutants were tested
for antigen binding and chemical stability (see Figure 18A). Mutant D96E (v8)
retains
binding to antigen, similar to wild-type Ab 4497 (Figure 18A; Figure 18B), and
is stable and
does not form iso-aspartic acid.
Staph CWP ELISA
For analysis of 6078 antibody mutants, a lysostaphin-treated USA300 ASPA S.
aureus
cell well preparation (WT) consisting of 1X109 bugs/ml was diluted 1/100 in
0.05 Sodium
Carbonate pH 9.6 and coated onto 384-well ELISA plates (Nunc; Neptune, NJ)
during an
overnight incubation at 4 C. Plates were washed with PBS plus 0.05% Tween-20
and blocked
during a 2-hour incubation with PBS plus 0.5% bovine serum albumin (BSA). This
and all
subsequent incubations were performed at room temperature with gentle
agitation. Antibody
samples were diluted in sample/standard dilution buffer (PBS, 0.5% BSA, 0.05%
Tween 20,
0.25% CHAPS, 5 mM EDTA, 0.35M NaC1, 15 ppm Proclin , (pH 7.4)), added to
washed
plates, and incubated for 1.5 - 2 hours. Plate-bound anti-S. aureus antibodies
were detected
during a 1-hour incubation with a peroxidase-conjugated goat anti-human IgG(Fc
) F(ab')2
fragment (Jackson ImmunoResearch; West Grove, PA) diluted to 40 ng/mL in assay
buffer
(PBS, 0.5% BSA, 15 ppm Proclin, 0.05% Tween 20). After a final wash,
tetramethyl
183
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
benzidine (KPL, Gaithersburg, MD) was added, color was developed for 5-10
minutes, and
the reaction was stopped with 1 M phosphoric acid. The plates were read at 450
nm with a
620 nm reference using a microplate reader.
iii. Generating Cys engineered mutants (ThioMabs)
Full length ThioMabs were produced by introducing a Cysteine into the H chain
(in
CH1) or the L chain (CIO at a predetermined position as previously taught and
described
below to allow conjugation of the antibody to a linker-antibiotic
intermediate. H and L chains
are then cloned into separate plasmids and the H and L encoding plasmids co-
transfected into
293 cells where they are expressed and assembled into intact Abs. Both H and L
chains can
also be cloned into the same expression plasmid. IgG1 are made having 2
engineered Cys,
one in each of H chains, or 2 engineered Cys, one in each of the L chains, or
a combination of
2 H and 2L chains each with engineered Cys (HCLCCys) were generated by
expressing the
desired combination of cys mutant chains and wild type chains.
Figures 15A and 15B shows the 6078 WT and mutant Abs with the combination of
HC Cys and LC Cys. The 6078 mutants were also tested for their ability to bind
protein A
deficient USA300 Staph A from overnight culture. From the results from the
FACS analysis
as shown in Figure 19, the mutant Abs bound USA300 similarly to the 6078 WT
(unaltered)
antibody; the amino acid alterations in the mutants did not impair binding to
Staph A. gD is a
non-specific negative control antibody.
Example 24 Preparation of Anti-WTA Antibody-Antibiotic Conjugates
Anti-wall teichoic acid antibody-antibiotic conjugates (AAC) Table 3 were
prepared
by conjugating an anti-WTA antibody to a linker-antibiotic intermediate,
including those
from Table 2. Prior to conjugation, the anti-WTA antibodies were partially
reduced with
TCEP using standard methods in accordance with the methodology described in
WO 2004/010957, the teachings of which are incorporated by reference for this
purpose. The
partially reduced antibodies were conjugated to the linker-antibiotic
intermediate using
standard methods in accordance with the methodology described, e.g., in
Doronina et al.
(2003) Nat. Biotechnol. 21:778-784 and US 2005/0238649 Al. Briefly, the
partially reduced
antibodies were combined with the linker-antibiotic intermediate to allow
conjugation of the
linker-antibiotic intermediate to reduced cysteine residues of the antibody.
The conjugation
reactions were quenched, and the AAC were purified. The antibiotic load
(average number of
antibiotic moieties per antibody) for each AAC was determined and was between
about 1 to
184
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
about 2 for the anti-wall teichoic acid antibodies engineered with a single
cysteine mutant
site.
Reduction/Oxidation of ThioMabs for Conjugation: Full length, cysteine
engineered
monoclonal antibodies (ThioMabs - Junutula, et al., 2008b Nature Biotech.,
26(8):925-932;
Doman et al (2009) Blood 114(13):2721-2729; US 7521541; US 7723485;
W02009/052249,
Shen et al (2012) Nature Biotech., 30(2):184-191; Junutula et al (2008) Jour
of Immun.
Methods 332:41-52) expressed in CHO cells were reduced with about a 20-40 fold
excess of
TCEP (tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride or DTT (dithiothreitol) in
50 mM Tris
pH 7.5 with 2 mM EDTA for 3 hrs at 37 C or overnight at room
temperature.(Getz et at
(1999) Anal. Biochem. Vol 273:73-80; Soltec Ventures, Beverly, MA). The
reduced
ThioMab was diluted and loaded onto a HiTrap S column in 10 mM sodium acetate,
pH 5,
and eluted with PBS containing 0.3M sodium chloride. Alternatively, the
antibody was
acidified by addition of 1/20th volume of 10 % acetic acid, diluted with 10 mM
succinate pH
5, loaded onto the column and then washed with 10 column volumes of succinate
buffer. The
column was eluted with 50 mM Tris pH7.5, 2 mM EDTA.
The eluted reduced ThioMab was treated with 15 fold molar excess of DHAA
(dehydroascorbic acid) or 200 nM aqueous copper sulfate (Cu504). Oxidation of
the
interchain disulfide bonds was complete in about three hours or more. Ambient
air oxidation
was also effective. The re-oxidized antibody was dialyzed into 20 mM sodium
succinate pH
5, 150 mM NaC1, 2 mM EDTA and stored frozen at -20 C.
Conjugation of Thio-Mabs with linker-antibiotic intermediates: The deblocked,
reoxidized, thio-antibodies (ThioMab) were reacted with 6-8 fold molar excess
of the linker-
antibiotic intermediate of Table 2 (from a DMSO stock at a concentration of 20
mM) in 50
mM Tris, pH 8, until the reaction was complete (16-24 hours) as determined by
LC-MS
analysis of the reaction mixture.
The crude antibody-antibiotic conjugates (AAC) were then applied to a cation
exchange column after dilution with 20 mM sodium succinate, pH 5. The column
was
washed with at least 10 column volumes of 20 mM sodium succinate, pH 5, and
the antibody
was eluted with PBS. The AAC were formulated into 20 mM His/acetate, pH 5,
with 240
mM sucrose using gel filtration columns. AAC were characterized by UV
spectroscopy to
determine protein concentration, analytical SEC (size-exclusion
chromatography) for
aggregation analysis and LC-MS before and after treatment with Lysine C
endopeptidase.
Size exclusion chromatography was performed using a Shodex KW802.5 column in
0.2M potassium phosphate pH 6.2 with 0.25 mM potassium chloride and 15% IPA at
a flow
185
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
rate of 0.75 ml/min. Aggregation state of AAC was determined by integration of
eluted peak
area absorbance at 280 nm.
LC-MS analysis was performed using an Agilent QTOF 6520 ESI instrument. As an
example, an AAC generated using this chemistry was treated with 1:500 w/w
Endoproteinase
Lys C (Promega) in Tris, pH 7.5, for 30 min at 37 C. The resulting cleavage
fragments were
loaded onto a 1000A, 8 um PLRP-S column heated to 80 C and eluted with a
gradient of
30% B to 40% B in 5 minutes. Mobile phase A: H20 with 0.05% TFA. Mobile phase
B:
acetonitrile with 0.04% TFA. Flow rate: 0.5m1/min. Protein elution was
monitored by UV
absorbance detection at 280 nm prior to electrospray ionization and MS
analysis.
Chromatographic resolution of the unconjugated Fc fragment, residual
unconjugated Fab and
antibiotic-Fab was usually achieved. The obtained m/z spectra were
deconvoluted using Mass
HunterTM software (Agilent Technologies) to calculate the mass of the antibody
fragments.
Example 25 Identification and purification of staphopain B as the protease
responsible for cleavage
Supernatant from a 3 liter overnight culture of Wood46 was concentrated and
buffer
exchanged using TFF (10kDa) into 50 mM sodium phosphate pH 7. The sample was
loaded
on Q Sepaharose FF and proteins were separated chromatographically using a
gradient of 0-
300mM NaC1 in 50mM sodium phosphate pH 7. Active fractions were identified by
incubating with thioFAB 54497-MC-GGAFAGGG-(pipBOR) ("core peptide" disclosed
as
SEQ ID NO: 126) of Figure 27 and assessing for cleavage of the linker at the
expected site by
LC-MS analysis. Active fractions were pooled and supplemented with ammonium
sulphate to
a concentration of 2M. Proteins were further purified by hydrophobic
interaction
chromatography on Phenyl Sepharose using a gradient of 2-0M ammonium sulfate
in 50mM
TRIS pH 7.5. Again, active fractions were identified using the tool compound.
These
fractions were pooled and further purified on Mono Q in 50mM Sodium Acetate pH
5.5 using
a salt gradient of 0-1M NaCl. Active fractions from this chromatography step
were identified
as before, pooled and applied to size exclusion chromatography in PBS. Active
fractions
were identified and determined to contain a single protein of interest by SDS-
PAGE.
Enriched active fractions from the Q Sepharose purification were characterized
to
identify the class of protease responsible for activity. The protease was
found to be inhibited
by N-ethylmaleimide, indicating that the enzyme is likely a cysteine protease.
After
reviewing the known secreted cysteine proteases of Staphylococcus aureus,
staphopain B was
identified to have similar substrate specificity to the specificity observed
in the REPLi screen
186
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
(Kalinska, M., T. Kantyka, et al. (2012). Biochimie 94(2): 318). Purified
staphopain B was
purchased (Sigma-Aldrich) and incubated with thioFAB S4497-MC-GGAFAGGG-
(pipBOR)
("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 126) from Figure 27. Staphopain B was
found to
cleave the linker at the same site as the active protease purified from Wood46
supernatant.
Staphopain B and the active protease purified from culture supernatant were
incubated with
Alexa Fluor 488 C5 maleimide (Invitrogen, Life Technologies, Thermo Fisher
Scientific
Inc.) to label the active-site cysteines. Samples were run on SDS-PAGE to
identify the
protease as staphopain B. SDS-PAGE gels of active fractions from SEC
purification were
run alongside purified staphopain B, with and without Alexa Fluor 488.
Enriched active fractions for the Q sepharose purification were also analyzed
by
proteomic mass spectrometry. Ten micrograms of active fractions B11, B12, and
CO2 and ten
micrograms of an active fractions, 1, 2, 3, and ten micrograms of an inactive
fraction were
run on SDS-PAGE. Bands were excised and subjected to overnight digestions by
trypsin. The
digested samples were analyzed by LC-MS/MS and tandem mass spectral results
were
submitted for database searching using the Mascot search algorithm. Staphopain
B was the
top hit for cysteine proteases present in the active fractions. Autolysin,
which is also a
cysteine protease, also appears as a top hit, with the highest abundance of
unique peptides
occurring in the inactive fraction, the negative control, thus autolysin was
omitted from
consideration. Mass spectral proteomic analysis of active fractions from the Q
Sepharose
purifications show a high abundance of staphopain B. T restle data was
filtered for S. aureus
proteins and ranked by number of peptides in Active fraction 1.
The active protease was purified from Wood46 S. aureus culture supernatant.
The
cells were grown overnight at 37 C in 3 liters of TSB. Cells were removed by
centrifugation
at 10,000 x g for 10 min. The supernatant was collected and passed through two
0.22um
filters. Next, it was concentrated and buffer exchanged into 50mM Sodium
Phosphate pH 7
using TFF with a 10 kD membrane. The sample was concentrated ten-fold to a
volume of
300m1. The sample was loaded on Q Sepahrose FF (GE Healthcare Biosciences AB)
and
proteins were separated chromatographically using a gradient of 0-300mM NaC1
in 50mM
sodium phosphate pH 7. Active fractions were pooled and supplemented with
ammonium
sulfate to a concentration of 2M. Proteins were further purified by
hydrophobic interaction
chromatography on Phenyl Sepharose (GE Healthcare Biosciences AB) using a
gradient of 2-
OM ammonium sulfate in 50mM TRIS pH 7.5. Active fractions were pooled and
further
purified on Mono Q (GE Healthcare Biosciences AB) in 50mM Sodium Acetate pH
5.5 using
a salt gradient of 0-1M NaCl. Active fractions from this chromatography step
were identified
187
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
as before, pooled and applied to size exclusion chromatography (Zenix-150,
Sepax
Technologies) in PBS.
To identify fractions containing our active protease of interest, 100u1 from
each
fraction was transferred to a 96-well plate where it was incubated with 25ug
of THIOFAB
4497 mal-GGAFAGGG-DNA31 ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 126).
Fractions
from each chromatography step were analyzed for activity, and 100u1 was used
regardless of
protein concentration. Samples were incubated overnight at 37 C and
subsequently analyzed
by LC-MS to identify fractions where protease cleavage of the linker-
antibiotic had occurred.
Pooled active fractions from the Q Sepharose FF chromatography were measured
to have a
total protein concentration of 14 mg/ml. 200 [tg of the pool was diluted to
2mg/m1 in PBS and
was incubated with and without N-ethylmaleimide (NEM, Sigma) at a
concentration of
0.1mM final. Samples were incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. 25ug of
THIOFAB
4497 mal-GGGAFAGGG-DNA31 ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 126) was
added
to both samples and incubated at 37 C for 2 hours. At 2 hours, samples were
analyzed by LC-
MS to identify whether protease cleavage of the linker-antibiotic had
occurred. About 50u1
of the active fractions from SEC were incubated with 0.1mM Alexa Fluor 488 C5
maleimide
(Invitrogen) for 1 hour regardless of protein concentration for labeling.
Cleavage assays with
purified proteases were performed by incubating 5uM of the thioFAB conjugate
with 50nM
protease in a final volume of 100u1. Assays were either performed in PBS pH
7.2, 4mM L-
Cys, 2.5 mM EDTA or 100mM Sodium Citrate pH 5, 100mM NaC1, 4mM L-Cys, 2.5mM
EDTA. Samples were incubated for 2 hours at 37 C. At 2 hours, cleavage
reactions were
quenched by diluting 1:1 with 1% TFA. Samples were subsequently run on LC-MS
to
determine percent linker cleavage. Percent cleavage was determined by
integrating the A280
chromatograms of the cleaved and intact species. The antibiotic or chromophore
moieties
added on the C-terminus of the linkers add significant hydrophobicity, such
that thioFAB
with intact linkers and thioFAB with cleaved linkers are baseline resolved.
For proteomic analysis of enriched fractions, ten micrograms of enriched
active
fractions from the Q Sepahrose0 (GE Healthcare Life Sciences) purification
were loaded
onto a 4-12% Bis-Tris gel (Life Technologies). Entire gel lanes were excised
and divided
from top to bottom into 11 bands. The gel bands were destained with 50%
acetonitrile/50 mM
ammonium bicarbonate, reduced with dithiothreitol (50mM final concentration)
for 30
minutes at 50 C, and alkylated with iodoacetamide (50 mM final concentration)
at room
temperature in the dark for 30 minutes. The samples were then digested at 37
C overnight
with 0.02 iug/ 1trypsin (Promega) in 50 mM ammonium bicarbonate. The digested
samples
188
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
were injected onto a 100 gm inner diameter capillary column (NanoAcquity UPLC
column,
100um x 100mm, 1.7gm, BEH130 C18, Waters Corp) and separated by capillary
reverse
phase chromatography on a NanoAcquity UPLC system (Waters Corp). Samples were
loaded
in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in water and eluted with a gradient of 2-90%
Buffer B (where
Buffer A is 0.1% formic acid/2%acetonitrile/98%water and Buffer B is 0.1%
formic acid/ 2%
water/98%acetonitrile) at 1.00 pi/min with a total analysis time of 45
minutes. Peptides were
eluted directly into an LTQ-Orbitrap XL (ThermoFisher) mass spectrometer and
ionized
using an ADVANCE source (Michrom-Bruker) with a spray voltage of 1.4 kV. Mass
spectral
data were acquired using a method comprising of one full MS scan (375-1600
m/z) in the
Orbitrap at resolution of 60,000 M/AM at m/z 400 followed by collision-induced
dissociation
(CID) of the top 8 most abundant ions detected in the full MS scan in a cycle
repeated
throughout the LC gradient in the linear ion trap. Tandem mass spectral
results were
submitted for database searching using the Mascot search algorithm version
2.3.02 (Matrix
Sciences) against a concatenated target-decoy database, Uniprot ver 2010 12,
comprising of
S. aureus proteins and common laboratory contaminants. The data was searched
with tryptic
specificity, variable modifications of cysteine carbamidomethylation (+57.0215
Da) and
methionine oxidation (+15.995 Da), allowing 2 miscleavages, 20 ppm precursor
ion mass,
and 0.5 Da fragment ion mass tolerance specified. Peptide spectral matches
were filtered
using a linear discriminant algorithm (LDA) to a false discovery rate (FDR) of
1%.
Example 26 Staphopain cleavage of thioFab FRET peptides and AAC
504 of thioFAB 4497 MP-LAFGA-QSY7("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO:
135) and thioFAB 4497 MP-LAFAA-QSY7 ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO:
136)
(Figure 30) were incubated with 50nM of protease in PBS pH 7.2, 4mM L-Cys, 2.5
mM
EDTA for 2 hours at 37 C. At 2 hours, cleavage reactions were quenched by
diluting 1:1
with 1% TFA. Samples were subsequently run on LC-MS to determine percent
linker
cleavage. All the proteases tested cleaved the two linkers, although at
varying degrees and
locations (Table 4). Staphopain A and staphopain B cleave the linkers at the
same sites: MP-
LAFG.i.A-QSY7 ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 135) and MP-LAFAsi.A-
QSY7("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 136). Staphopain B achieves 100%
cleavage
of both linkers at the concentration tested. Cathepsin B also achieved 100%
cleavage for both
linkers under these conditions, although the sites of cleavage were mixed.
Cathepsin B
cleaved mal-LAFGA-QSY7 ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 135)
exclusively at
MP-LAFG.i.A-QSY7 ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 135), while it
cleaved mal-
189
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
LAFAA-QSY7 ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 136)at both MP-LAFAsi.A-
QSY7
("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 136) and MP-LAFAAsii-QSY7 ("core
peptide"
disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 136). MP-LAFAA-QSY7 ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ
ID
NO: 136) cleavage by staphopain A was 23%, while cleavage of m MP-LAFGA-QSY7
("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 135) was 38%.
51AM of AAC-193 was incubated with 50 nM of protease in either PBS pH 7.2, 4
mM
L-Cys, 2.5 mM EDTA or 100 mM Sodium Citrate pH 5, 100 mM NaC1, 4 mM L-Cys, 2.5
mM EDTA for 2 hours at 37 C. At 2 hours, cleavage reactions were quenched by
diluting
1:1 with 1% TFA. Samples were subsequently run on LC-MS to determine percent
linker
cleavage. The optimized linker-antibiotic was efficiently cleaved by all
proteases tested.
Upon cleavage by staphopain A and staphopain B, free piperazino-rifamycin was
released.
Staphopain B achieved 100% cleavage at both pH 5 and 7.2. Staphopain A showed
100%
cleavage at pH5 and 64% cleavage at pH 7.2.
Example 27 Antibody-antibiotic conjugate, thio-54497 LC v8-MP-LAFG-PABC-
(piperazinoBOR) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128) AAC-215, inhibits
S. aureus
in vitro:
lx108 stationary phase Wood46 bacteria were suspended in 10 [LL of HB buffer
(Hanks Balanced Salt Solution supplemented with 0.1% Bovine Serum Albumin)
containing
100 [tg/mL of thio-54497 LC v8-MP-LAFG-PABC-(piperazinoBOR) ("core peptide"
disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128) AAC-215 or thio-54497-HC-A118C-MC-vc-PABC-
(piperazBOR) AAC-126. The latter uses a valine-citrulline (vc) cathepsin B
cleavable linker
to deliver the same antibiotic.
After 1 hour, samples were diluted 10-fold by addition of 901AL of HB, or 90
uL of
cathepsin B (10 [tg/mL of Cathepsin B in 20 mM Sodium Acetate, 1 mM EDTA, 5 mM
L-
Cysteine pH 5) and incubated at 37 C for an additional 3 hours. Release of
active antibiotic
was inferred by determining whether incubation of AACs with the bacteria was
able to inhibit
subsequent bacterial growth. Bacteria/AAC suspensions were spotted directly
onto Tryptic
Soy Agar plates and bacterial growth was visualized after overnight incubation
at 37 C.
Active drug is released from AAC conjugated with MC-LAFG-PAB-(piperazinoBOR)
("core
peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128) linker-antibiotic intermediate.
Bacteria that were incubated without AAC grew well and were not affected by
cathepsin B treatment. Bacteria treated with AAC-126 containing the cathepsin
B cleavable
linker, valine-citrulline (vc) grew well after incubation in HB buffer alone,
but failed to grow
190
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
after treatment with AAC-126 + Cathepsin B, indicating that the enzyme
treatment was
required to release active antibiotic. In contrast, bacteria incubated with
AAC-215 containing
the staphopain cleavable linker LAFG (SEQ ID NO: 128) failed to grow after
incubation with
HB buffer alone, suggesting that the bacterial suspension contained enzymatic
activity that
was sufficient to release active antibiotic from the staphopain cleavable
linker AAC.
Example 28 Antibody-antibiotic conjugate, thio-54497 HC vl-MP-LAFG-PABC-
(piperazinoBOR) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128) AAC-193 kills
intracellular
MRSA in a macrophage assay:
The USA300 strain of S. aureus was incubated with various doses (100 lAg/mL,
10
[tg/mL, 1 [tg/mL or 0.1 [tg/mL) of S4497 antibody alone, thio-54497 HC WT (v8)
(SEQ ID
NO: 137), LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB-(dimethylpipBOR) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ
ID
NO: 128) AAC-192, or thio-54497 HC vl-MP-LAFG-PABC-(piperazinoBOR) AAC-193 to
permit binding of the AAC to the bacteria (Figure 31).
S4497 HC WT (v8) 446aa
EVQ LVE SGG GLV QPG GSL RLS CSA SGF SFN SFW MHW VRQ VPG KGL VWI SFT NNE GTT
TAY
ADS VRG RFI ISR DNA KNT LYL EMN NLR GED TAV YYC ARG DGG LDD WGQ GTL VTV SSA
STK
GPS VFP LAP SSK STS GGT AAL GCL VKD YFP EPV TVS WNS GAL TSG VHT FPA VLQ SSG
LYS
LSS VVT VPS SSL GTQ TYI CNV NHK PSN TKV DKK VEP KSC DKT HTC PPC PAP ELL GGP
SVF
LFP PKP KDT LMI SRT PEV TCV VVD VSH EDP EVK FNW YVD GVE VHN AKT KPR EEQ YNS
TYR
VVS VLT VLH QDW LNG KEY KCK VSN KAL PAP IEK TIS KAK GQP REP QVY TLP PSR EEM
TKN
QVS LTC LVK GFY PSD IAV EWE SNG QPE NNY KTT PPV LDS DGS FFL YSK LTV DKS RWQ
QGN
VFS CSV MHE ALH NHY TQK SLS LSP GK
(SEQ ID NO: 137)
After 1 hour incubation, the opsonized bacteria were fed to murine macrophages
and
incubated at 37 C for 2 hours to permit phagocytosis. After phagocytosis was
complete, the
infection mix was replaced with normal growth media supplemented with 50
[ig/mL of
gentamycin to kill any remaining extracellular bacteria and the total number
of surviving
intracellular bacteria was determined 2 days later by plating serial dilutions
of the
macrophage lysates on Tryptic Soy Agar plates (Figure 31). The staphopain
cleavable AAC
was able to kill intracellular USA300 with similar potency compared to the
cathepsin B
cleavable AAC. Gray dashed line indicates the limit of detection for the assay
(10 CFU/well).
191
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Example 29 AAC target antibiotic killing to S. aureus via antigen specific
binding
of the antibody:
The Wood46 strain of S. aureus was chosen because it does not express protein
A, a
molecule that binds to the Fc region of IgG antibodies. The Wood46 strain of
S. aureus was
incubated with 10 [tg/mL or 0.5 [ig/mL of S4497 antibody, Isotype control-AAC
containing a
cathepsin B cleavable linker, thio-trastuzumab HC Al 18C-MC-vc-PAB-(dimethyl-
pipBOR)
AAC-101, thio-S4497 HC WT (v8), LC V205C-MC-vc-PAB-(dimethylpipBOR) AAC-192,
Isotype control-AAC containing a staphopain cleavable linker, thio-trastuzumab
HC Al 18C-
MP-LAFG-PABC-(piperazinoBOR) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 128) or
thio-
S4497 HC vl-MP-LAFG-PABC-(piperazinoBOR) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID
NO:
128) AAC-193 for 1 hour to permit binding of the AAC to bacteria (Figure 32).
To limit non-
specific binding of the AAC, the opsonized bacteria were centrifuged, washed
once and
resuspended in buffer before being fed to murine macrophages. After
phagocytosis was
complete, the infection mix was replaced with normal growth media supplemented
with 50
[tg/mL of gentamycin to kill any remaining extracellular bacteria and the
total number of
surviving intracellular bacteria was determined 2 days later by plating serial
dilutions of the
macrophage lystes on Tryptic Soy Agar plates (Figure 32). The AAC containing a
staphopain
cleavable linker, AAC-193, was able to kill all detectable intracellular
bacteria, whereas the
isotype control AAC showed no activity. The Macrophage Assay demonstrates that
staphopain cleavable AAC are able to kill intracellular bacteria. Antibody-
antibiotic
conjugate, thio-54497 LC v8-MP-LAFG-PABC-(piperazinoBOR) ("core peptide"
disclosed
as SEQ ID NO: 128)AAC-215 is efficacious in vivo in a MRSA infection model:
CB17.SCID mice were reconstituted with human IgG using a dosing regimen
optimized to yield constant levels of at least 10 mg/mL of human IgG in serum.
Mice were
treated with 4497 antibody (50 mg/kg), AAC-215 with staphopain cleavable
linker (50
mg/kg,) or an isotype control, anti-gD AAC containing staphopain cleavable
linker (50
mg/kg). Mice were given a single dose of AAC-215 on day 1 post infection by
intravenous
injection. All mice were sacrificed on day 4 post infection, and the total
number of surviving
bacteria in 2 kidneys (Figure 33) or in heart (Figure 34) was determined by
plating.
Treatment with AAC-215 containing a staphopain cleavable linker reduced
bacterial loads to
below the limit of detection in 6 out of the 8 mice tested, whereas the
isotype control AAC
showed limited activity. The dashed line indicates the limit of detection for
the assay (333
CFU/mouse).
192
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
Example 30 Growth of S. aureus and protease activity profiling:
Staphylococcus aureus strain Wood46 (ATCC10832) was cultured overnight at 37
C
in tryptic soy broth (TSB) with shaking. Cultures were centrifuged at 10,000 x
g for 10 min.
Supernatant was collected and passed through two 0.22um filters.
S. aureus protease activity profiling: 150 ml of culture supernatant was
concentrated
and buffer exchanged into phosphate buffered saline (PBS) using TFF (Millipore
Pellicon XL
Cassette Biomax 10kDa) to a final volume of 38 ml with a final total protein
concentration of
1 mg/ml. Protease activity assay of Wood46 supernatant was performed using the
Rapid
Endopeptidase Profiling Library or REPLi (Mimotopes, Victoria, Australia). The
library
consists of 3375 internally quenched fluorogenic peptides in a 96-well format
arranged in 512
groups. Library peptides contain the sequence MCA-Gly-Gly-Gly-Xaa-Yaa-Zaa-Gly-
Gly-
DPA-Lys-Lys (SEQ ID NO: 132) where MCA corresponds to 7-methoxycoumarin-4-
acetic
acid (fluorescent donor) and DPA corresponds to Nb-(2,4-dinitropheny1)-L-2,3-
diaminopropionic acid (fluorescence acceptor). Wells containing 5nmol of the
FRET peptides
were solubilized in Sul of 50% acetonitrile (Sigma). 50 pl (microliters) of
the concentrated
Wood46 supernatant and 50u1 of PBS were added to each well. Plates were
incubated at 37
C and fluorescence measurements were taken at 0, 30, 60, 140, and 170 minutes.
Fluorescence data were obtained on a Tecan Saphire2, excitation 2320nm/
emission 2400nm.
Endpoint fluorescence intensity fold change was calculated as F /F
final -
Substrate cleavage sites were determined by LC-MS performed with an Agilent Q-
TOF using an ESI source. lOul from each well were injected and separated by
reversed phase
chromatography on a Waters )(bridge OST C18 2.5um column (4.6 x 50mm) using an
Agilent 1260 HPLC system. Samples were eluted with a gradient of 2-90% Buffer
B (where
Buffer A is 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid/99.95% water and Buffer B is 0.04% %
trifluoroacetic
acid/99.96 % acetonitrile) at 500 1/min with a total analysis time of 20
minutes. Peptides
were eluted directly into a Q-TOF mass spectrometer. Cleavage products were
assigned
based on comparing observed molecular weights with calculated masses
corresponding to
cleavage at each possible site.
Example 31 Synthesis of maleimido FRET peptide linker:
The maleimido FRET peptide, (MP-Lys(TAMRA)-Gly-Gly-Ala-Phe-Ala-Gly-Gly-
Gly-Lys(fluorescein) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 125) of Figure 26
was
synthesized by standard Fmoc solid-phase chemistry using a PS3 peptide
synthesizer (Protein
Technologies, Inc.). 0.1 mmol of Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-Rink amide resin (Novabiochem)
was used
193
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
to generate a C-terminal carboxamide. Fmoc-Lys(Mtt)-OH (Novabiochem) was added
at the
first N-terminal residue to allow for additional side-chain chemistry after
removal of the Mtt
group. A fluorescence acceptor, 5(6)-carboxy tetramethylrhodamine, or TAMRA
(Novabiochem), was attached to this side-chain amine on the resin after the
Mtt group was
removed by three consecutive 30 min washes of 1% TFA in dichloromethane with
3%
triisopropylsilane (TIS). The reaction was allowed to proceed for 20 hours.
After this step,
the terminal Fmoc group is removed by 20% piperidine in DMF and coupled with
maleimido-propionic acid (Bachem AG) by HBTU. The TAMRA-labeled intermediate
peptides were cleaved off from the resin with 95:2.5:2.5 trifluoroacetic acid
(TFA)/TIS/water
(v/v/v) for 2 hours at room temperature with gentle shaking. The cleavage
solution was
filtered and evaporated under a stream of nitrogen to remove the TFA. The
crude
intermediates dissolved in a mixture of water and acetonitrile were subjected
to further
purification by reverse-phase HPLC with a Jupiter 5u C4 column (5 gm, 10 mm x
250 mm)
from Phenomenex. After lyophilization, the purified intermediates were then
reacted with 10
eq. NHS-fluorescein (Thermo Scientific) in 50/50 phosphate buffered saline
(PBS)/dimethylformamide (DMF) (v/v) for 20 hours to label the free amine at
the C-terminal
lysine. The FRET peptide was then purified and lyophilized as described above.
All reaction
mixtures and final products were analyzed and confirmed by LC-MS.
Solid phase synthesis of linkers: All linkers described were synthesized using
standard Fmoc solid-phase chemistry on a PS3 peptide synthesizer (Protein
Technologies,
Inc.). 0.1mM of Fmoc-amino acid-Wang resin (Novabiochem) was used for all
linkers to
generate a C-terminal carboxyl. Linkers were purified as described above. QSY7
amine
(Invitrogen) attachment was accomplished by reacting purified linkers with a
1.1 fold molar
excess of QSY7 amine, a 1.1 fold molar excess of HATU, and a 2.2 fold molar
excess of
DIEA in DMF overnight at room temperature. Linker-QSY7 species were then
purified as
described above. All reaction mixtures and final products were analyzed and
confirmed by
LC-MS.
Example 32 Cell based FRET cleavage assays:
Cultures of Wood46 and USA300 were inoculated with a 1:200 dilution of
overnight
cultures (0.1m1 in 20 ml) in TSB and incubated at 37 C with shaking. Strains
were cultured
to exponential phase of growth and plated at cell densities of 108 cells/ml
and 107 cells/ml in
tryptic soy broth (TSB). thioMAB FRET peptide conjugates were added to wells
at a final
194
CA 02910029 2015-10-21
WO 2014/194247
PCT/US2014/040324
FRET peptide concentration of 2[tM. Plates were incubated at 37 C and
fluorescence was
monitored over time, excitation 2495nm/ emission k518nm, for 210 minutes.
Cleavage of thioFAB FRET peptide and thioFAB mal-GGAFAGGG-DNA31 ("core
peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 126) by concentrated active supernatant:
thioFAB S4497
conjugated with either MP-Lys(TAMRA)-Gly-Gly-Ala-Phe-Ala-Gly-Gly-Gly-
Lys(fluorescein) ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 125) or MP-Gly-Gly-
Ala-Phe-
Ala-Gly-Gly-Gly-(pipBOR) LA-59 ("core peptide" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 126)
were
incubated with concentrated Wood46 supernatant that had been processed as
described
above. thioFAB S4497 and supernatant were mixed 1:1 on a milligram basis (25
[tg of
thioFAB S4497 with 25 [tg of proteinaceous supernatant) in PBS. Samples were
incubated
for 2 hours at 37 C. At 2 hours, the reaction was quenched by diluting 1:1
with 0.1% TFA.
Samples were analyzed by LC-MS to determine amount of cleavage and cleavage
products.
Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of
illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, the
descriptions and
examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. The
disclosures of
all patent and scientific literature cited herein are expressly incorporated
in their entirety by
reference.
195
